Vol - 2 Building - 02-08-2021

GOVERNMENT OF MADHYA PRADESH
URBAN ADMINISTRATION & DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT
INTEGRATED STANDARD SCHEDULE OF RATES

[VOLUME - 2]
BUILDING WORKS
INFORCE FROM – 02nd August 2021
COMMISSIONER
URBAN ADMINISTRATION AND DEVELOPMENT
PALIKA BHAWAN, SHIVAJI NAGAR, NEAR 6 No. STOP
BHOPAL, MADHYA PRADESH
PREFACE
Government of Madhya Pradesh, Urban Development and Housing Department under

which, Directorate, Urban Administration & Development is the Headquarters for
the Urban Local Bodies of the State. Urban Local Bodies undertake various
Infrastructure Work as Water Supply, Sewerage, Tube Well, Buildings Construction,
Road Construction, Bridge, Culvert Construction, and Various Electrical Construction
from time to time. For the Development an Integrated Schedule of Rates (ISSR) in 4
volumes for (i) Water (ii) Building (iii) Road and Bridges (iv) Electrical works was
issued by the Directorate, Urban Administration and Development, Bhopal on 01 st
June 2011 and the same was revised on 10th May 2012.
With the increase in Labour and Commodity Rates, implementation of
Integrated Taxation, Goods and Services Tax (GST) and prevalence of new useful
products in the market it has become important to revise the Integrated Standard
Schedule of Rate (ISSR).
Due care has been taken to frame this Schedule of Rates as correctly as
possible. It is, however, possible that some errors might have crept in. In case any
error or omission is noticed, the same may be brought to the notice of this office.
Effective suggestion for any correction, addition & alteration is always
welcome for any further betterment to this schedule of Rates for Water, Building,
Road and Bridges, Electrical works.
This Schedule of Rates (SOR) is available on the departmental website
www.mpurban.gov.in and shall be enforced w.e.f. 02-08-2021.
Bhopal, 02nd August 2021
(G.P. Katare)
Engineer-in-chief
Urban Administration & Development
Madhya Pradesh, Bhopal
INDEX
Chapter
Description Page No.
No.
General Notes 2 - 10
1 Carriage of Material 11 - 11
2 Earth work 12 - 20
3 Mortars 21 - 23
4 Concrete work 24 - 34
5 Reinforced Cement Concrete 35 - 50
6 Brick work 51 - 59
7 Stone work 60 - 70
8 Marble work Other Than Flooring 71 - 77
9 Wood Work & P.V.C. Works 78 - 112
10 Steel work 113 - 120
11 Flooring 121 - 137
12 Roofing 138 - 153
13 Finishing 154 - 167
14 Repair to Building Work 168 - 175
15 Dismantling & Demolishing 176 - 181
16 Pile work 182 - 185
17 Aluminum work 186 - 195
18 Water proofing Work 196 - 206
19 Form Work 207 - 209
20 Rainwater Harvesting, Recycle and Reuse waste water 210 - 216
21 Building Water Supply 217 - 229
22 Building Drainage 230 - 234
23 Sanitary Installation 235 - 249
1
GENERAL NOTES
1 The SOR of UADD Department consists of 4 Volumes :-

VOLUME - I Water Supply, Sewerage & Tube Well Works
VOLUME - II Building Works
VOLUME - III Road & Bridge Works
VOLUME - IV Electrical Works
2 The contents of each Volume are as given below
VOLUME - I
WATER SUPPLY, SEWERAGE AND TUBE WELL WORKS
1 Cast Iron Socket & Spigot Pipes and Specials with lead joints.
2 Cast Iron Socket & Spigot Pipes and Specials with Tyton Joints.
3 Cast Iron Pipes and Specials with flanged joints.
4 Ductile Iron Pressure Pipes and Specials with Tyton joints
5 Unplasticized PVC Pipes, PVC-O Pipes & Fittings for potable water supply.
6 Galvanised Iron Pipes, Specials and Gun Metal/Brass Metal Fittings.
7 HDPE Pipes, MDPE Pipe & Specials
8 M.S. Pipes & Specials
9 Asbestos Cement Pressure Pipe and Cast Iron Fittings.
10 Salt Glazed Stoneware Pipes.
11 Unplasticized Non-Pressure Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U) Pipes, DWC Pipes.
12 Reinforced Cement concrete Pipes.
13 Bar Wrapped Steel Cylinder Pipes (BWSC)
14 Sluice Gate & Valves
15 Water Hammer Devices
16 Pumps
17 Sewer Appurtenances.
18 Civil Works for Water Supply & Sewerage works.
19 Miscellaneous.
20 Construction of Tube Wells, Chlorination system & Trenchless work
21 Intake Well
22 Water Treatment Plant, Sewage Treatment Plant & Chlorination System
23 Ground Service Reservoir & Sumps Tanks
24 Reinforced Cement Concrete Elevated Service Reservoir (ESR)
25 List of IS Codes for Water Supply & Sanitary Engineering
26 Drawings for Water Supply & Sewerage.
2
VOLUME - II
BUILDING WORKS
1 Carriage of Material
2 Earth work
3 Mortars
4 Concrete work
5 Reinforced Cement Concrete
6 Brick work
7 Stone work
8 Marble work
9 Wood Work & P.V.C. Works
10 Steel work
11 Flooring
12 Roofing
13 Finishing
14 Repair to Building
15 Dismantling & Demolishing
16 Pile work
17 Aluminium work
18 Water proofing Work
19 Form Work
20 Rainwater Harvesting, Recycle and Reuse Waste Water
21 Building Water Supply
22 Building Drainage
23 Sanitary Installation
VOLUME - III
ROAD & BRIDGES WORKS
ROAD
1 Carriage of Material
2 Site Clearance
3 Earth work, Erosion control and Drainage
4 Sub-Bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders
5 Bases and Surface courses (Bituminous)
6 Cement Concrete Pavements
7 Geosynthetics and Reinforced Earth
8 Traffic Signs, Marking & other Road Appurtenances
9 Supply of Material
10 Maintenance of Roads
11 Horticulture & Landscaping
3
BRIDGE
12 Foundations
13 Sub-Structure
14 Super-Structure
15 River Training and Protection works
16 Repair and Rehabilitation
VOLUME - IV
ELECTRICAL WORKS
PART – 1 – INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION
1 Wiring in surface /concealed rigid P.V.C. conduit system.
2 Wiring in surface /concealed rigid Steel conduit system.
3 Wiring in surface rigid P.V.C. casing capping system
4 Wiring in existing/conduit/P.V.C. casing capping system
5 Sub Mains in surface/concealed rigid steel conduit system.
6 Rewiring in existing conduit.
7 Control switch gear/Bus bar.
8 MCCB’s, Isolators, MCB’s, MCB-DB and fixing.
9 Accessories/Pannel/Lamp/Telephone wires/Fans/Luminaries.
10 Miscellaneous
11 Earthing
12 Dismantiling of Civil and Electrical Works
PART – 2 – EXTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION
13 External Electrification and over head lines
14 Power Cable & laying.
15 Transformers. & Fire Extinguishers.
16 High Mast
17 G.I. Pipe and Pump Sets
18 Solar Street Light System
19 Supply & Fixing of LED Lights
20 Energy Savings and Protection Solutions for Buildings
21 Diesel Generator Set
3 Rate for completed items include the cost of followings: -

3.1 Material,labour, templates, tools, hire and running charges of plant/machinery required to complete the
work,unless specified otherwise.
3.2 All lead & lift of all material required for execution of work & inclusive of charges like duties, royalty,
insurance etc.
3.3 Provision for erection and removal of centering, form works, scaffolding, streching, benching ladders and
all other applications etc.,required for the proper execution of the work unless otherwise specified.
3.4 Provision for necessary protection for the covering of work/structure from inclement weather etc.and
damage arising from falling materials, rain,fire etc shall be the responsibility of contractor.
3.5 Curing wherever required including arrangement of water with its lead or lift and labour whatsoever.
4 The rates for completed items in the schedule of rates also include the following.
1 10% for contractor profit
2 5% for T&P & overhead charges
4
5 The mode of measurements shall be as per provisions in the relevant items and as per specifications/
relevant IS codes.
6 All materials shall conform to the relevant prevailing Indian Standard Specifications. All material before
use in works shall require approval of the Engineer in charge, who will get them sampled, tested as per
relevant IS code at contractor's cost and samples so approved shall be kept in the office of the concerned
Engineer-in-charge till finalization of the work.
7 Material obtained from excavation shall be the property of the Local body (Municipal Corporation,
Municipal Council & Nagar Parishad) and shall be disposed of as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
8 Sand : Nothing extra shall be payable on account of used of Narmada sand or sand brought from any
other quarry/river. Sand should conform to the requirements of IS : 1542 and IS 2166 for using it in
construction work.
9 Rubble available from excavation of hard rock shall be the property of the contractor subject to recovery
of Rs. 75/- per cum of the quality of the rock excavated.
10 Cement :-
10.1 Where contract provides for cement to be arranged by the Contractor himself, only I.S.I. Marked cement
as per IS 269 for 33 grade cement, IS 8112 for 43 grade cement, IS 12269 for 53 grade cement, IS 1489
for Portland Pozzolana cement, shall be allowed to be used in the work subject to the prescribed tests.
10.2 Make of cement shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The engineer in charge shall get
cement tested as per relevant IS codes, at the cost of the contractor, before use in work.
10.3 Pozzolona cement is now being widely produced all over the country. This may be used in structures as
per provisions of IS code.
10.4 When the strength of concrete required upto M-30, then O.P.C. 33 grade conforming to IS 269-1989 or
P.P.C. conforming to IS : 1489-1991 may be used.
10.5 When the strength of concrete required is more than M-30, the O.P.C. 43 grade conforming to IS : 8112-
1989 shall be used.
10.6 In specific cases requiring higher grade of strength, use of Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) should be
invariably ensured.
10.7 The arrangement for necessary equipment and testing shall have to be made by the contractor himself at
site, as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. All expenses shall be borne by the contractor.
10.8 Any lot of cement brought to site by the contractor, would be permitted to be used in the work only after
the satisfactory results of the tests, under the supervision of the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised
representative. The record of the test results shall be maintained in register mentioned in subsequent
para.
5
10.9 Cement at Site : A duplicate cement register as per format here under shall be maintained at site of work.
Extract certified copies of the entries for each month/each running bill shall be submitted to the Engineer-
in-Charge by the Contractor. The original register shall also be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge on
completion of the work by the Contractor.
S.No. Date of No. of Name and Signature Signature of Result of Result of Remarks
receipt of bags address of of authorized test for tests for
cement firm, from contractor representati initial and compressi
whom or his ve of final setting ve strength
purchased authorised Engineer-in- time of cement
representa charge
tive
10.10 The original cement register shall also be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge on completion of the work
by the Contractor.
11 Steel :-
11.1 Steel used for reinforcement shall conform as per under :-
(a) Mild Steel and medium tensile steel bars shall conform to IS : 432 (Part-I),
(b) Hot rolled deformed bars shall conform to IS : 1139,
(c) Cold twisted bars shall conform to IS : 1786,
(d) Hard drawn steel wire fabric shall conform to IS : 1566 and
(e) Thermo mechanically treated bars of Grade Fe 500D
11.2 All reinforcement shall be free from loose mill scales, loose rust and coats of paints, oil, mud or other
coatings which may destroy or reduce bond.
11.3 Only such steel obtained from main producers of steel as having licence from the B.I.S. to manufacture
such steel for reinforcements, shall be allowed to be used in the work. The make of the steel shall be
approved by engineer-in-charge.
11.4 The Contractor shall have to produce Test Certificate in the proforma prescribed approved by B.I.S. from
the manufacturer for every batch of steel brought to the site of work.
11.5 Before commencement of use of steel, from any batch brought to site the of the work by the contractor,
the Engineer-in-Charge shall arrange to get samples tested for nominal mass, tensile strength, bend test
and rebend test from any Laboratory of his choice at the cost of Contractor. The selection of test
specimens and frequency shall be as per relevant I.S. specification of the steel used.
11.6 The Site Order Book : The "Site Order Book" shall be in custody of departmental supervisory staff. In
case of a work for which a saperate agency for supervision of work has been engaged by the department,
the site order book shall be in possession of the field staff of SQC/PMC agency. The Engineer-in-Charge
or his authorised representative may record his instruction is this book, which shall be noted by the
contractor or his authorised representative for compliance.
12 Interpretations :-
12.1 Wherever any reference is made to any Indian Stnadard, it shall be taken as reference to the latest
edition with all amendments issued thereto.
12.2 In the event of any variation between the CPWD specifications (adopted) and the Indian Standard, the
former shall taken precedence over the later.
12.3 Precedence of specification in SOR : In case of any contradiction in the provisions to the CPWD
Specifications (adopted) and this document the provisions of this document would take precedence.
12.4 Type error in BOQ : In case of any discrepencies (Typo Error) in rates of any SOR item included in BOQ
and that provided in this SOR, provision of SOR shall taken precedence.
6
12.5 The Engineer - in- Chief , UADD, Bhopal shall be the sole deciding Authority as to the meaning,
interpretation and implications of various provisions in this schedule of rates. His decision shall be final
and binding on all concerned.
13 Safety :- The contractor shall be fully and solely responsible for making all the safety arrangements
pertaining to the work. The contractor shall be fully responsible and liable in all respects for any accidents
and subsequent legal action initiated by any party including the department.
14 Concrete Work : - (Other than Road works)

14.1 Testing of Concrete :- The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with the norms specified in IS 456.
The frequency of sampling is given below.
3 Number of Samples
Quantity of Concrete in the Work m
1-5 1
6 - 15 2
16 - 30 3
31 - 50 4
51 and above 4 plus one additional sample for each
additional 50m3 of part thereof.
Note:
(i) At least one sample shall be taken from each shift.
(ii) Where concrete is produce as continuous production unit, such as ready mix concrete plant. The
frequency of sampling may be agreed upon mutually by suppliers and purchasers.
14.2 Test specimen

Three test specimen shall be made for each sample for testing at 28 days. Additional samples may be
required for various purposes such as to determine the strength of concrete at 7 days or at the time of
striking the formwork, or to determine the duration of curing, or to check the testing error. Additional
samples may also be required for testing samples cured by accelerated methods as described in IS 9103.
The specimen shall be tested as described in IS 516.
14.3 Nominal mix concrete may be used for concrete for M-20 or lower. The proportions of material for nominal
mix concrete shall be in accordance with the table given below: -
Grade of Total Quantity of Dry Proportion of Fine Quantity of Water per
Concrete Aggregates by Mess Per Aggregate to Coarse 50 Kg of Cement, max
50 Kg of cement, to be Aggregate (by Mass) Ltr.
taken as the Sum of the
Individual Masses of
Fine and Coarse
Aggregates, Kg. Max
1 2 3 4
M5 800 Generally 1:2 but subject 60
M 7.5 625 to an upper limite of 1:1½ 45
M 10 480 and a lower limit of 1:2 V2 34
M 15 330 32
M 20 250 30
Note:-
The proportions of the fine to coarse aggregate should be adjusted from upper limit to lower limit
progressively as the grading of fine aggregate become finer and the maximum size of coarse aggregate
becomes lower. Granded coarse aggregate shall be used.
7
15 Testing
15.1 Testing in Laboratory other than field Laboratory : In other cases, testing of construction materials
should be got done from any of the testing laboratories of the government works departments,
and technical institutes, engineering college, etc. for the concrete mix of M-25, M-30 or higher mix
the design mix is necessary and should be got approved by Engineer-in-Charge. However if
testing it is mandatory to get done certain percentage of each type of test done through any NABL
accredited testing laboratory, contractor shall bear the cost of such testing charges.
15.2 Payment only after testing :- The work should not be accepted in any case, if the contractor fails to
observe the instruction of the department, regarding testing of materials. Before making any
payment, it will be responsiability of the officers making payment to assure that all testing as per
prescribed frequencies, have been carried out, and shall certify that the test results are in
conformity with the requirement. If tests are not conducted to the prescribed frequency, the
engineer-in-charge should reject that part of the work. Duly certified (by the representative of
engineer-in-charge) copies of registers, containing records of tests shall have to be presented
alongwith running account bills. Register (in original) shall have to be submitted along with the
final bill. Tests shall have to be conducted by the contractor's engineer under the supervision of
the engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative.
16 Design mix concrete is preferred to nominal mix. If design mix concrete can not be used for any reason
on the work for grades of M-20 or lower. Nominal mixes may be used with the permission of Engineer in
charge, which, however, is likely to involve a higher cement content.
17 With reference to quality of materials and workmanship the word "Best" When used shall mean that in
the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, there is no superior material or article or class of workmanship
obtainable in the market.
18 The labour only provided in the Schedule of Rates includes the cost of all labour including necessary
handling of the materials at site of work and all workmanship.
19 This GST Rate may change according to the Govt. of India, Govt. Madhya Pradesh, Finance Department
Revision from time to time but it will be inforce after due sanctioned of the Commissioner Urban
Administration Development Department.
The Rate of all items of ISSR are exclusive of GST but including all other levies and taxes.
At present for works GST Rate is payable to the contractor @ 12% of the bill amount and whenever any
changed in GST is applied by the Govt. of India, M.P. State Govt. same shall be applied and payable to
the contractor for his bill amount after taking permission from Commissioner Urban Administration and
Development Department.
20 Non SOR item in on-going agreement : If any Non S.O.R. Item is to be executed in any proposed project,
rate analysis with full justification thereof must be approved by the Superintending Engineer/ Executive
Engineer of the Divisional Office of Urban Administration and Development in case of Municipal Council/
Nagar Parishad & Executive Engineer of the concernered project of Corporation in case of Municipal
Corporation and shall be included in BOQ under sub head of non SOR items at the last. Tender shall be
invited on amount inclusive of SOR and Non SOR items and in such cases non SOR items shall become
schedule (BOQ) items for that particulars tender only. However it is made clear that such non SOR items
shall not be assumed as sanctioned rates for other agreements.
21 All aplicability of amendments : Future amendments in the SOR til one calender day prior to the last date
(Orignal or amended) of financial bid submission, shall be applicable in the bid document prepared on the
basis of this SOR uncles a contrary condition is provided in the bid document.
8
22 The girth of trees shall be measured at 1.00 meter (One meter) above ground level. All wood obtained
from the tree cutting shall be property of the Urban Local body and shall be handed over to Engineer in
charge.
In any item of work is found not upto the prescribed standard but the Engineer-in-charge is of the opinion
that the same is structurally adequate and can be accrepted at a reduced rate, then in such case, the
Engineer-in-charge shall submit proposal for the same, supported by an analysis in justification thereof,
through proper channel to the Superintending Engineer UADD to obtain his approval expeditiously
(ordinarily within 15 days). The approved analysis along with orders of the Superintending Engineer
should be appended to the final bill of the contractor.
23 The contractor shall have to establish a field laboratory at the site of work, if the amount of contract
exceeds Rs. 2.00 crores. In other cases, testing of construction materials/samples should be got done
from any of the testing laboratories of the Government Works Departments, Technical Institutes, or NABL
accrediated testing laboratory. Contractor shal bear the cost of such testing charges.
24 The work should not be accepted in any case, if the contractor fails to observe the instructions of the
department, regarding testing of materials. Before making any payment, it will be the responsibility of the
officers making payment to assure that all tests as per prescribed frequencies, have been carried out, and
found as per requirement.
25 The Engineer-in-charge (EIC) for Nagar Parishad shall be Divisional Executive Engineer, UADD of the
concerned division, incase of Municipal Council, EIC Shall be Executive Engineer of the ULB. In case no
executive engineer is posted in the concerned ULB, Divisional Executive Engineer, UADD of the
concerned division shall be the EIC of the Project. In case of Municipal Corporation, Executive Engineer
of the concerned project shall be the EIC.
Extra Notes for Building Works

1 If there is any sources of water like tube well,hand pump,well etc.under Govt./ local body custody and if
water from this source is used for construction activity by the contractor then water charge shall be
deducted at the rate of 1% of the amount paid to the contractor from the item involving the use of water.
2 The rates also include the element of testing of samples of various materials brought by the contractor for
use on the work, as well as other necessary tests for items of work as stipulated in the specifications.
Frequency of such tests to be carried out must not be less than the prescribed frequencies. Copies of
registers, containing records of tests shall have to be presented along with running account bills. Register
(original) shall have to be submitted along with the final bill. Tests shall have to be conducted by the
contractor's Engineer under the supervision of the Engineer-in- Charge or his authorised representatives.
The contractor shall have to establish a field laboratory at the site of work, if the amount of contract
exceeds Rs.2.00 Cr. In other cases, testing of construction materials should be got done from any of the
tests laboratories of the various Government Departments, Government/Semi Govt. under takings and
Technical Institutes, Engineering College, Polytechnic, I.T.I. recognized and authorized lab.
2.1 The work should not be accepted in any case, if the contractor fails to observe the instructions of the
department, regarding testing of materials.
2.2 Before making any payment, it will be the responsibility of the officers making payment to assure that all
tests as per prescribed frequencies, have been carried out, and found as per requirement.
2.3 If tests are not conducted to the prescribed frequency, the Engineer in- Charge should reject that part of
the work.
3 IS 1200 shall be referred for building measurement.
9
4 Latest MORTH Specification shall be applicable.
10
CHAPTER-1 CARRIAGE OF MATERIALS
1.0 Transportation By Mechanical means including loading, unloading and stacking where ever necessary
Rates (in Rs.)
Cost per Trip per unit

S.No. Material Unit Remarks
1km or 2km or 3km or 4km or 5km or Beyond 5 Beyond 10 Beyond 20
Part Part Part Part Part km upto 10 km upto 20 km per add.
thereof thereof thereof thereof thereof Km Per Km Km Per Km Km
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
materials no further deduction shall be made for voids

1.1 Excavated Earth cum 92.87 107.35 121.62 135.42 148.81 12.32 10.49 8.31
The rates are inclusive of voids for different types of

1.2 Excavated rock cum 148.59 171.76 194.59 216.68 238.09 19.71 16.78 13.29
1.3 Sand, stone aggregate below 40 mm cum 74.30 85.88 97.29 108.34 119.04 9.86 8.39 6.64
1.4 Stone aggregate 40 mm and above cum 80.76 93.35 105.75 117.76 129.40 10.71 9.12 7.22
1.5 Boulder cum 87.41 101.03 114.46 127.46 140.05 11.60 9.87 7.82
1.6 Lime, moorum, building, rubbish cum 74.30 85.88 97.29 108.34 119.04 9.86 8.39 6.64
1.7 Bricks 1000 198.12 229.01 259.45 280.11 307.79 25.49 21.69 17.18
Steel/G.I. sheet/Pipes/Fuel wood/

1.8 tonne 66.04 76.34 86.48 96.30 105.82 8.76 7.46 5.91
Coal/ Cement/ Bitumen
1.9 Timber cum 84.91 98.15 111.19 123.82 136.05 11.27 9.59 7.59
1.10 Manure or sludge cum 80.76 93.35 105.75 117.76 129.40 10.71 9.12 7.22
11
CHAPTER - 2
EARTH WORK
Notes for Specification :-

IS Codes
IS 632 : Gamma - BHC (Lindane) emulsifiable concentrates
IS 1200 (Pt1): Method of measurement of earth work
IS1200(Pt-27): Method of measurement of earth work (by Mechanical Appliances)
IS 4081: Safety code for Blasting and related drilling operation
IS 4988 (Part IV): Excavators
IS6313(pt"ll): Anti Termite measures in buildings (pre -constructional)
IS6313(pt.-lll) : Anti Termite Measures in Buildings for existing buildings
IS 6940: Methods of test for pesticides and their formulations
IS 8944 : Chiorpyrifos emulsifiable concentrates
IS 8963 : Chiorpyrifos ~ Technical specifications
IS 12138 : Earth moving Equipments
1 CLASSIFICATION OF EARTH WORK

a. All kind of soils: Generally any strata, such as sand, gravel, loam, clay, mud, black cotton
moorum, shingle, river or nalla bed boulders, siding of roads, paths etc. and hard core,
macadam surface of any description (water bound, grouted tarmac etc.), lime concrete
mud concrete and their mixtures which for excavation yields to application of picks,
showels, jumper, scarifiers, ripper and other manual digging implements. Removal of
gravel or any other nodular material having dimensions in any one direction not exceeding
300mm occurring in such soil shall be deemed to be covered under this category.
b Ordinary rock: Generally any rock which can be excavated by splitting with crow bars or
picks and does not require blasting, wedging or similar means for excavation such as lime
stone, sand stone, hard literate, hard conglomerate and un-reinforced cement concrete
below ground level.
If required light blasting may be resorted to for loosening the materials but this will
not in any way entitle the material to be classified as 'Hard rock'.
Boulders which do not require blasting having maximum dimension in any direction of
more than 300 mm,found laying loose on the surface or embedded in river bed, soil, talus,
slope wash and terrace material of dissimilar origin.
c Hard Rock : Generally any rock or boulder for the excavation of which blasting is required
such as quartzite, granite, basalt, reinforced cement concrete (reinforcement to be cut
through but not separated from concrete) below ground level and the like.
d. Excavation in Rocks, where blasting is prohibited : Hard rock requiring blasting but where
blasting is prohibited for any reason and excavation has to be carried out by chiseling,
wedging or any other agreed method.
12
2 BLASTING OPERATIONS
Blasting shall be carried out in a manner that completes the excavation to the lines and
levels as indicated in the drawings with the least disturbance to adjacent material. It shall
be done only with the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge. All statutory laws,
regulations, rules etc. pertaining to the acquisition, transport, storage, handling and use of
explosives shall be strictly followed. The contractor may adopt any method or methods of
blasting consistent with the safety and job requirements. Prior to starting any phase of the
operation, the contractor shall provide information describing pertinent blasting
procedures, dimensions and notes. The magazine for storage of explosives shall be limited
to the designs and specifications of the explosive department concerned and located at the
approved site. No unauthorised person shall be admitted in to the magazine, which when
not in use, shall be kept security locked. No matches or inflamable material shall be
allowed in the magazine. Materials, tools, plants, equipments and personnel, deputed on
blasting operation, should be approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
3 EXCAVATION IN WATER. MUD OR FOUL POSITION

3 (a) All water that may accumulate in excavations during the progress of the work from springs,
or river seepage, broken water mains or drains (not due to the negligence of the
contractor), and seepage from subsoil aquifer shall be bailed, pumped out or otherwise
removed. The contractor shall take adequate measures for bailing and/or pumping out
water from excavations and/or pumping out water from excavations and construct
diversion channels, bunds, sumps, coffer dams etc. as may be required. Pumping shall be
done directly from the foundation trenches or from a sump out side the excavation in such
a manner as to preclude the possibility of movement of water through any fresh concrete
or masonry and washing away parts of concrete or mortar. During laying of concrete or
masonry and for a period of at least 24 hours thereafter, pumping shall be done from a
suitable sump separated from concrete or masonry by effective means.
Capacity and number of pumps, location at which the pumps are to be installed, pumping
hours etc. shall be decided from time to time in consultation with the Engineer-in-
Charge.Pumping shall be done In such a way as not to cause damage to the work or
adjoining property by subsidence etc. Disposal of water shall not cause inconvenience or
nuisance in the area or cause damage to the property and structure nearby.To prevent
slipping of sides, planking and strutting may also be done with the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
3 (b) Classification
The earth work for various classification of soil shall be categorized as under:
3(b) 1 Work in or under water and/or liquid mud: Excavation, where water is met with from any of
the sources specified in 3(a) shall fall in this category. Steady water level in the trial pits
before the commencement of bailing or pumping operations shall be the sub-soil wafer
level in that area.
3(b) 2 Work in or under foul position: Excavation, where sewage, sewage gases or foul
conditions are met with from any source, shall fall in this category. Decision of the.
Engineer-in-Charge whether the work is in foul position or not shall be final.
3 (c) Measurements
13
3(c) 1 The unit, namely, meter depth shall be the depth measured from the level of foul position/
subsoil water level and up to the centre of gravity of the cross sectional area of excavation
actually done in the conditions classified in 3(b). Meter depth shall be reckoned correct to
0.1 m, 0.05 m or more shall be taken as 0.1 m and less than 0.05 m ignored. The extra
percentage rate is applicable in respect of each item but the measurements shall be
limited only to the quantities of earth work actually executed in the conditions classified in
3(b).
3(c) 2 In case earth work in or under foul position is also in or under water and/or liquid mud,
extra payment shall be admissible only for the earth work actually executed in or under foul
position.
3(c) 3 Pumping or bailing out water met within excavations from the sources specified in 3 (b)
where envisaged and specifically ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be
measured separately and paid. Quantity of water shall be recorded in kilolitres correct to
two places of decimal. This-payment shall be in addition to the payment under respective
items of earthwork and shall be admissible only when pumping or bailing out water has
been specifically ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge in writing.
3(c) 4 Planking and strutting or any other protection work done with the approval of the Engineer-
in-Charge to keep the trenches dry and/or to save the foundations against damage by
corrosion of rise in water levels shall be measured and paid for separately.
4 Lift is to be calculated on the height of Center of Gravity of lifted materials above Center of
Gravity of borrow pit. In measuring lifts no notice will be taken of lifts less than 0.5 M.
5 In measuring lead, distance less than 25 meters will be ignored and 25 meters or above
shall taken as 50 meters.
6 Surface dressing comprises training the uneven surface of ground to uniform surface
(either horizontal or slopping) by scraping off high patches and filling in low patches with
the scraped soil. The Maximum depth of cutting or filling not exceeding 15cm.
7 Dry vegetation earth sand gravel, stone, deserts or brickwork, concrete, masonry etc.
obtained from the excavation shall be property of Govt. of M.P. The rates of excavation
include the separation of serviceable and unserviceable materials and depositing the
serviceable ones in regular heaps.
8 Shoring in wells, foundations and trenches will not be payable without obtaining prior
approval of the not below ther rank Executive Engineer.
9 The excavations shall conform to the lines & levels shown in the drawings and as directed
by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall not excavate outside the limits of
excavation. Any excess depth/width, excavated beyond the specified levels/dimensions on
the drawing shall be made good at the cost of the contractor with the concrete as specified
for the foundation.
10 The Contractor shall take adequate protective measures to see that the excavation
operation do not damage the adjoining structures or dislocate the services. Water Supply
pipes, sluice valve chambers, sewerage pipes, manholes, drainage pipes and chambers,
communication cable, power supply cables etc. met within the course of excavation shall
be properly supported and adequately protected, so that these services remain functional.
However, if any service is damaged during excavation shall be restored in reasonable
time, for which no extra payment shall be admissible.
14
11 Any damages done by the contractor to any existing work shall be made good by him at
his own cost. Existing drains pipes, culverts, over head wires, water supply lime and similar
services encountered during the course of execution shall be protected against damage by
the contractor. The contractor shall not store material or otherwise accupy any part of the
site in manner likely to hinder the operations of such services.
12 Measurement :-
The length and breadth of excavation or filling shall be measured with a steel tape correct
to the nearest cm. The depth of cutting or height of filling shall be measured, correct to 5
mm, by recording levels before the start of the work and after the completion of the work.
The cubical contents shall be worked out to the nearest two places of decimal in cubic
meters.
In case of open footings up to the depth of 1.5 meters, alround excavation of 30 cm.
beyond the outer dimension of footing shall be measured for payment to make allowances
for centering and shuttering. Any additional excavation beyond this limit shall be at the risk
and cost of the contractor and shall not be measured for payment.
Where it is not possible or convenient to measure the depth of cutting by recording levels
,quantity of excavation shall be worked out from filling. The actual measurements of the fill
shall be calculated by taking levels of the original ground before start of the work after site
clearance and after compaction of the fill as specified and the quantity of earth work so
computed shall be reduced by 10% in case of consolidated fills and by 5% in case the
consolidation is done by heavy mechanical machinery to arrive at the net quantity of
excavation for payment. No such deduction shall, however, be made in case of
consolidation by heavy mechanical machinery at optimum moisture content, or when the
consolidated filling is in confined situations such as under floors.
13 Recording Measurements for Earth Levelling Work

Level Books: in case of levelling operations and earthwork, measurements are required to
be recorded in level books in addition to Measurement Books. The Level Books should be
numbered, accounted for and handled like Measurement Books.
Preparatory Works: Before starting the earth work, following steps should be taken ;
(1) Original ground levels should be recorded in the Level Book in the presence of the
contractor or his authorized representative, and should be signed by him and the
Department's Officer who records the levels. All the local mounds and depressions should
be indicated clearly in the drawing and the field Level Book and should be checked by the
Assistant Engineer/Executive Engineer before the levelling work is started.
(2) A suitable baseline should be fixed with permanent masonry pillars at distances not
exceeding 150 meters to provide a permanent reference line for facilitating check work.
The base line (s) should be entered in the Level Book with co-ordinates.. These baselines
should be maintained till the final payment for the work has been made.
(3) While recording the levels, it should be ensured that the circuit is closed by taking final
levels of the starting point or any other point, the R.L. of which was previously determined.
(4) Plans showing initial levels, location of bench marks and reduced levels, should be
prepared and signed by both the parties and attached to the agreement before
commencement of the work.
15
Test Check of the Levels
(1) The Assistant Engineer should exercise test check at least to the extent of 100%, and
the Executive Engineer at least to the extent of 10% where the value of this item of work
exceeds 10% of the tender acceptance power of the Assistant Engineer.
(2) The test check of the levels should be carried out independently by each officer, and
the readings should be recorded in the prescribed Level Book in red ink against the old
levels which should be neatly scored out wherever necessary. If the test check carried out
reveals serious mistakes in the original levels, these should be taken or re-taken and re-
checked.
(3) The test check carried out by an officer should be as representative as possible for the
entire work done.
(4) On completion of work, the levels should again be recorded in the Level Book and the
contractor's signatures obtained. These levels should also be test checked by the
Assistant Engineer/Executive Engineer to the same extent as indicated in (1) within one
month of the date of completion of the earth work, and according to the procedure as laid
down in the case of initial levels as indicated above.
(5) The formation levels as per final execution of the work should be compared with the
proposed formation levels and the work got rectified within permissible tolerance.
14 Rate includes dressing the pits and dumping excavated materials including dressing
dumping as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
15 Rates: Rates of all items in this chapter are inclusive of the expenses of all labour,
materials, T & P and all incidental and other charges required completing the item of work
in full and also including hire & running expenses of all machineries required for the work,
including stacking of excavated materials as directed where ever required.
16 ANTIQUITIES AND USEFUL MATERIALS

Any finds of archaeological interest such as relics of antiquity, coins, fossils or other
articles of-value shall be delivered to the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be the property of
the local body.
Any material obtained from the excavation which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge
is useful shall be stacked separately in regular stacks as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge and shall be the property of the Government.
Black cotton soil shall not be permitted for back filling and or under floors.
(For Detail Refer UADD Earth Work specification / CPWD specification)
16
CHAPTER - 2
EARTH WORK
Rate
S.No Description of Items Unit
( In Rs. )
2.1 Surface dressing of the ground including removing

vegetation and in-equalities not exceeding 15 cm deep and
disposal of rubbish, lead upto 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m.
2.1.1 All kinds of soil. 100Sqm 1003.00
2.2 Clearing jungle including uprooting of rank vegetation, grass, 100Sqm 517.00
brush wood, trees and saplings of girth upto 30 cm
measured at a height of1 m above ground level and removal
of rubbish upto a distance of 50 meter outside the periphery
of the area cleared.
2.3 Clearing grass and removal of the rubbish upto a distance of 100Sqm 267.00
50 moutside the periphery of the area cleared.
2.4 Felling trees of the girth (measured at a height of 1 m above

ground level) including cutting of trunks and branches
removing the roots and stacking of serviceable material and
disposal of unserviceable material.
2.4.1 Beyond 30 cm girth upto and including 60 cm girth Each 157.00
2.4.4 above 240 cm girth Each 6528.00
2.5 Earth work in surface excavation not exceeding 30 cm in

depth but exceeding 1.5 m in width as well as 10 sqm
on plan including disposal of excavated earth upto 50 m
and lift upto 1.5 m, disposed soil to be levelled and neatly
dressed.
2.5.1 All kinds of soil Sqm 38.00
2.6 Earth work in excavation for foundation, trenches for

pipes / cables or drains etc. by mechanical means /
manual means (exceeding 30cm in depth.) including
ramming of bottom, dressing of sides, disposal of excavated
earth including of all lift and lead upto 50m. Disposed earth
to be levelled and neatly dressed.
2.6.1 All kinds of soil Cum 151.00
2.6.2 Ordinary rock Cum 261.00
2.6.3 Hard rock (requiring blasting) Cum 405.00
2.6.4 Hard rock (blasting prohibited) Cum 559.00
2.7 Close timbering in trenches including strutting, shoring and

packing cavities (wherever required) complete.
(Measurements to be taken of the face area timbered).
2.7.1 Depth not exceeding 1.5m Sqm 96.00
2.7.2 Depth exceeding 1.5m but not exceeding 3 m. Sqm 103.00
2.7.3 Depth exceeding 3m but not exceeding 4.5 m. Sqm 112.00
17
Rate
( In Rs. )
2.8 Close timbering in case of shafts, wells, cesspits, manholes

and the like including strutting, shoring and packing
cavities (wherever required) etc. complete. (Measurements
to be taken of the face area timbered).
2.9 Close timbering over areas including strutting, shoring and

packing, cavities (wherever required) etc. complete.
(Measurements to be taken of the face area timbered) :
2.10 Extra for planking,strutting and packing materials for cavities Sqm 1257.00
(in close timbering) if required to be left permanently in
position.(Face area of timber permanently left to be
measured).
2.11 Open timbering in trenches including strutting and shoring

complete(measurements to be taken of the face area
timbered):
2.12 Open timbering in case of shafts, wells, cesspits, manholes

and the like including strutting and shoring complete
(Measurements to be taken of the face area timbered):
2.12.1 Depth not exceeding 1.5 m. Sqm 42.00

2.13 Open timbering over areas including strutting, shoring etc.

complete. (Measurements to be taken of the face area
timbered):
2.13.1 Depth not exceeding 1.5 m. Sqm 29.00
2.14 Extra for planking and strutting in open timbering if required Sqm 636.00
to be left permanently in position. (Face area of the timber
permanently left to be measured).
2.15 Extra rates for quantities of works, executed in difficult

conditions: (The extra percentage rate is applicable in
respect of each item but limited to quantities of work
executed in these difficult conditions).
18
Rate
( In Rs. )
2.15.1 In or under water and/or liquid mud, including pumping (20% extra of the
out water as required.(All water that may accumulate in rate of each item.
excavations during the progress of the work from seepage, The extra
(not due to the negligence of the contractor), shall be bailed, percentage in rate
pumped out or otherwise removed. The contractor shall take is applicable, to
adequate measures for bailing and/or pumping out water quantities of ,work
from excavations and/or pumping out water from excuted,in difficult
excavations and construct diversion channels, bunds, condition.)
sumps, etc)
2.15.2 In or under foul position, including pumping out water as (20% extra of the
required.(Excavation, where sewage, sewage gases or foul rate of each item.
conditions are met with from any source, shall fall in this The extra
percentage in rate
category. Decision of the. Engineer-in-Charge whether the
is applicable, to
work is in foul position or not shall be final.)
quantities of ,work
excuted,in difficult
condition.)
2.16 Filling by available excavated earth (excluding rock) in Cum 89.00

trenches, plinth, sides of foundations etc. in layers not
exceeding 20cm in depth, consolidating each deposited
layer by ramming and watering, lead up to 50 m and lift
upto 1.5 m.
2.17 Extra for every additional lift of 1.5 m or part thereof in.
2.17.1 All kinds of soil. Cum 37.00
2.17.2 Ordinary or hard rock. Cum 66.00
2.18 Supplying and filling in plinth under floors including,

watering, ramming consolidating and dressing complete.
2.18.1 Moorum/Hard copra Cum 478.00
2.18.2 Crusher Stone Dust Cum 687.00
2.19 Ploughing the existing ground to a depth of 15 cm to 25

cm and watering the same.
2.19.1 All kinds of soil. 100Sqm 1000.00
2.20 Diluting and injecting chemical emulsion for POST-

CONSTRUCTIONAL anti-termite treatment (including the
cost of chemical emulsion .
2.20.1 Along external wall where the apron is not provided using Meter 13.00
chemical emulsion @ 7.5 liters / sqm of the vertical
surface of the substructure to a depth of 300 mm
including excavation channel along the wall & rodding etc.
complete. With Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane E.C. 20% with
1% concentration.
2.20.2 Along the external wall below concrete or masonry apron Meter 22.00
using chemical emulsion @ 2.25 litres per linear meter
including drilling and plugging holes etc. With Chlorpyriphos/
Lindane E.C. 20% with 1% sqm concentration.
19
Rate
( In Rs. )
2.21 Treatment of soil under existing floors using chemical Sqm 96.00
emulsion @ one liter per hole, 300 mm apart including
drilling 12 mm diameter holes and plugging with cement
mortar 1 :2 (1 cement : 2 Coarse sand) to match the
existing floor : With Chlorpyriphos/Lindane E.C. 20% with
1% concentration.
2.22 Treatment of existing masonry using chemical emulsion Meter 15.00

@ one litre per hole at 300 mm interval including drilling
holes at 45 degree and plugging them with cement mortar
1:2 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand) to the full depth of the hole :
With Chlorpyriphos/Lindane E.C. 20% with 1%
concentration.
2.23 Treatment at points of contact of wood work by chemical Meter 150.00

emulsion Chlorpyriphos/ Lindane (in oil or kerosene
based solution) @ 0.5 litres per hole by drilling 6 mm dia
holes at downward angle of 45 degree at 150 mm centre to
centre and sealing the same.
2.24 Deduct for disposed soil not levelled and neatly dressed Cum 27.00
(against Item No. 2.6)
20
CHAPTER - 3
MORTARS
Notes for Specifications :-
1 Cement: - Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types specified to the
prescribed tests and approval of the Engineer-in-charge :
(a) Ordinary portland cement, 33 Grade conforming to IS : 269.
(b) Ordinary portland cement, 43 Grade conforming to IS : 8112.
(c) Ordinary portland cement, 53 Grade conforming to IS : 12269.
(d) Sulphate resistant portland cement conforming to IS : 12330.
(e) Portland Pozzolona Cement conforming to IS : 1489.
2 Sand: Sand to be used in the work, shall conform to IS: 1542-1960 for plaster and IS: 2166-1965 for
masonry work.
3 Cement Mortar: Cement and sand shall be mixed in specified proportions given in the
agreement/drawings. All mortars shall be mixed with a minimum quantity of water to produce desired
workability consistent with maximum density of mortar. The mix shall be clean and free from injurious
type of soil/acid/alkali/organic matter or deleterious substances.
4 Water : Water used for mixing and curring shall be clean and free from injurious amount of oils, acids,
alkalis, salts, sugar, organic or other substances. Potable water is generally considered satisfactory for
preparing mortars.
5 The mixing shall preferably be done in a mechanical mixer operated manually or by power. Hand
mixing can be resorted to as long as uniform density of the mix and its strength are assured subject to
prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Hand mixing operation, if permitted, shall be carried out on a
clean water tight platform where cement and sand shall be first mixed dry in the required proportion by
being turned over and over, backwards and forwards several times till the mixture is of uniform colour.
Thereafter, minimum quantity of water shall be added to bring the mortar to the consistency of stiff
paste. The mortar shall be mixed for at least two minutes after addition of water. Mortar shall be mixed
only in such quantity as required for immediate use.
The mix which has developed initial set, shall not be used. Intial set of mortar with O.P.C. shall
normally be considered to have taken place in 30 minutes after mixing. If the mortar has stiffened
during initial setting time because of evaporation of water, same can be re-tempered by adding water
as frequently as needed to restore requisite consistency shall not be permitted after 30 minutes.
Mortar, unused for more than 30 minutes, shall be rejected and removed from site.
MANDATORY TESTS FOR WATER, CEMENT & SAND
Min. quantity
Field/
Test of material
Material Test laboratory Frequency of testing
procedure for carrying
test
out the test
Water (i) pH Value Lab IS 3025 - Water from each source shall
be got tested before the
(ii) Limits of Acidity Lab commencement of work and
(iii) Limits of Alkality Lab thereafter once in every three
(iv) Percentage of solids months till the completion of the
(a) Chlorides Lab work. Water from municipal
(b) Suspended matter Lab source need be tested only
(c) Sulphates Lab once in six months. Number of
(d) Inorganic solids Lab Tests for each source shall be 3
(e) Organic solids Lab
21
Min. quantity
Field/
Test of material
Material Test laboratory Frequency of testing
procedure for carrying
test
out the test
Cement (a) Physical

requirement
(i) Fineness Lab IS 4031 Each lot Every 50 tonnes or part thereof.
(Part II) Each brand of cement brought
to site shall be tested as per this
frequency.
(ii) Soundness Lab IS 4031
(Part III)
(iii) Setting time Lab IS 4031
(Intital & Final) (Part V)
(iv) Compressive Lab IS 4031
strength (Part VI)
(v) Consistency of Lab IS 4031
Standard cement paste Part VI)
Sand Organic impurities Field As given in 20 cum Every 20 cum or part thereof or
specification more frequently as decided by
Chapter of Engineer-in-Charge.
mortars
Silt Content Field As given in 20 cum - do -

specification
Chapter of
mortars
Particle size distribution Field or As given in 40 cum 40 cum or part thereof
a,b,c,d & e Laboratory as specification
decided by Chapter of
the Engineer- mortars
in-Charge
Sand Bulking of Sand Field As given in 20 cum Every 20 cum or part thereof or
specification more frequently as decided by
Chapter of Engineer-in-charge.
mortars
(For Detail Refer UADD MORTAR specification / CPWD specification)
22
CHAPTER - 3
MORTARS
Rate
(In Rs.)
3.1 Cement Mortar 1:1 (1 cement : 1 sand) cum 6733.00
3.2 Cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand). cum 5146.00
3.7 Cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 marble dust). cum 5058.00
3.8 Cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 marble dust). cum 3162.00
3.9 White cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 marble dust). cum 9062.00
3.12 Mortar in lime, surkhi (50% Red & 50% Light Yellow) and marble cum 2200.00
dust (1:1.5:0.5)
23
CHAPTER - 4
CONCRETE WORK ( PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE )

1 Cement: Cement to be used in the works shall be any of the following types specified to
the prescribed tests and approval of the Engineer-in-charge :
(a) Ordinary portland cement, 33 Grade conforming to IS : 269.

(b) Ordinary portland cement, 43 Grade conforming to IS : 8112.
(c) Ordinary portland cement, 53 Grade conforming to IS : 12269.
(d) Sulphate resistant portland cement conforming to IS : 12330.
(e) Portland Pozzolona Cement conforming to IS : 1489.
2 Aggregates: aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, strong, dense, non-porous and
durable pieces of crushed stone. They shall not consist pieces of disintegrated stones,
soft, flaky, elongated particles, salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other deleterious
materils. All aggregate shall conform to IS: 383 and tests for conformity shall be carried
out as per IS : 2386 parts I to VIII.
2.1 Size and Grading
(i) Stone aggregate and gravel: it shall be either graded or single size as specified.
Nominal size and grading shall be as under:-
(a) Nominal size of graded stone aggregate or gravel shall be 40, 20, 16, or 12.5 mm as
specified.For any one of the nominal sizes, The proportion of other sizes as determined
by the method prescribed in IS 2386 (Part-I) shall be in accordance with tabel 4.1.
TABLE 4.1
Graded stone Aggregate or Gravel
IS Sieve % by weight passing the nominal size

Designation 40mm 20mm 16 mm 12.5mm
80 mm 100 - - -
63mm - - - -
40mm 95-100 100 - -
20mm 30-70 95-100 100 100
16mm - - 90-100 -
12.5mm - - - 90 to 100
10 mm 10-35 25-55 30-70 40 to 85
4.75 0-5 0-10 0-10 0 to 10
(b) Nominal size of single sized stone aggregate or gravel shall be 63, 40, 20, 16, 12.5,or
10 mm as specified. For any one of the nominal sizes,the proportion of other sizes as
determined by the method prescribed in IS 2386 (Part-I) shall be in accordance with
tabel 4.2.
TABLE 4.2
Single size (ungraded) stone Aggregate or Gravel
24
(c) Strenght of Aggregate
C.1 Aggregate crushing value: -
The aggregate of crushing value, when determined in accordance with IS:2386 (Part-
IV) -1963 shall not exceed 45 percent for aggregate used for concrete other then for
wearing surfaces, and 30 percent for concrete for wearing surfaces, such as runways,
roads and pavements.
C.2 Aggregate Impact value

As an alternative to 3.3 the aggregate impact value may be determined in accordance
with the method specified in IS:2386 (Part-IV) – 1963. The aggregate impact value shall
not exceed 45 percent by weight for aggregate used for concrete other then for wearing
surface and 30 percent by wearing for concrete for wearing surface, such as runways,
roads and pavements.
C.3 Aggregate Abrasion Value

Unless otherwise agreed to between the purchasers and supplied, the abrasion value of
aggregates, when tested in accordance with the method specified in IS:2386 (Part-IV)-
1963 using Los Angeles machine, shall not exceed the following values
For aggregate to be used in concrete for wearing 30 Percent

surfaces
For aggregate to be used in other concrete 50 Percent
3 Sand/Fine Aggregates :
Sand to be used for lime or cement concrete should be dry and free from all deleterious
materials, and shall conform to IS: 383-2007 & fine aggregates shall not contain dust,
lumps, soft or flaky materials, mica or other deleterious materials. Fine aggregates
having positive alkali-silica reaction shall not be used. All fine aggregate shall conform
to IS : 383. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate shall neither be less than 2.0 nor
greater than 3.5.
4 Water : Water used for mixing and curing shall be clean and free from injurious
amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, sugar, organic materials or other substances that
may be deleterious to concrete. Potable water is generally considered satisfactory for
mixing and curing of concrete.
5 Concrete: Concrete shall be mixed either in a concrete mixer or in a batching and

mixing plant. Hand mixing is prohibited. Mixing shall be continued till materials are
uniformly distributed and a uniform colour of the entire mass is obtained and each
individual particle of the aggregate shows complete coating of mortar, containing its
proportionate amount of cement. In no case, mixing shall be done for less than 2
minutes.
25
Table 4.3 Grades of Concrete
As per IS 456 : 2000 Table number 2
Notes:-
1 In the designation of concrete mix M refers to the mix and the number to the specified
compressive strength of 150 mm size cube at 28 days, expressed in N/mm2.
2 For concrete of compressive strength greater than M55, design parameters given in the
standard may not be applicable and the values may be obtained from specialized
literatures and experimental results.
Grade of concrete for plain & reinforced

concrete:-
The minimum grade of concrete for plain and reinforced concrete shall be as per Table
given below.
Table 4.4
Minimum Cement Content, Maximum Water-Cement Ratio & Minimum Grade of Concrete
for Different Exposures with Normal Weight Aggregates of 20 mm Nominal;Maximum Size
Notes:-
26
1 Cement content prescribed in this Table is irrespective of the grades of cement. The
additions such as fly or ground granulated blast furnace slag may be taken into account
in the concrete composition with respect to the cement content and water-cement ratio,
if the suitability is established and as long as the maximum amounts taken into account
do not exceed the limit of pozzolona and slag specified in IS 1489 (Part 1) and IS 455
respectively
2 Minimum grade for plain concrete under mild exposure condition is not specified.
3 The above minimum cement content and maximum water cement ratio apply only to 20
mm nominal maximum size aggregate. For other sizes of aggregate, these should be
changed as per Table 6 of IS 456.
5.1 Concrete Mix: -

The mix proportion shall be selected to ensure the workability of the fresh concrete and
when concrete is hardened, it shall have the required strength, durability and surface
finish.
The determination of the proportions of cement, aggregates and water to attain the
required strength shall be made as follows: -
(a) By designing the concrete mix; such concrete shall be called 'Design mix concrete' , or
(b) By adopting nominal concrete mix; such concrete shall be called 'Nominal mix
concrete'.
Design mix concrete is preferred to nominal mix. If design mix concrete can not be used
for reason on the work for graded of M-20 or lower, nominal mixes may be used with
the permission of engineer in charge, which, however, is likely to involve a higher
cement content.
5.2 Nominal Mix: -

Nominal mix concrete may be used for concrete for M-20 or lower. The proportion of
materials for nominal mix concrete shall be in accordance with table given below :-
Table 4.5 Proportions for Nominal Mix Concrete

Notes:-
1 The proportion of the fine to coarse aggregate should be adjusted from upper limit
progressively as the grading of fine aggregate becomes finer and the maximum size of
coarse aggregate becomes larger. Graded coarse aggregate shall be used.
27
2 Quantity of water required from durability point of view may be less than the value given
above.
Concrete shall be transported and placed as near as practicable to its final position.
Concrete shall not be freely dropped into place from a height exceeding 1.50meters
and it shall be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of its discharge from the
mixer. It shall be compacted thoroughly by vibration or other means during placing so
as to produce a dense homogeneous void-free mass having the required surface finish.
Bottom and side surfaces shall give a uniform texture, smooth surface and good
appearance. Non uniform texture and rough surface of concrete shall be treated as
defective work and it has to be remedied with 1:3 cement plaster but in no case, more
than 5% of area be permitted to be made good with plastering, Concrete having rough,
non uniform texture and honey combing in more than 5% area shall be rejected and the
payment for the formwork shall also be not made.
6 Formwork shall include all temporary or permanent forms required for forming the
concrete of the shape, dimensions and surface finish as shown on the drawings
together with all props, staging, centering, scaffolding and temporary construction
required for their support.
7 All materials shall conform to the specifications issued by the Indian Standards
Institution. Materials and components used for formwork shall be examined for damage
or excessive deterioration before use/reuse and shall be used only if found suitable
after necessary repairs. In case of timber form work, the inspection shall not only cover
physical damages but also signs of attacks by decay, rot or insect attack or the
development of splits.
8 Form shall be constructed with metal or timber. The metal used for forms shall be of
such thickness that the forms remain true to shape. All bolts should be counter sunk.
9 The contractor shall furnish the design and drawing of complete formwork (i.e. the
forms as well as their supports) for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge before any
erection is taken up. Not withstanding any approval or review of drawing and design by
the Engineer-in-Charge, the contractor shall be entirely responsible for the adequacy
and safety of form work.
10 The formwork shall be robust and strong and joints shall be leakproof. Staging must
have cross bracings and diagonal bracings in both direction and the number of joints in
the form work shall be kept to a minimum by using large size panels.
11 Rates in this chapter are for the finished work including the cost of all materials, labour,
tools and plant required for design, construction and removal of formwork including
properly supporting the members until the concrete is cured, set and hardened as
required and also inclusive of lining with material approved by the Engineer-in-Charge
so as to provide a smooth finish of uniform texture, appearance and to produce a
finished concrete true to shape, line, levels and dimension as shown on the drawings.
The material used shall leave no stain on the concrete and so fixed to its backing as not
to impart any blemishes. The rate also includes coating of formwork with an approved
release agent that will effectively prevent sticking and will not stain the concrete
surface. Lubricating (machine oils) are prohibited for use as a coating.
12 The rate includes provision of gradient in formwork for terrace roof as per direction of
Engineer-in-Charge and the gradient shall be provided necessarily so that water is
drained out quickly and effectively.
13 Rates also include all leads and lifts of all materials etc. required for the work.
28
14 Measurements :
14.1 Dimensions of length, breadth and thickness shall be measured correct to nearest cm.
Except for the thickness of slab and partition which shall be measured to nearest 5 mm.
Areas shall be worked out to nearest 0.01 sq.m and the cubic contents of consolidated
concrete shall be worked out to nearest 0.01 cum. Any work done in excess over the
specified dimension or sections shown in the drawing shall be ignored.
14.2 Concrete work executed in the following conditions shall be measured separately:
(a) Work in or under water
(b) Work in liquid mud
(c) Work in or under foul positions
14.3 Cast-in-situ concrete and or precast concrete work shall be measured in stages
described in the item of work, such as:
(a) At or near the ground level
(b) Upto specified floor level
(c) Between two specified floor levels
(d) Upto specified height above or depth below plinth level/ defined datum level.
(e) Between two specified heights or depths with reference to plinth/defined datum
level.
14.4 No deduction shall be made for the following:

(a) Ends of dissimilar materials for example beams, posts, girders, rafters, purlins,
trusses, corbels and steps upto 500 sq cm in cross sections.
(b) Opening upto 0.1 sq meter (1000 sq.cm)
(c) Volume occupied by pipes, conduits, sheathing etc. not exceeding 100 sq cm each
in cross sectional areas.
(d) Small voids such as shaded portions in Figure A to J below when these do not
exceed 40 sq cm each in cross section.
29
MANDATORY TESTS FOR STONE AGGREGATE & CONCRETE
Min. qty of
Test Material for
Material Test Field/ Laboratory Frequency of Testing
procedure Carrying out
test
1 2 3 4 5 6
Stone (a) Percentage of As required
aggregate soft or deleterious Field or Laboratory- IS 2386-Part
by Engineer- For all quantities
Test as required Il
material in-charge
For every 45 cum or
As given in
part thereof for RCC
Specification
Particle size Field/ Lab 45 cum Work only. For rest of
Chapter of
items as decided by
Concrete
Engineer-in-charge
(a) Estimation of For every 40 cum or
Field/ Lab IS 2306-Part2 10 cum
organic impurities part thereof
(b) Surface moisture Field/ Lab IS 2386 10 cum -do-
(c) Determination of
Field/ Lab IS 2386 10 cum -do-
10% fine value
(d) Specific gravity Field/ Lab IS 2386 10 cum -do-
(e) Bulk density Field/ Lab IS 2386 10 cum -do-
(f) Aggregate
crusing strength
(g) Aggregate
impact value
As given in
Specification
Concrete Slump test Field 10 cum 15 cum or part thereof
Chapter of
Concrete
15 Special Structures
For structures like retaining walls, wing walls, chimneys, over head reservoirs/tanks and
other elevated structures, where elevations heights above a defined datum level have
not been specified and identification of floors cannot be done as in case of building.
Level, at 1.2m above the ground level shall be the floor 1 level as well as plinth level.
Level at a height of 3.5m above floor 1 level will be reckoned as floor 2 level and level
at a height of 3.5m above the floor 2 level will be floor 3 level and so on, where the total
height above floor 1 level is not a whole number multiple of 3.5m meter. Top most floor
level shall be the next in sequence to the floor level below even if the difference in
height between the two upper most floor levels is less than 3.5 meters.
16 FOUNDATION AND PLINTH

work in foundation and plinth shall include:
(a) For buildings: All works upto 1.2 meter above ground level or upto floor 1 level
whichever is lower:
(b) For abutments, piers and well steining: all works upto 1.2m above the bed level:
(c) For retaining wall, wing walls, compound walls, chimneys, over head reservoirs/tanks
and other elevated structures: All works upto 1.2 meter above the ground level:
30
(d) For reservoirs/tanks (other than overhead reservoirs/tanks): All works upto 1.2 meter
above the ground level:
(e) For basements: All works upto 1.2m above ground level or upto floor 1 level whichever
is lower.
Note: Specific provisions shall be made in the estimate for such situations where the
foundation level is more than 3 (three) meter depth from the plinth for all types of
structures mentioned above.
(For Detail Refer UADD CONCRETE WORK specification / CPWD specification)
31
CHAPTER - 4
CONCRETE WORK (PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE)
Rate
( In Rs.)
4.1 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade
excluding the cost of centering and shuttering All work up to plinth
level.
4.1.1 Cement concrete grade M-25 (Nominal Mix) with 20 mm maximum
Cum 5647.00
size of stone aggregate
Cum 5178.00
Cum 4755.00
Cum 4219.00
Cum 4663.00
Cum 4112.00
4.1.7 Cement concrete grade M-7.5 (Nominal Mix) with 40 mm maximum
Cum 3793.00
4.1.8 Labour rate for Item No.- 4.1.1 to 4.1.7 Cum 827.00
4.1.9 1:2:3½:9 (1 ordinary portland cement : 2 Fly ash : 3½ coarse sand : 9
graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) Cum 3611.00
4.1.10 1:2½:4:11 (1 ordinary portland cement : 2½ fly ash : 4 coarse sand :

Cum 3293.00
11 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal)
4.2 Providing and laying cement concrete in retaining walls, return walls,
walls (any thickness) including attached pilasters, columns, piers,
abutments, pillars, posts, struts, buttresses, string or lacing courses,
parapets, coping, bed blocks, anchor blocks, plain window sills,
fillets etc. up to floor two level, excluding the cost of centering,
shuttering and finishing :
Cum 5886.00
4.2.2 Concrete grade M-20 (nominal mix) with 20 mm maximum size of
stone aggregate Cum 5417.00


Cum 4460.00
stone aggregate

Cum 4353.00
stone aggregate
4.3 Providing and laying cement concrete in kerbs, steps and the like at
or near ground level excluding the cost of centering, shuttering and
finishing.
32
Rate
( In Rs.)
Cum 4755.00
Cum 4219.00
4.4 Providing and fixing up to floor Two level precast cement concrete
string or lacing courses, copings, bed plates, anchor blocks,
plain window sills, shelves, louvers, steps, stair cases, etc.
including hoisting and setting in position with cement mortar 1:3 (1
Cement : 3 coarse sand), cost of required centering, shuttering
and finishing smooth with 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 Cement :
3 fine sand) on exposed surfaces complete.

size of stone aggregate Cum 6502.00

size of stone aggregate Cum 5517.00
4.5 Providing and fixing at or near ground level precast cement concrete
in kerbs, edgings etc. as per approved pattern and setting in position
with cement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 coarse sand) including the
cost of required centering, shuttering and finishing smooth with 6mm
thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) on exposed
surfaces complete.
Cum 6299.00
solid block including hoisting and setting in position with cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), cost of required centering,
shuttering and finishing smooth with 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1
cement : 3 fine sand) on exposed surfaces complete :

Cum 7537.00
Cum 7101.00
hollow block including hoisting and setting in position with cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), cost of required centering,
shuttering and finishing smooth with 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1
cement : 3 fine sand) on exposed surfaces complete :

Cum 7319.00
Cum 7073.00
33
Rate
( In Rs.)
4.8 Extra for Plain / Precast concrete work in superstructure above floor
Cum 1%
Two level for each floors or part thereof.
4.9 Extra for laying concrete in or under water and/or liquid mud
including cost of pumping or bailing out water and removing slush Cum 168.00
etc. complete.
4.10 Extra for laying concrete in or under foul positions. Cum 124.00
4.11 Making plinth protection 50mm thick of Cement concrete grade M-

10 (Nominal Mix with 20 mm maximum size of stone aggregate) over
75mm bed by dry brick ballast 40mm nominal size well rammed and Sqm 363.00
consolidated and grouted with fine sand including finishing the
top smooth.
4.12 Plum Cement concrete 1:2:4 with 75% graded metal of maxium size
Cum 4103.00
40 mm and 25% plum of 150mm size.
4.13 Providing and laying damp-proof course 40mm thick with

cement concrete M-15 (Nominal Mix) with 10/12 mm maximum size Sqm 240.00
of stone aggregate.
4.13.1 Labour rate for Item No.- 4.9 Sqm 29.00
4.14 Providing and laying damp-proof course 50mm thick with

cement Cement concrete grade M-15 (Nominal Mix) with 20 mm Sqm 270.00
maximum size of stone aggregate
4.14.1 Labour rate for Item No.- 4.10 Sqm 29.00
4.15 Extra for providing and mixing water proofing material as per IS
Per bag
Standard in cement concrete work. Qty as prescribed by the of 50 kg 53.00
manufacturer. cement
4.16 Applying a coat of residual petroleum bitumen of penetration 80/100

of approved quality using 1.7kg per square meter on damp proof
Sqm 120.00
course after cleaning the surface with brushes and finally with a
piece of cloth lightly soaked in kerosene oil.
4.17 Providing and placing in position 125 mm dia Precast Bollards 600
mm high of required shape including providing M.S. Pipe Sleeve 50
mm dia 300 mm long in the Bollard and M.S. Pipes 40 mm dia and
450 mm long with 150x150x6mm M.S. plate welded at bottom and
embedded 150mm in cement concrete grade M-10 (Nominal Mix Each 465.00
with 20 mm maximum size of stone aggregate) including necessary
excavation of size 250x 250x 450mm deep for the same in
bitumen/ concrete pavement at specified spacing.
34
CHAPTER - 5
REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE
5.1 General
IS 456-2000 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete (as amended up to date) Shall be
followed in regard to concrete Mix proportion and its production as under:
(a) The concrete mix design shall be done as “Design Mix Concrete” as prescribed in
clause-9 of IS 456 mentioned above.
(a) Concrete shall be manufactured in accordance with clause 10 of above mentioned IS
456 covering quality assurance measures both technical and organizational, which shall
also necessarily require a qualified concrete technologist to be available during
manufacture of concrete for certification of quality of concrete.
Minimum M-20 grade of concrete shall be used in all structural elements made with RCC both in
load bearing and framed structure.
5.2 Materials
Water, cement, fine and coarse aggregate shall be as specified under respective clauses
of chapter 03 mortars and chapter 04 concrete work as applicable.
5.3 Steel for reinforcement

The steel used for reinforcement shall be any of the following types.
(a) Mild steel and medium tensile bars conforming to IS 432 (PartI)
(b) High strength deformed steel bars conforming to IS 1786
(c) Hard drawn steel wire fabric conforming to IS 1566
(d) Structural steel conforming to Grade A of IS 2062
(e) Thermomechanically treated (TMT) Bars.
Elongation percent on gauge length in 5.65 >A where A is the cross sectional areas of the test
piece.
Mild steel is not recommended for the use in structures located in earthquake zone subjected to
severe damage and for structures subjected to dynamic loading (other than wind loading) such
as railway and highway bridges.
Welding of reinforcement bars covered in this SOR shall be done in accordance with the
requirements of IS 2751.
Nominal mass/weight : The tolerance on mass/weight for round and square bars shall be the
percentage given in table 5.1 or the mass/weight calculate on the basis that the masses of the
bar/wire of nominal diameter and of density 7.85 kg/cm3 or 0.00785 kg/cm3. Or 7850 kg per m3
35
TABLE 5.1
Tolerance of Nominal Mass/Weight
Nominal size in mm Tolerance on the nominal mass per cent

Batch Individual sample+ Individual sample for coil(x)
(a) Upto and including 10 ±7 -8 ±8
(b) Over 10, upto and ±5 6 ±6
including 16
(c) Over 16 ±3 4 ±4
·High strength deformed bars and wires shall conform to IS 1786 the physical properties for all
sizes of steel bars are mentioned below in
TABLE 5.2
Fe Fe Fe Fe
S.No. Property
415 415D 500D 550D
1 0.2 Per cent proof stress/yield 415 415 500 550
stress, Min, N/mm2
2 Elongation, per cent min on gauge 14.5 18 16 14.5
lenth 5.65 >A, where A is the corss-
sectional are of the test piece.
3 Tensile strength, Min 10 per cent 12 per cent 10 per cent 8 per cent
more than more than more than more than
the actual the actual the actual the actual
0.2 per 0.2 per 0.2 per 0.2 per
cent proof cent proof cent proof cent proof
stress but stress but stress but stress but
not less not less not less not less
than 485.0 than 500.0 than 565.0 than 600.0
N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2
4 Total elongation at maximum force, - 5 5 5

percent, Min on gauge length 5.65
>A, where A is the cross-sectional
area of the test piece.
Thermo Mechanically treated reinforement bars:
(a) There is no BIS code for TMT bars. The available code BIS 1786 pertains to
HSD Bars. Therefore there should be no stipulation that TMT bars should
conform to relevant BIS code.
(b) The TMT bars are being produced under valid licence form either of the firms
namely Tempcore, Themex Evcon Turbo and Tubo Quench. These firms have
acquired patents and arre giving licences to various producers to produce TMT
Bars.
(C) The TMT bars shall conform to IS 1786 pertaining to Fe 415 D or FE 500 D or
De 550 grade of steel as specified.
36
(d) In design and consturcton of reinforced concrete in seismic zone III and above,
steel reinforcemet of Grade Fe 415 D shall be used, However, high strength
deformed steel bars, produced by thermomechanical treatemnt process of grade
Fe 415, Fe 500 and havind elongation more than 14.5% and conform to other
be used for reinforcement.
All reinforcement shall be free form loose mill scales, loose rust and coats of poaints, oil
mud or other conatings which may destroy or reduce bond.
The contractor shall have to produce Test Certificate in the proforma prescribed approved
by BIS form the manufacturer for every batch of steel brought to site of work.
Before commencement of use of steel, form any batch brought to site of work by the
contractor, the Engineer-in Charge shall arrange to get samples tested for nominal mass.
Tensile strength, bend test and rebeend test from any Laboraory of his choice at the cost
of Contractor. The selecton of test specimens and frequency shall be as per relevent I.S.
specificatoin and of steel used.
5.4 From work
From work shall include all temporary ofr permanent forms or moulds required for forming
the concrete which is cost-in-situ, together with all temporary construction required for their
support.
5.5 Material for From Work
Propping and Centering : All Propping and centering should be either of steel tubes with
extension pieces or built up sections of rolled steel.
Centering/Staging : Staging should be as designed with required extension pieces as

approved by Engineer-in-Charge to ensure proper slopes, as per design for slabs/beams
etc. and aas per levels as shown in drawing. All the staging to be either of Tubular steel
structure with adequate bracing as approved or made of build up structural sections made
from rolled structural steel sections.
Shuttering: Shuttering used shall be of sufficient stiffness to avoid excessive deflection and
joints shall be tightly butted to avoid leakage of slurry. If required, rubberized lining of
material as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be provided in the joints. Steel
shutteing used or concreting should be suffficienly stiffened. The steel shutteing should
also be properly repared before use and properly cleaned to avoid stains. honey combing,
seepage of slurry through joints etc.
(a) Runner joists: RSJ, MS Channerl or any other suitable section of the reqquired size
shall be used as runners.
(b) Assembly of beam head over props. Beam head is an adopter that fits snugly on the
head plates of props to provide wider support under beam bottoms.
(c) Only steel shuttering shall be used, except for unavoidable portions and very small
works for which 12mm thick water profing ply of approved quality may be used.
37
From work shall be properly designed for self weight, weight of reinforcement, weight of
fresh concrete, and in addition, the various live loads likely to be immposed during the
construction process (such as workmen, materials and equipment). In case the height of
centering exceeds 3.50 metres, the prop may be provided in multi-stages.
5.6 Desigh and Tolerance in Construction
From work shall be designed and constructed to the shapes, line and dimension shown on
the drawing with the tolerance given below
Table 5.3
(a) Deviation from specified dimension .+12mm

of cross section of columns and
(b) beams
Deviation from dimensions of .-6mm
footings
(i) Dimension in Plan .+50 mm
-12 mm
(ii) Eccentricity in Plan 0.02 times the width of the footin in
the direction of deviation but not
more than 50 mm.
(iii) Thickness .+0.05 times the specified
thickness.
Note:- These tolerance apply to concrete dimensions only, and not to positioning of vertical
steel or dowels.
5.7 General Requirement

It shall be storng enouth to withstand the dead and live loads and forces caused by
ramming and vibrations of concrete and other incidental loads, imposed upon it duing and
after casting of concrete. It shall be made sufficiently rigid by using adequate number of
ties and braces, screw jacks or hard board wedges where required shall be provided to
make up any settlement in the from work either before or duing the placing of concrete.
From shall be so constructed as to be removable in section in the desired sequence,

without damaging the surface of concrete or disturbing other section, care shall b e taken
to see that no piece is keyed into the cncrete.
(a) In case of structures with two or more floors, the weight of concrete, centering
and shuttering of any upper floor being cast shall be suitably supported on one
floor below the top most floor already cast.
(b) Form work and concreting of upper floor shall not be done until concrete of
lower floor has set at least for 14 days.
Camber : Suitable camber shall be provided in horizontal members of structure, especially
in cantilever spans to counteract the effect of deflectin. The form work shall be so
assembled as to provide for camber. The Camber for beams and slabs shall be 4 mm per
metre (1 to 250) or as directed by the Engineer-inCharge, so as to offset the subsequent
deflection for cantilevers the camber at free end shall be 1/50th the projected length or as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
38
Removal of form work (Stripping Time) : In normal circumstance and where various types
of cements are used, forms, may generally be removed after the expiry of the following
periods;
TABLE 5.4
Minimum Minimum Minimum

period period period
before before before
Type of form work striking striking striking
form work form work form
for OPC for OPC work for
33 grade 43 grade ppc
(a) Vertical form work to columns, walls, beams 16-24 h 16-24H 24-36h
(b) Soffit form work to slabs (Props to be 3 days 3 days 4 days

refixed immediately after removal of formwork)
(c) Soffit form work to beams (Props to be 7 days 7 days 10 days

refixed immediately after removal of formwork)
(d)Props to slabs : 7 days 7 days 10 days

(1) Spanning upto 4.5m 14 days 14 days 20 days
(2) Spanning over 4.5 m
(e) Props to beams and arches: 14 days 14 days 20 days
(1) Spanning upto 6mm 21 days 21 days 30 days
(2) Spaning over 6mm
5.8 Placing of concrete

Concreting shall be conmmenced only after Engineer-in-Charge has inspected the
centering, shuttering and reinforcement as placed and passed the same. Shuttering shall
clean and free from all shaving, saw dust, pieces of wood, or othe foreign material and
surfaces shall be treated with oil lubricant as prescribed.
Incase of concreting of slab and beams, wooden palnk or cat walks of cheguerred MS
plated or bamboo chalies or any other suitable material supported directly on the centering
by mens of wooden blocks or lugs shall be provided to convey the concrete to the place of
deposition without disturbing the reinforcement in any way. Labour shall be allowed to walk
over the reinforcement.
In case of columns and wall, it is desirable to place concrete without construction joints.
The progress of concreting in the veritical direction, shall be restricted to one metre per
hour.
The concrete shall be deposited in its final position in a manner to preclude segregation of
ingredients. In deep trenches and footings concrete shall be placed through chutes or as
directed by the Engineer-inCharge. In case of coumns and walls, the shuttering shall be so
adjusted that the verical drop of concrete is not more than 1.5 metres at a time.
39
During could weather, concreting shall not be done when the temperature falls below
4.5°C The concrete placed shall b e protected against frost by suitable covering. Concrete
damaged by frost shall be removed and work redone.
During ht weather precautin shall be taken to see that the temperature of we concrete
does not exceed 38°C. No concrete shall be laid within half an hour of the closing time of
the day, unless permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge.
It is necessary that the time between mixing and placing of concrete shall not exceed 30
minutes so that the initial setteing process is not interfered with.
5.9 Compaction
It shall be as specified in chapte IV sub-head concrete work of this S.O.R.
5.10 Finishing
In case of roof slabs the top surface shall be finished even and smooth with wooden
trowel, before the concrete being to set. Sprinkling of dry cement while finishing shall not
be resorted to.
Immediately on removal of rorms, the RCC wrok shall be examined by the Engineer-in-
Charge, before any defectes arre made good.
(a) The work that has sagged or contains noney combing to an extent derimental to
structural safety or architectural concept shall be rejected.
(b) Surface defects of minor nature may be accepted. On acceptance of such a

work by the Engineer-in-Charge, the same shall be rectified as follows:
Surface defects which require repari when forms are removed usally consist of
bulged due to movement of froms, ridges at form joints, honey-combed ares,
damage resulting form the stripping of forms and holt holes, bulges and ridges
are removed by careful chipping or toling and the surface is then rubbed with a
grinding stone Honeycombed and other defective areas must be chipped out,
the edges being cut as straight provide a key at the edge of the patch.
(c) The surface which is to receive plaster or where it is to be joined with brick
masonry wall, shall be properly roughened immediately after the shuttering is
removed, taking care to remeove the laitance completely witthout distrubing the
concrete. The roughening shall be done by hacking, Before the surfuce is
plastere, it shall be clened and wetted so as to give bond between concrete and
plaster. RCC work shall be done carefully so that the thickness of plaster
required for finishing the surface is not more that 6mm.
(d) The surface of RCC slab on which the cement concrete or mosaic floor is to be
laid shall be roughened with brushes while the concrete is green. This shall be
done without disturbing the concrete.
5.11 Strength of Concrete

The compressive strength on the work tests for different mixed shall be as given in Table
5.6
40
5.12 Ready Mixed Concrete (as per IS 4926)
Selection and Approval of Materials : Materials used should satisfy the requirements for
the safety, structural performance durability and appearance of the finished structure,
taking full account of the environment to which it will be subjected. The selection and use
of materials shall be in accordance with IS 456. Materials used shall conform to the
relevant Indian Standards applicable. Where materials are used which are not covbered by
the provisions of the elevant Indian Standard, there should be satisfactory data on their
suitability and assurance of quality contro. Records and details of performance of such
compatibiloity between IS 4926 and materials used. Also, prior permission of the purchaser
shall be obtainded befor use fo such materials.
Cement : Cement used for concrete shall be in accordance with the requirement of IS 456.
Mineral Admixtures : Use of mineral admixtures shall be permitted in accordance with the
provisions of IS 456.
Aggregates : Aggregates used for concrete shall be in accordance with the requirment of
IS 456. Unless otherwise agreed testting frequencies for aggregates in plant shall be as
given IS 4926.
Chemical Admixtures
(i) Use of chemical admixtures shall be permitted in accordance, with the
provisions of IS 456 and IS 9103
(ii) Its shal be the resosibility of the producer to establish compatibility and sutability
of any admixure with the other ingredients of the mix and the determine the
dosage required to give the desired effect.
(iii) Admixtures should be stored in a manner that prevents degradation of the
product and consumed within the time period indicated by the admixture
supplier. Any vessel containing an admixure in the plant or taken to site by the
producer shall be clearly marked as to its content.
(iv) When offering or delivering a mix to a purchaser it should be indicated if such a
mix contains an admixture of combination of admixtures or not. The admixtures
may be identified generically and should be declared on the deliver ticket.
(v) The amount of admixture added to mix shall be recorded in the production
record. In special circustances, if necessary, additional dose of admixture may
be added at project site to regain the workability of concrete with the mutual
agreemet between the producer and the pruchaser.
41
Water : Water used shal be in accordance with the requirement of IS 456. The use of re-cycled
water is encouraged as long as concrete of satisfactory performance can be produced and steps
arre taken to monitor the built up of chlorides in any recirdulated water and that any subsequent
adjustments to the mix design are made to ensure that any overall limit on chloride contents is
satisfied. The addition of any recycled water shall b e monitored and controlled to meet these
requirements. The total amount of water added to the mix shall controlled to meet these
requirements. The totla amount of water added to the mix shall be recorded in the production
record. The water content of concrete shall be regulated by controlling its workability or by
measuring and adusting the moisture contents of its constituent materials. The producer's
production staff and truck-mixer, drivers shall be made aware of the appropriate responses to
variation in concrete consistency of a particular mix caused by normal variations in aggregate
moisture content or grading.
5.13 General Requirements

Basis of supply : Ready-mixed concrete shall be supplied having the quality and the
quantity in accordance with the requirement agreed with the purchaser or his agent.
Notwithstanding this, the concrete supplied shall generally comply with requirements of IS
456. All concrete will be supplied and invoiced in terms of cubic metres (full or part) of
compacted fresh concrete. All proportioning is to be carred out by mass except water and
admixture, which may be measured by valume.
Transport of concrete : Ready-mixed concrete shall be transported from the mixer to the
point of placing as rapidly as practicable by methods that will maintain the required
workability and will prevent segregation, loss of any constituents or ingress of forign matter
or water. The concrete shall be placed as soon as possible after delivery, as close as is
practicable to its final positioin to avoid re-handling or moving the concrete horizontally by
vibration. If required by the purchaser the producer can utiize. admixures to slow down
place the concrete as rapidly as possible. The purchaser should paln his arrangements so
as to enable a full load of concrete to be discharged within 30 minutes of arrival on site.
Concrete shall be transported in a trunk-mixer unless the purchaser agrees to the use of
non agitating vehicles. When non-agitating vehicles are used, the mixed concrete shall be
protected from gain or loss of water.
Time in Transport : The general requirement is that concrete shall be discharged form
truck-mixer within 2 h of the time of loading. However, a longer period may be permitted if
rtarding admixtures are used or in cool humid weather or when chilled concrete is cement
and aggregate or of adding the cement to the wet aggregate whichever is applicable
Ready-mixed concrete plant shall have tyest facilities at its premises to carry out routine
tests as per the requirement of the standard.
5.14 Sampling and Testing of Ready-Mixed Concrete

Point and Time of Sampling : For the assessment of compliance of ready-mixed concrete,
the point and time of sampling shall be at discharge from the producer's delivery vehicle or
from the mixer to the site or when delivered into the purchaser's vehicle. It is crititcal that
the sampling procedure and equipment use enables as representative a sample as
possible to be taken of the quantity of concrete delivered. The sampling may carried out
jointly by the purchaser and the supplier with its frequency mutually agreed upon.
However, it will not absolve the supplier of his responsibility form suppling in concrete as
per the requirment given in this standard or otherwise agreed to where so permitted in the
standard.
42
5.15 Workability :
The workability shall be within following limits on the specified value as appropiate Slamp
±25mm or 1/3 of the specified value, whichever is less.
Compacting factor; ± 0.03, where the specified value is 0.90 or greater,
± 0.04, where the specified value is less than 0.90 but more than 0.80,
± 0.05, where the specified value is 0.80 or less.
Flow table test may be specified for concrete, for vary high workability (sse IS 9103)
Acceptance criteria for spread (flow) are to be established between the supplier and the
purchaser.
5.16 Specified Strength

Compliance shall be assessed against the requirements of IS 456 or other agreed Indian
standard. The purchaser may perfume his sampling and testing or may enter into an
arrangement with the producer to provide his testing requirements.
Unless otherwise agreed between the parties involved, the minimum testing frequency to
be appli3d by the producer in the absence of a recognized ready-mixed concrete industry
method of production control should be one sample for every 50 M3 of production or every
50 batches, whichever is the greater frequency. Three test specimens shall be made up
for of the quality of concrete, optional test on beams for modulus of rupture at 72± 2 h or at
7 days or compressive strength test at 7 days may be carried out in addition to 28 days
compressive strength test. For this purpose the value should be arrived at based on actual
testing. In all cases 28 days compressive strength shall alone be the criteria for
acceptance or rejection of the concrete.
The purchaser shall inform the producer if his requirements for sampling and testing are
higher than one sample every 50 M3 or 50 batches, whichever is the greater frequency.
5.17 Sampling and Testing for Quality Control of Hardened Concrete

Test on cube crushing strength of concrete in accordance and compiance with IS 456 and
IS 516 shall done as under :-
Sample of fresh concrete shall be taken from concrete at central batch plant mixer while
loading delivery trucks or other transport and also from concrete transported to placement
location.
Test on specimens made form samples collected at placement location shall be

considered as fiel test specimens and results therefrom shall be the criterion of concrete
strength. Test in spssecimens made form samples at the batch plant shall ony be taken as
gudelenes test. Only in the case of doubtful result, the Engineer-in-Charge may refer to
such guideline results for deciding on the quality of concrte.
For truck mix concrte and shrink mix concrete guideline test specimens shall be made from
samples collected at discharge location for mixing trucks. For this purpose first and last
15% of the load shal be omitted while collecting samples.
43
Frequency of sampling shall be as given below in Table 5.5 for each grade of concrete of
different workability's qand for each type of specimens (field tes spsecimens and guideline
test speciments) for conducting 28 days crushing strength tests.
TABLE 5.5
Quantity of conrete Delivered Number of Samples

(cum)
Less than 5 1
6 to 15 2
31 to 50 3
51 and above sample for each 4 Plus one additional 50 cum or part thereof
Each sample shall be of adequate quantity so that a minimum of 3 specimen cubes can be
made test of the sample in accordance with IS 516.
All test specimens shall be made compacted cured and tested in commpliance with IS 516
and test result interpreted in accordance with IS 456 for acceptance of concrete strength,
field specimens test results shall not be less than values as prescribed.
In additin to 28 day crushing strength test on specimens made at frequencies specified

above, early strength test at 7 days shall also be conducted on field specimens as well as
guideline test specimens. Frequency of sampling for this set of test shall also be same as
those specified above. 7 day strength shall coform to values given in Table as under. But
these test results even if conforming to specified values shall only be taken a guideline
values for projecting concrete strength and shall not be construed as conforming to
specifications.
Table 5.6
Concrete Mix (Nominal Mix on Compressive Strength in (Kg/Sq.Cm)

Valume basis) 7 day's 28 day's
.1:1:2 210 315
.1:1:5:3 175 265
.1:2:4 140 210
For each grade of concrete and for all workability conditionas with different water - cement
ratios and compositions of admixtures, preliminary test shall be conducted for crushing
strength on finalization to design mix for each type of concrete. Such test shall be
conducted both at 7 days and 28 days under laboratory conditions. Six test specimens
shall be made for 7 days test and six tyest specimens shall be made for 28 days test.
Average of the xis test results of different periods shall not be less than those specified.
Crushing stengths on cubes shall also be conducted during the process of finalization of
concrete dising mix Frequency and number of such test shall be as per Mix of
requirements of concrete manufacture.
44
All test specimens for conducting crushing strength shall be properly labeled for
identification indicationg:-
(i) Date of making speciment
(ii) Grade of concrete
(iii) Placement location exact
(iv) Purchasers order number
In addition to crushing strength tes on concrete, the Engineer-in-Charge may call for other
tests on hardend concrete. The placement contractor and the manufacturer of concrete
shall comply with all such instructions.
5.18 Non-destructive tests

When the 28 days crushing values on field specimens and/or specimens and/or
spsecimens made for guideline test fall short of specified values, or in case of doubtful
placement of concrete, the Engineer-in-Charge shall call for non-destruction tests on the
structure. Such tests may be any one or combination of the following :-
(i) Rebound hammer test
(ii) Windsor penetration probe test
(iii) Pulse velocity (Sonic or Ultrasonic) test
(iv) Core test
(v) Load test
Interpretation of rebound hammer, Windsor probe and pulse velocity test results shall rest
with the Engineer-in-Charge.
Core test, I f ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge, shall be done in accordance with IS 516.
Samples for such test shall be taken form locations to be identified by the Engineer-in-
Charge and such samples be collected in compliance with IS: 1199.
If felt necessary, the Engineer-in-Charge may instruct load testing for any pary of the
structure based on doubtful concrete strengths. Succh test shall be carried out as per
details to be provided by the Engineer-in-Charge in consultation with structural consultants.
The concrete manufacturer/concrete placement contractor shall arrqange for all test to be
conducted in accordance with these specifications, including all necessary tools, plants,
equipment and material, and shall be responsible for conducting all test at his cost.
All test conducted at the filed laboratory shall be carried out by qualified technicians
employed by the concrete manufacture/concrete placement contractor, in presence of
authorized representative of the Engineer-in-Charge. All test reports and abservation
reporst shall be jointly signed by the Engineer-in-Charge authorized representative and the
techician conduction such test.
Engineer-in-Charges shall alone decide where such tests are to be conducted. He may
instruct tests to be conducted at laboratories other than the field laboratory and such
instructions shall be followed withouth claiming extra charges on this account.
The Concrete Manufacture/placement contractor shall set up a laboratory at this own
expense which shall have facilities, for conducting all necessary field test on materials and
field and laboratory test on concrete.
45
CHAPTER-5
REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE
Rate
(in Rs)
Providing and laying in position specified grade of reinforced
5.1 cement concrete excluding the cost of centering, shuttering,
finishing and reinforcement - All work up to plinth level :
Cement concrete grade M-20 (Nominal Mix) with 20 mm maximum size
5.1.1 Cum 5435.00
of stone aggregate.
Reinforced cement concrete work in walls (any thickness),

including attached pilasters, buttresses, plinth and string courses,
5.2 fillets, columns, pillars, piers, abutments, posts and struts etc.above
plinth level and up to floor two level excluding cost of centering,
shuttering and reinforcement etc.
5.2.1 Cum 5656.00
of stone aggregate.
Reinforced cement concrete work in beams, suspended floors, roofs

having slope up to 15° landings, balconies, shelves, chajjas, lintels,
bands, plain window sills, staircases and spiral stair cases up to floor
5.3 Cum 5932.00
two level excluding the cost of centering, shuttering and reinforcement
with Cement concrete grade M-20 (Nominal Mix) with 20 mm maximum
size of stone aggregate.
Providing and laying up to floor two level reinforced cement

concrete in kerbs, steps and the like excluding the cost of
5.4 Cum 5543.00
centering, shuttering and reinforcement with Cement concrete grade M-
20 (Nominal Mix) with 20 mm maximum size of stone aggregate.
Reinforced cement concrete work in arches, archribs, domes,

vaults, shells, folded plate and roofs having slope more than 15° up to
5.5 floor two level excluding the cost of centering, shuttering and Cum 6140.00
reinforcement with Cement concrete grade M-20 (Nominal Mix) with 20
mm maximum size of stone aggregate.
Reinforced cement concrete work in chimneys, shafts, up to floor two

level excluding the cost of centering, shuttering and reinforcement with
5.6 Cum 5736.00
of stone aggregate.
Reinforced cement concrete work in well-steining excluding the cost

of centering, shuttering and reinforcement with Cement concrete
5.7 Cum 5486.00
grade M-20 (Nominal Mix) with 20 mm maximum size of stone
aggregate.
46
Rate
(in Rs)
Reinforced cement concrete work in vertical and horizontal fins
individually or forming box louvers, facias and eaves boards up to floor
5.8 two level excluding the cost of centering, shuttering and Cum 5831.00
reinforcement with Cement concrete grade M-20 (Nominal Mix) with
20 mm maximum size of stone aggregate.
Providing, hoisting and fixing up to floor two level precast reinforced

cement concrete in lintels, manhole cover, shelves and like including
setting in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand), cost of required
5.9 Cum 7944.00
centering, shuttering and finishing with neat cement punning on
exposed surfaces but excluding the cost of reinforcement with M 20
–Grade Concrete.
Providing precast cement concrete Jali of cement concrete grade M-

15 (Nominal Mix) with 6 mm maximum size of stone aggregate
reinforced with 1.6 mm dia mild steel wire including centering and
5.10
shuttering, roughening cleaning, fixing and finishing in cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand) etc. complete excluding
plastering of the jambs, sills and soffits.
5.10.1 50 mm thick Sqm 795.00
5.10.2 40 mm thick Sqm 658.00
5.10.3 25 mm thick Sqm 583.00
Reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting,

bending, placing in position and binding upto floor level including cost
of binding wire, wastage and over laps upto 12mm horizontal/ inclined
5.11 position of reinforcement bars in slab and beams, plinth, chajjas,
lintels, upto 4.5m vertical length of reinforcement in wall columns (over
laps shall be provided as per requirement of IS : 13920; IS 456 & SP :
34) etc. complete.
5.11.1 Mild steel and Medium Tensile steel bars. kilogram 57.00
5.11.2 Hot rolled deformed bars kilogram 58.00
5.11.3 Cold twisted bars kilogram 57.00
5.11.4 Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars. (Fe 500 D or more) kilogram 58.00
5.11.5 Hard drawn steel wire kilogram 57.00
5.11.6 Hard drawn steel wire fabric kilogram 65.00
1% of the
Add extra for providing reinforcement above Floor two level for every
5.11.7 kilogram respective
additional floor or part there of.
item
Providing and fixing in position copper plate as per design for

5.12 kilogram 474.00
expansion joints.
per cm
depth per
5.13 Providing and filling in position, blown bitumen in expansion joints. cm width 483.00
per 100m
length
47
Rate
(in Rs)
per cm
Providing and filling in position bitumen mix filler of Proportion 80 kg. depth per
5.14 of hot bitumen, 1 kg. of cement and 0.25 cubicmeter of coarse cm width 136.00
sand for expansion joints. per 100m
length
Providing and fixing in position 12mm thick bitumen impregnated fibre

5.15 board conforming to IS: 1838 including cost of primer, sealing Sqm 433.00
compound in expansion joints.
Providing and fixing sheet covering over expansion joints with iron
5.16
screws as per design to match the colour / shade of wall treatment.
5.16.1 Non-asbestos fibre cement board 6 mm thick as per IS: 14862.
5.16.1.1 150mm wide. R.M 78.00

5.16.1.2 200mm wide. R.M 102.00
5.16.1.3 250mm wide. R.M 127.00
5.16.2 Aluminium fluted strips 3.15mm thick.
5.16.2.1 150 mm wide. R.M 319.00
5.16.2.2 200 mm wide. R.M 391.00
5.16.2.3 250 mm wide R.M 449.00
Providing and fixing in position stainless steel grade 304 plate - 1.0
5.17
mm as per design for expansion Joints.
5.17.1 200 mm wide Meter 483.00
5.17.2 300 mm wide Meter 698.00
Providing plaster drip course/ groove in plastered surface or moulding

5.18 Meter 23.00
to R.C.C. projections.
Extra for laying reinforced cement concrete in or under water

5.19 and/ or liquid mud including cost of pumping or bailing out water and Cum 270.00
removing slush etc., complete.
Extra for laying reinforced cement concrete in or under foul

5.20 Cum 64.00
positions.
48
Rate
(in Rs)
5.21 Providing and laying in position machine batched and machine mixed
and machine vibrated design mix cement concrete of M-25 grade
mixed in a concrete mixer of not less than 0.2 cum capacity and
approporiate weigh batcher using approved mix design, for reinforced
cement concrete work including pumping of concrete to site of laying
but excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and
reinforcement. including Admixtures in recommended proportions
as per IS 9103 to accelerate, retard setting of concrete, improve
workability without impairing strength and durability as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
5.21.1 Upto Plinth level Cum 5547.00
5.21.2 Above Plinth upto floor 2 level Cum 5701.00
5.22 Extra for richer mixes at all floor levels.

5.22.2 Providing M-30 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade BMC. Cum 66.00
5.22.2 Providing M-35 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade BMC. cum 131.00
5.22.3 Providing M-40 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade BMC. Cum 197.00
5.23 Providing and laying in position ready mixed M-25 grade concrete for
reinforced cement concrete work, using cement content as per
approved design mix, manufactured in fully automatic batching plant
and transported to site on work in transit mixer for all leads, having
continous aggitated mixer, manufactuer as per mix design of specified
grade for reinforced cement work, including pumping of concrete to
site of laying but excluding the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing
and reinforcement. including Admixtures in recommended
proportions as per IS 9103 to accelerate, retard setting of concrete,
improve workability without impairing strength and durability as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
5.23.1 Upto Plinth level Cum 5826.00
5.23.2 Above Plinth upto floor 2 level Cum 5980.00
5.24 Extra for richer mixes at all floor levels.

5.24.1 Providing M-30 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade RMC. Cum 66.00
5.24.2 Providing M-35 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade RMC. cum 131.00
5.24.3 Providing M-34 grade concrete instead of M-25 grade RMC. Cum 197.00
Extra for R.C.C./B.M.C./R.M.C. all works above floor 2 level for each
5.25 Cum 49.00
floors or part thereof.
5.26 Providing and placing in position precast reinforced cement

concrete waffle units square or rectangular as per design and
shape for floors and roofs in 1:1½:3 (1 Cement : 1½ coarse sand : 3
graded stone aggregate 10mm nominal size) including flush or deep
ruled pointing at joints in Cement mortar 1:2 (1 Cement : 2 Fine
Cum 10100.00
sand), making necessary holes of required sizes for carrying
through service lines etc., providing steel hooks for lifting etc, form
work in precasting, handling, hoisting, centering and erection
complete for all floor levels but excluding the cost of
reinforcement.
49
Rate
(in Rs)
Supplying and applying pre tested and approved water based concrete
5.27 curing compound to concrete/ masonry surface, all as per
manufacturer’s specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
5.27.1 Non pigmented wet curing compound sqm 33.10
5.27.2 Pigmented wet curing compound. sqm 35.50
5.28
Providing and fixing in position factory made precast RCC M-40 doors
and windows frames having excellent smooth finish as per IS: 6523
with reinforcement of 3 Nos, 6 mm dia main bars tied with 3 mm M.S
stirrups placed @ 200 mm C/C and 6 numbers high strength polymer
blocks of required size for fixing hinges including providing 6 no
specially designed M.S. galvanised sleeves for accomodating 6 mm
dia fully threaded bolts for fixing hold fast on vertical members,
providing suitable arrangement for recieving sliding door bolts and
tower bolt etc all complete, as per the direction of Engineer in charge.
(The cost of hold fast and Cement Concrete block of 1:3:6 (1 Cement :
3 sand : 6 Graded stone agreegate 20mm nominal size) mix is also
included in the item.) The frame shall be measured in running meter
correct to two places of decimal.
5.28.1 Door frame 125 mmx 60 mm RM 362.00
5.28.2 Door frame 100mmx 60 mm RM 330.00
5.28.3 Door frame 85 mmx 60 mm RM 313.00
5.29 Providing and fixing in position pre moulded compressible filler board
made from polymer base in black color approved make conforming to
the specifications having minimum density of 95 kg / cum, non
staining, with less than 1 percent water absorption and compression
recovery of 93 percent minimum including cost of double sided
adhesive tape, sealant etc. in expansion joints.
5.29.1 12 mm thick Sqm 478.00
5.29.2 25 mm thick. Sqm 573.00
50
CHAPTER - 6
BRICK WORK

Applicable IS Codes
IS 1200 (Part 3): Method of measurements of brick works
IS 1077 : Common burnt clay building bricks.
IS 712 : Specification for building limes.
IS 3495 : Method of test for burnt clay building bricks.
1 This work shall consist of construction of structures with bricks jointed together by cement
mortar in accordance with the details shown on the approved drawings or as approved by
the competent authority.
2 Burnt clay bricks shall conform to the requirements of IS:1077. They shall be free from
cracks and flaws and nodules of free lime. The brick shall have smooth rectangular faces
with sharp corners and emit a clear ringing sound when struck.
3 Cement mortar for the work shall be as per details given in Chapter III of this SOR.
4 Fire Bricks shall be as per IS : 1526
5 Fire cly mortar shall be as per IS : 195 :2005
6 All bricks shall be thoroughly soaked in a tank filled with water for a minimum period of one
hour prior to being laid. Soaked bricks shall be removed from the tank sufficiently in
advance so that they are skin dry at the time of actual laying. Such soaked bricks shall be
stacked on a clean place where they are not contaminated with dirt, earth, etc.
7 The thickness of joints shall not exceed 10mm. All joints on exposed faces shall be tooled
to give concave finish.
8 The brick work shall be built in uniform layers, and for this purpose wooden straight edge
with graduations indicating thickness of each course including joint shall be used. Corners
and other advanced work shall be raked back. Brick work shall be done true to plumb or in
specified batter. All courses shall be laid truly horizontal and vertical joints shall be truly
vertical. Vertical joints in alternate courses shall come directly one over the other. During
construction, no part of work shall rise more than one meter above the general construction
level, to avoid unequal settlement and improper jointing. Where this is not possible in the
opinion of the Engineer in charge, the works shall be raked back according to the bond
(and not toothed) at an angle not steeper than 45 degrees with prior approval of the
Engineer in charge. Toothing may also be permitted where future extension is
contemplated.
9 Where fresh masonry is to join with masonry that is partially/entirely set, the exposed
jointing surface of the set masonry shall be cleaned, roughened and wetted, so as to effect
the best possible bond with the new work. All loose bricks and mortar or other material shall
be removed.
In the case of vertical or inclined joints, it shall be further ensured that proper bond between
the old and new masonry is obtained by interlocking the bricks. Any portion of the brick
work that has been completed shall remain undisturbed until thoroughly set.
51
Green work shall be protected from rain by suitable covering and shall be kept constantly
moist on all faces for a minimum period of seven days. Brick work carried out during the
10 day shall be suitably marked indicating the date on which the work is done so as to keep a
watch on the curing period. Watering may be done carefully so as not to disturb or washout
the green mortar.
During hot weather, all finished or partly completed work shall be covered or wetted in such
a manner as will prevent rapid drying of the brick work.
During the period of curing of brick work, it shall be suitably protected from all damages. At
the close of day's work or for other period of cessation, watering and curing shall have to
be maintained. Should the mortar perish i.e. become dry, white or powdery through neglect
of curing, work shall be pulled down and rebuilt as directed by the Engineer in charge. If
any stains, appear during watering, the same shall be removed from the face.
The scaffolding shall be sound, strong and safe to withstand all loads likely to come upon it.
Putlog holes are not allowed.
2
11 Bricks having crushing strength of more than 40 kg/cm . shall be used for load bearing
walls.
12 Classification of Bricks and Masonry:-

In this schedule the following three classifications of bricks and masonry is given and shall
have the minimum crushing strength when tested according to IS: 1077-1992
Class 40 TM chimney brick/grog or ghol brick: - For this item either selected chimney burnt
bricks or ghol bricks are used and superior workmanship than the following varieties is
(a)
required. The crushing strength when thoroughly soaked in water shall not be less than
40kg/sq.cm.
Class 25 TM chimney brick masonry: - The crushing strength when thoroughly soaked in
(b)
water shall not be less than 25 kg/sq.cm.
Class 25 TM open bhatta or pajaw a burnt brick :- As is clear the only difference between
(c) (b) and (c) varies in the method of burning bricks. The crushing strength when thoroughly
soaked in water shall not be less than 25 kg/sq.cm.
13 Periodical sampling and testing of bricks shall be carried out at contractors cost to classify
the brick. The record of test results shall be kept with the Executive Engineer, or Authorised
officer.
14 When reinforcement is used in 10cm thick brick masonry, minimum lap of reinforcement
should be 15cm. In case of wall joints of the main wall, reinforcement should go 15cm into
the main wall.
15 Curing :-
The brick work shall be constantly kept moist on all faces for a minimum period of seven
days. Brick work done during the day shall be suitably marked indicating the date on which
the work is done so as to keep an watch on the curing period.
16 Measurement :-
52
Brick work shall be measured in cubic meters unless otherwise specified. Any extra work
over the specified dimensions shall be ignored. Demensions shall be measured correct to
the nearest 0.01 m i.e. 1 cm. Areas shall be calculated to the nearest 0.01 sq mtrs and the
cubic contents shall be worked out to the nearest 0.01 cubic meters.
Brick work shall be measured separately in the following stages:

(a) From foundation to floor one level (Plinth level)
(b) Plinth (floor one) level to floor two level
(c) Between two specified floor levels above floor two level
Note : (i) Brick work in parapet walls, mumty, lift machine room and water tanks
constructed on the roof upto 1.2 m height above roof shall be measured together with the
corresponding work of the floor next below.
No deductions or additions shall be done and no extra payment made for the following.:
(a) Ends of dissimilar materials (that is, Joists, beams, lintels, posts, girders, rafters,
2
purlins, trusses, corbels, steps, etc.); up to 0.1 m in section;
(b) Opening up to 0.1 Sq.m. in area (see Note);
(c) Wall plates, bed plates, and bearing of slabs, chajjas and the like, where thickness does
not exceed 10 cm and bearing does not extend over the full thickness of wall;
(d) Cement concrete blocks as for hold fasts and holding down bolts;
(e) Iron fixtures, such as wall ties, pipes upto 300 mm diameter and hold fasts for doors
and windows; and
(f) Chases of section not exceeding 50 cm in girth.
(g) Bearing portion of drip course, bearing of moulding and cornice.
Note : In calculating area of an opening, any separate lintel or "sills shall be included with
the size of the opening but end portions of lintel shall be excluded. Extra width of rebated
reveals, if any, shall also be excluded.
Note : Where minimum area is defined for deduction of an opening, void or both, such
areas shall refer only to opening or void within the space measured.
Walls half brick thick and less shall each be measured separately in square meters stating
thickness.
Walls beyond half brick thickness shall be measured in multiples of half brick which shall be
deemed to be inclusive of mortar Joints. For the sizes of bricks specified in 6.1.1, half brick
thickness shall mean 100 mm for modular and 115 mm for non-modular bricks.
Where fractions of half brick occur due to architectural or other reasons, measurement
shall be as follows:
(a) upto 1/4th brick-actual measurements and
(b) exceeding 1/4 brick-full half bricks.
String courses, projecting pilasters, aprons, sills and other projections shall be fully
described and measured separately in running meters stating dimensions of each
projection.
Square or rectangular pillars shall be measured separately in cubic meters in multiple of

half brick.
53
Circular pillars shall be measured separately in cubic meters as per actual dimensions.
Brick work curved on plan shall be measured like the brick work in straight walls and shall
include all cutting and wastage of bricks, tapered vertical joints and use of extra mortar, if
any. Brick work curved on plan to a mean radius not exceeding six meters shall be
measured separately and extra shall be payable over the rates for brick work in straight
walls. Nothing extra shall be rate payable if the mean radius of the brick work curved in
plan exceeds six meters.
Tapered walls shall be measured net as walls and extra payment shall be allowed for
making tapered surface for brick work in walls.
Brick work with brick tiles shall be measured and paid for separately.
17 Rates :-
The rate includes the cost of materials and labour required for all the operations described
above except the vertical reinforcement and its encasement in cement mortar or cement
concrete. The rate shall also include the following :
(a) Raking out joints or finishing joints flush as the work proceeds;
(b) Preparing tops of existing walls and the like for raising further new brick work.
(c) Rough cutting and waste for forming gables, splays at eaves and the like.
(d) Leaving holes for pipes upto 150 mm dia. and encasing hold fasts etc.
(e) Rough cutting and waste for brick work curved in plan and for backing to stone or other
types of facing.
(f) Embedding in ends of beams, joists, slabs, lintels, sills, trusses etc.
(g) Bedding wall plates, lintels, sills, roof tiles, corrugated sheets, etc. in or on walls if not
covered in respective items and
(h) Leaving chases of section not exceeding 50 cm in girth or 350 sq cm in cross-section.
(i) Brick on edge courses, cut brick corners, splays reveals, cavity walls, brick works curved
on plan to a mean radius exceeding six meters.
54
LIST OF BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARD CODES
S.No. I.S. No. Subject
1 IS 712 Specification for building limes.
2 IS 1077 Common burnt clay building bricks.
3 IS 1200 (Part 3) Method of measurements of brick works
4 IS 2212 Code of practice for brick work. (1st Revision)
5 IS 2222 Specification for burnt clay perforated building bricks.
Specification for non load bearing gypsum partition
6 IS 2849
blocks, (Solid and hollow types)
7 IS 3495 Method of test for burnt clay building bricks.
Specification for fly ash for use as pozzolana and
8 IS 3812
admixture.
9 IS 4139 Specification of calcium silicate bricks
10 IS4885 Specification for sewer brick
11 IS 5454 Methods of sampling of clay building bricks.
12 IS 12894 Pulverized fuel ash lime bricks specification
13 IS13757 Specification of burnt clay fly ash bricks.
14 IS 2185(Part-3) Autoclaved cellaular aerated concrete
Autoclaved reinforced cellular concrete floor and roof
15 IS 6073
slabe stacifications
16 IS 1893 Autoclaved reinforced cellular concrete wall slabs
17 IS 6072 Criteria for earth quake
MANDATORY TESTS FOR BRICKS/BRICK TILES

Field/ Minimum Qty of
Test
S.No. Material Test laboratory material for carrying
procedure
test out test
1 2 3 4 5 6
Testing of Bricks/Brick
As given in
Tiles for dimensions,
Bricks/ specification As Per given
(i) Compressive strength, Laboratory
Brick tiles of Chapter specification chapter
Water absorption and
Brick work
efflorescence
Dimensions, As given in
Sewer Compressive strength, specification As Per given
(ii) Laboratory
Bricks Water absorption and of Chapter specification chapter
efflorescence Brick work
Burnt clay
perforated
(iii) - do - - do - - do - - do -
building
bricks
(For Detail Refer UADD BRICK WORK specification / CPWD specification)
55
CHAPTER - 6
BRICK WORK
Rate
S.No. Description of Items Unit
(in Rs)
6.1 Brick work with well burnt chimney bricks in bulls patent trench kiln
manufactured by ghol process,crushing strength not less than 40kg /sqcm
and water absorption not more than 15% in foundation and plinth.
6.1.1 Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) Cum 5030.00

6.1.2 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand Cum 4824.00
6.2 Brick work with well burnt chimney bricks in bulls patent trench kiln
,crushing strength not less than 25kg /sqcm and water absorption not more
than 20% in foundation and plinth

6.2.2 Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand Cum 4229.00
6.3 Brick work with chimeny brick of class designation 40 in superstructure

above plinth level upto floor 2 level including the cost of scaffolding in :
6.3.1 Cement mortar 1:4(1 cement : 4 coarse sand) Cum 5209.00
6.3.2 Cement mortar 1:6(1 cement : 6 coarse sand) Cum 4975.00
6.3.3 Labour rate for Item No.- 6.3.1 Cum 1087.00
6.4 Half brick masonry with of class designation 40 in foundation and plinth in.
6.4.1 Cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) Sqm 575.00

6.4.3 Labour rate for Item No.- 6.9.1 to 6.9.2 Sqm 185.50
6.5 Half brick masonry with of class designation 40 in super structure above
plinth level up to floor 2 level including the cost of scaffolding.
6.5.3 Labour rate for Item No.- 6.10.1 to 6.10.2 Sqm 341.85
6.6 Extra for half brick masonry in superstructure, above floor 2 level for every
floors or part thereof by mechanical means by lifting material using Sqm 11.00
mobile crane.
6.7 Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos. 8mm dia. M.S. / HYSD
Sqm 66.00
bars at every third course of half brick masonry.
6.8 Brick work will well burnt open bhatta bricks crushing strength not less than
25kg/cm² and water absoption not more than 20% in foundation and plinth Cum 3868.00
In cm 1:6.
6.8.1 Labour rate for Item No.- 6.38 Cum 736.00
6.9 Brick work will well burnt open bhatta bricks crushing strength not less than
25kg/cm² and water absoption not more than 20% in above plinth level Cum 4155.00
upto floor two level in cm 1:6 including the cost of scaffholding etc.
6.9.1 Labour rate for Item No.- 6.39 Cum 965.00
56
Rate
(in Rs)
6.10 Add Extra from item No. 6.8 & 6.9 if Mortar used 1:4 instead of 1:6. cum 345.00
6.11 Half brick masonry with open bhatta of class designation 25 in foundation
and plinth including the cost of scaffolding :
6.11.1 Cement mortar 1 : 3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) sqm 490.00
6.12 Half brick masonry with open bhatta of class designation 25 in

superstructure above plinth level upto floor 2 level including the cost of
scaffolding.
6.13 Brick work with fly ash lime bricks (FALG Bricks) conforming to IS:12894-
2002, class designation 50 (average compressive strength) upto plinth
level :
2002, class designation 50 (average compressive strength) in
superstructure above plinth level up to floor 2 level including the cost of
scaffolding :
6.15 Half Brick work with fly ash lime bricks (FALG Bricks) conforming to
IS:12894-2002, class designation 50 ( average compressive strength) in
scaffolding :
2
2002, class designation 75 Kg/CM (average compressive strength) up to
plinth level :
2
2002, class designation 75 Kg/CM (average compressive strength) in
scaffolding :
57
Rate
(in Rs)
6.18 Half Brick work with fly ash lime bricks (FALG Bricks) conforming to
2
IS:12894-2002, class designation 75 Kg/CM (average compressive
strength) in superstructure above plinth level up to floor 2 level including
the cost of scaffolding :
6.19 Extra for brick work in superstructure above floor 2 level for each floors or
part there of . Cum 117.00
6.20 Brick work in plain arches in superstructure including centering and

shuttering complete for span up to 6 meters with of class designation 40 in Cum 7912.00
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand).
6.21 Brick work in gauged arches in superstructure in cement mortar 1:3 (1

cement : 3 coarse sand) including centering and shuttering complete, for Cum 9286.00
span up to 6 meters with of class designation 40.
6.22 Extra for additional cost of centering for arches exceeding 6m span
including all shuttering, bolting, wedging and removal. Sqm 399.00
(Area of the soffit to be measured).
6.23 Honey-comb brick work 10 cm thick with bricks of class designation

40 in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand). Sqm 465.00
6.24 Honey-comb brick work 10 cm thick with open bhatta brick of class
sqm 381.00
designation 25 in cement mortar in 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
6.25 Providing and laying Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (AAC) blocks masonary,
using AAC blocks (Size length 300, 400, 500, 600 Height 200, 250, 300
Width 100, 150, 200, 250mm) conforming to IS 2185 PART-3, having
compressive strength not less than 3 Mpa (Grade H) in super structure,
blocks jointed with cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) or with polymer
modified cement mortar as per ASTM 1660-09, applied in uniform
thickness of 2 to 3 mm in horizontal and verticals joints using special
trowel, polymer modified mortar having minimum compressive strength and
minimum splitting tensile strength of not less than 5 MPa and 0.34 MPa
respectively as per ASTM international standard including raking out joints.
The surface of masonary units (AAC- Block) should be slightly moist prior
to application of jointing mortar. Block should be gently pressed down
using a rubber mallet to expel out entrapped air and the masonary shall be
carried for even days for cement mortar and two days for polymer modified
mortar. Ist layer of masonary block shall be placed on perfectly leveled
surface, which if required, shall be leveled with M-20 cement concrete at
plinth or floor level. Masonary shall have 75mm thick RCC band with M-20
cement concrete and 2 bars of 8mm dia. Such bands shall be spaced at
interval of 1.8 meter in vertical direction. RCC bands shall be measured
with AAC block masonary. Rates include all materials including steel bars
wastage, scaffolding and all labour etc. complete upto floor two level :
58
Rate
(in Rs)
6.25.1 AAC masonary in cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 sand) Cum 4301.00
6.25.2 ACC Masonary in polymer modified mortar Cum 4429.00
6.26 Extra for AAC masonary work in superstructure above floor two level for
Cum 102.00
each additional floor or part.
6.27 Providing and laying Gypsum panel partitions 100mm thick with water
proof Gypsum panels of size 666x500x100mm, made of calcite
phosphor Gypsum fixed with tongue and groove, jointed with bonding
plaster as per manufacturers specifications in superstructure above plinth Sqm 579.00
level up to floor 5 level. Gypsum blocks will have a minimum
compressive strength of 9.3 kg/cm2
6.28 Extra for Gypsum panel Partitions in superstructure above floor V level for
every Four or part thereof. Sqm 21.00
6.29 Brick work with common burnt clay machine moulded perforated
modular bricks of class designation 125 conforming to IS : 2222 -1991 in
exposed brick work including making horizontal and vertical grooves Cum 4269.00
10 mm wide 12mm deep complete from ground level up to floor two
level in cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand).
6.30 Extra for exposed brick work in superstructure above floor two level,
for each floor or part there of. Cum 462.00
59
CHAPTER - 7
STONE WORK
Notes for specification :-

Applicable IS Codes

Specifications for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy, steel
1 IS 737
and strip for general engineering purpose.
Methods of determination of properties and strengths of natural
2 IS 1121 - (Pt. I)
building stones (Part-I compressive strength).
Methods for determination of specific gravity of natural building
3 IS 1122
stone
4 IS 1123 Methods of identification of natural building stones.
Methods of test of determination of water absorption, apparent,
5 IS 1124
specific gravity and porposity of natural building stones.
Methods of test of determination of weathering of natural building
6 IS 1125
stone
Methods of test for determination of durability of natural building
7 IS 1126
stone
8 IS 1128 Specification for Lime stone (Slab and Tiles).
9 IS 1129 Recommendations for dressing of natural building stones.
Methods of measurements of building and Civil engineering

10 IS 1200 (Pt. IV)
works stone Masonry.
11 IS 1197 (Pt. I) Code of practice for construction of rubble stone masonry
12 IS 1597 (Pt. II) Code of practice for construction of ashlar stone masonry
13 IS 1805 Glossary of terms relating to stones, quarrying and dressing
14 IS 3620 Specification for latrite stone block for masonry
15 IS 3622 Sand stone (Slab and Tiles)
Code of practice for external facings and veneers (Part I-Stone
16 IS 4104 (Pt. I)
facing)
Code of practice for external facing and veneers: (Part II-Cement
17 IS 4101 (Part II)
Concrete facing).
1 The work shall consist of construction of structures with stone jointed together by cement
mortar in accordance with the details shown on the drawings.
2 Stones shall be of the type specified. It shall be hard, sound, free from cracks, decay and
weathering and shall be freshly quarried from an approved quarry. Stone with round
surface shall not be used.
The stones, when immersed in water for 24 hours, shall not absorb water by more than 5
percent of their dry weight when tested in accordance with IS: 1124.
60
3 Size of Stones
Normally stones used should be small enough to be lifted and placed by hand. Unless
otherwise indicated, the length of stones for stone masonry shall not exceed three times
the height and the breadth on base shall not be greater than three-fourth of the thickness
of wall, or not less than 150 mm. The height of stone for rubble masonry may be upto 300
mm.
The selection and grading of stones for rubble masonry is largely done at site and the
smaller stones are used in the hearting of wall.
4 The type of masonry used for the structures shall be random rubble masonry(coursed or
uncoursed) or Coursed rubble masonry (Second Sort) or ashler masonry.
5 The dressing of stone shall be as specified for individual type of masonry work and it shall
also conform to the general requirements of IS:1597 and requirement for dressing of
stone covered in IS : 1129.
6 Dressing
Each stone shall be hammer dressed on the face, the sides and the beds. Hammer
dressing shall enable the stones to be laid close to neighbouring stones such that the
bushing in the face shall not project more than 40 mm on the exposed face.
(i) Face stone; At least 25% stones shall be headers tailing into the work at least 2/3rd the
thickness of wall in super structure masonry. Such stones shall not be less than 200 sq.
cm in cross sections.
(ii) Hearting Stones: The hearting or interior filling of a wall face shall consist of rubble
stones not less than 150 mm in any direction, carefully laid, hammered down with a
wooden mallet into position and solidly bedded in mortar. The hearting should be laid
nearly level with facing and backing.
(iii) Quoin Stone: Quoin stone shall be less than 0.03 cum in volume.
(iv) Jamb stones: The jambs shall not be made with stones specified for quoins except
that the stones which were required to be provided at 1 meter centre to centre on both the
exposed faces shall here be provided only on the jamb and the length shall be equal to the
thickness of the wall for wall upto 60 cm and a line of headers shall be provided for walls
thicker than 60 cm as specified for bond.
7 The masonry work shall be laid to lines, levels, curves and shapes as shown in the plan.
The height, in each course, shall be kept same and every stone shall be fine tooled on all
beds, joints and face full and true. The exposed faces shall be gauged out, grooved,
regulated and sunk or plain moulded as the case may be.
8 Stones shall be sufficiently wetted before laying to prevent absorption of water from
mortar. Stratified stones must be laid on their natural beds. All bed joints shall be normal
to the pressure upon them.
9 Stones in the hearting shall be laid on their broadest face that gives a better opportunity to
fill the spaces between stones. The practice of placing loose mortar on the course and
pouring water on it to fill the gaps in stones is not acceptable. Mortar may be fluid mixed
throughly and then poured in the joints. No dry or hollow space shall be left anywhere in
the masonry and each stone shall have all the embedded faces completely covered with
mortar.
61
10 Shaping and dressing shall be done before the stone is laid in the work. No dressing and
hammering, which will loosen the masonry, will be allowed after it is once placed. All
necessary chases for joggles, dowels and clamps should be formed before hand.
11 Sufficient transverse bonds shall be provided by the use of bond stone extending from the
front to the back of the wall and in case of thick wall from outside to the interior and vice
versa. In the latter case, bond stones shall overlap each other in their arrangement.
12 In case, headers are not available, precast headers of M 15 concerete shall be used.
Castinsitu headers are not permitted.
13 Stones shall break joint on the face for at least half the height of the course and the bond
shall be carefully maintained throughout.
14 The practice of building up thin faces tied with occasional through stones and filling up the
middle with small stuff or even dry packing is not acceptable.
15 All quoins and the angles of the opening shall be made from selected stones, carefully
squared and bedded and arranged to bond alternately long and short in both directions.
16 All vertical joints shall be truly vertical. Vertical joints shall be staggered as far as possible.
Distance between the nearer vertical joints of upper layer and lower shall not be less than
half the height of the course.
17 Only rectangular shaped bond stones or headers shall be used. Bond stones shall overlap
each other by 150mm or more.
18 All connected masonry in a structure shall be carried up nearly at one uniform level
throughout but when breaks are unavoidable, the masonry shall be raked in sufficiently
long steps to facilitate jointing of old and new work. The stepping of raking shall not be
more than 45 degrees with the horizontal.
19 Quoin stone i.e. stone specially selected and neatly dressed for forming an external angle
in masonary work, shall not be less than 0.03 cubic meter in volume.
20 The plum stones are selected long stones embedded vertically in the interior of the
masonary to form a bond between successive courses and shall be provided at about
900mm. intervals.
62
21 Courses
The masonry shall be carried out in regular courses of height not exceeding 50 cm and
masonry on any day will not be raised more than 60 cm in height when using mortars
having compressive strength less than 20 kg./sq. cm at 28 days and 100 cm when using
mortars exceeding this strength.
Thickness of Joints
The joint thickness shall not exceed 30 mm at any point on the face. Chips of the stone
and spalls shall be wedged into seating bed of face stones to avoid excessive bed
thickness. No pinning shall be allowed to avoid excessive joint thickness.
22 Measurement
The length, height and thickness shall be measured correct to a cm. The thickness of wall
shall be measured at joints excluding the bushing. Only specified dimensions shall be
allowed; anything extra shall be ignored. The quantity shall be calculated in cubic meter
nearest to two places of decimal.
The work under the following categories shall be measured separately. (i) From foundation
to plinth level .
(a) work in or under water or in liquid mud,
(b) work in or under foul positions.
(i) Above plinth level and upto floor five level.
(ii) Above floor five level to every floor/floors or part thereof.
(iv) Stone masonry in parapet shall be measured together with the corresponding item in
the wall of the storey next below.
(a) The length and breadth of the finished work shall be measured correct to a cm. The
area of Chajja projecting beyond the wall shall be calculated in sq.m correct to two places
of decimal.
In case of sloping chajja, the sloping breadth shall be measured correct to a cm and the
area of chajja projecting beyond the wall shall be calculated in sq.m correct to two places
of decimal.
Shelves : The length and breadth shall be measured inclusive of bearings correct of a cm.
The thickness shall be as specified with permissible tolerance of 2 mm. The area shall be
calculated in sqm correct to two places of decimal.
Copings : The dimensions of the circumscribing rectangles of the dressed stones as used
in work shall be measured correct to a cm. The cubical contents shall be calculated
correct to two places of decimal in cum.
63
LIST OF MANDATORY TESTS
Min. quantity of
Field/ Lab
Test material for
Material Clause Test laboratory Frequency of testing
Procedure carrying out the
test
test
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(a)
Field or
Stone Percentage As required
Laboratory- IS 2386-
Aggregat 4.1.2.2 of soft or by Engineerin- For all quantities
Test as Part II
e deleterious charge
Required
material
For every 45 cum or part
thereof for RCC Work
Appendix only. For rest
4.1.2.3 Particle size Field/ Lab 45 cum
‘E’ of items as decided by
Engineer-incharge
(a)
Estimation of IS 2386- For every 40 cum or part
4.1.2.5 Field/ Lab 10 cum
organic Part II thereof
impurities
(b) Surface For every 40 cum or part

Field/ Lab IS 2386 10 cum
moisture thereof
(c)
Determinatio For every 40 cum or part
n of 10% fine thereof
value
(d) Specific For every 40 cum or part
gravity thereof
(e) Bulk For every 40 cum or part
density thereof
(f) Aggregate
crusing Field/ Lab IS 2386 10 cum
thereof
strength
(g)
Aggregate Field/ Lab IS 2386 10 cum
thereof
impact value
Appendix
Concrete 4.2.2 Slump test Field 10 cum 15 cum or part hereof
‘F’
64
CHAPTER - 7
STONE WORK
Rate
(in Rs)
7.1 Random rubble masonry with hard stone in foundation and plinth
with Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) Cum 3724.00
7.2 Extra for random rubble masonry with hard stone in

superstructure above plinth level and upto floor 2 level Cum 279.00
7.3 Extra for random rubble masonry with hard stone in

superstructure above floor 2 level for each floor or part thereof. Cum 117.00
7.4 Extra for random rubble masonry with hard stone in :

7.4.1 Square or rectangular pillars Cum 281.00
7.4.2 Circular pillars. Cum 939.00
7.5 Extra for random rubble masonry with hard stone curved on plan for
Cum 375.00
a mean radius not exceeding 6 m.
7.6 Coursed rubble masonry (first sort) with hard stone in

foundation and plinth with Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse Cum 4435.00
sand)
7.7 Coursed rubble masonry (second sort) with hard stone in

foundation & plinth with Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse Cum 4180.00
sand)
7.8 Extra for coursed rubble masonry with hard stone (first or second
sort) in superstructure above plinth level & upto 2 floor level. Cum 197.00
7.9 Extra for coursed rubble masonry with hard stone (first or second
sort) in superstructure above floor 2 level for every floors or part Cum 117.00
thereof.
7.10 Extra for coursed rubble masonry with hard stone (first or
second sort) in :
7.10.2 Circular pillars. Cum 1060.00
7.11 Extra for coursed rubble masonry with hard stone (first or
second sort) curved on plan for a mean radius not exceeding 6 m. Cum 407.00
7.12 Stone work in plain ashlar masonary in super structure upto floor
two level in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
including pointing with cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2
Marble dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone
shade :
7.12.1 One face dressed.
7.12.1.1 Red sand stone Cum 24673.00
7.12.1.2 White sand stone Cum 26806.00
7.12.2 Both face dressed.

65
Rate
(in Rs)
7.12.2.1 Red sand stone Cum 31301.00
7.12.2.2 White sand stone Cum 33434.00
7.13 Stone work plain ashlar masonary in arches in cement mortar 1:3
(1 cement : 3 coarse sand) including centring, shuttering and
pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 Marble
dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade.
7.13.1 Red sand stone Cum 29455.00
7.13.2 White sand stone Cum 31589.00
7.14 Stone work plain ashlar masonary in domes in cement mortar 1:3
(1 cement :3 coarse sand) including centring, shuttering and
pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 Marble
dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade.

7.15 Stone work ashlar punched (ordinary) in superstructure upto floor

two level in cement mortar 1:4 (1 white cement : 4 coarse sand)
including pointing with cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2
shade.
7.15.1 Red sand stone.
7.15.1.1 One faced punched. Cum 23683.00
7.15.1.1.2 Double faced punched. Cum 29557.00
7.15.2 White sand stone.

7.15.2.1 One faced punched. Cum 25816.00
7.15.2.2 Double faced punched. Cum 31690.00
7.16 Extra for stone work, plain ashlar or ashlar punched above floor 2
Cum 215.00
level for every floor or part thereof.
7.17 Extra for plain ashlar or ashlar punched in :

7.18 Extra for stone work; plain ashlar or ashlar punched curved on plan
Cum 1450.00
with a mean radius not exceeding 6 m.
7.19 Extra for additional cost of centering for arches exceeding 6m

span including all strutting, bolting, wedging etc. And removal Sqm 496.00
(area of soffit to be measured).
7.20 Stone work sunk or moulded or sunk and moulded upto floor two
level in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including
pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2
shade :
66
Rate
(in Rs)
7.21 Extra for stone work sunk or moulded or sunk and moulded or
carved in :
7.21.1 Triangular or Square or rectangular pillars Cum 2718.00
7.21.2 Circular or polygonal pillars Cum 6156.00
per
meter
7.22 Extra for stone work sunk or moulded in cornices. 18.00
per cm
girth
7.23 Stone work (machine cut edges) for wall lining etc. (veneer work)
backing filled with a grout of 12mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement : 3 coarse sand) including pointing in white cement mortar
1:2 (1 white cement : 2 Marble dust) with an admixture of pigment
matching the stone shade : (To be secured to the backing by
means of cramps which shall be paid separately) :
7.23.1 Red sand stone - exposed face fine dressed with rough
backing.
7.23.1.1 70 mm thick. Sqm 2316.00
7.23.1.2 60 mm thick Sqm 2207.00
7.23.1.3 50 mm thick Sqm 2014.00
7.23.1.4 40 mm thick Sqm 1905.00
7.23.1.5 30 mm thick Sqm 1796.00
7.23.2 Red sand stone - Exposed face machine cut and table rubbed with
rough backing.
7.23.2.1 70 mm thick. Sqm 2877.00
7.23.2.2 60 mm thick Sqm 2768.00
7.23.2.3 50 mm thick Sqm 2660.00
7.23.2.4 40 mm thick Sqm 2551.00
7.23.2.5 30 mm thick Sqm 2442.00
7.23.3 White sand stone - exposed face fine dressed with rough
backing
7.23.3.1 70 mm thick. Sqm 2380.00
7.23.3.2 60 mm thick Sqm 2250.00
7.23.3.3 50 mm thick Sqm 2121.00
7.23.3.4 40 mm thick Sqm 1990.00
7.23.3.5 30 mm thick Sqm 1890.00
7.23.4 White sand stone - Exposed face machine cut and table rubbed
with rough backing.
7.23.4.1 70 mm thick. Sqm 3085.00
7.23.4.2 60 mm thick Sqm 2926.00
7.23.4.3 50 mm thick Sqm 2767.00
7.23.4.4 40 mm thick Sqm 2671.00
7.23.4.5 30 mm thick Sqm 2506.00
7.24 Extra for stone work (veneer work) curved on plan with a
Cum 2084.00
mean radius not exceeding 6 m.
67
Rate
(in Rs)
7.25 Providing and fixing stainless steel cramps of required size and
shape for anchoring stone wall lining to the backing or securing
adjacent stones in stone wall lining in cement mortar 1:2 (1 Kg 626.00
cement : 2 coarse sand) including making the necessary chases in
stone and holes in walls wherever required.
7.26 Providing and fixing stone dowels 10x5x2.50 cm cut to double

wedge shape as per design in cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 Each 39.00
coarse sand) including making the necessary chases.
7.27 Providing and fixing copper pins 7.5 cm long 6 mm diameter for
securing adjacent stones in stone wall lining in cement mortar 1:2
(1 cement : 2 coarse sand) including making the necessary chases. Each 34.00
7.28 Providing and fixing sloping chajja of stone 40 mm thick and upto
80 cm wide beyond the wall as measured along the slope in
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) with 12mm diameter
anchoring steel bar 45 cm long fixed in each stone and supported
on and including with bricks cover of class designation 40 in
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including pointing
in cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 stone dust) with an
admixture of pigment matching the stone shade:
7.28.1 Red sand stone:

7.28.1.1 2
With chimney Bricks (25 Kg/cm ) Sqm 1177.00
7.28.2 White sand stone:

7.28.2.1 2
With chimney bricks (25 Kg/cm ) Sqm 1174.00
7.29 Providing and fixing horizontal chajja of stone 40 mm thick and

upto 80 cm projection in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse
sand) including pointing in white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement
: 2 Marble dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone
shade:
7.29.1 Red sand stone: Sqm 716.00
7.29.2 White sand stone: Sqm 716.00
7.30 30mm red sand stone sun-shade (chisel-dressed) supported on

red sand stone brackets, fixed in walls with cement mortar 1:4 (1 Sqm 728.00
cement : 4 coarse sand) including finishing complete.
7.31 Providing and fixing red sand stone brackets 55x22.5x45cm sunk
and moulded including providing and fixing with 4 Nos. gun metal
cramp 25x6mm 30 cm long and dowel bars 7.5 cm long 6 mm dia Each 2431.00
as per design.
68
Rate
(in Rs)
7.32 Stone work, plain in copings, cornices, string courses and
plinth courses, upto 75 mm thick in Cement mortar 1:6 (1
cement : 6 coarse sand) including pointing with white cement
mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 Marble dust) with an admixture of
pigment matching the stone shade.
7.33 Providing and fixing stone jali 40mm thick in cement mortar
1:3(1cement : 3 coarse sand) including pointing in white cement
mortar 1:2 (1white cement : 2 Marble dust) with an admixture of
pigment, matching the stone shade, jali slab without any chamfers
etc.
7.34 Extra for laying stone work in or under water and/or liquid mud
including cost of pumping or bailing out water and removing Cum 278.00
slush etc. complete.
7.35 Extra for laying stone work in or under foul position. Cum 138.00
7.36 Wall lining butch work upto 10m height with red/ white sand stone
40 mm thick rough facing on the exposed surface with stone strips
of minimum length 300 mm and required width including embedding
every tenth layer and bottom most layer in masonry or concrete
after making necessary chases of size 75x75mm and by
providing layer of 75mm thick strips i/c 12mm thick bed of cement Sqm 1341.00
mortar 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 coarse sand) i/c ruled pointing in cement
mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 Marble dust) with an admixture of
pigment to match the shade of stone complete as per direction
of Engineer-in- charge.
7.37 Stone work ( machine cut edges) for wall lining upto 10 m height
etc. (Veneer work) backing filled with a grout of 12mm thick
cement mortar 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 coarse sand) and jointed
with Cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 stone dust) including
rubbing and polishing complete. (To be secured to the backing by
means of cramps which shall be paid for separately).
7.37.1 Kota stone slabs exposed face dressed and rubbed - 25

Sqm 1384.00
mm thick
7.38 Stone tile work for wall lining upto 10 m height with special adhesive
over 12mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand) including pointing in white cement with an admixture
of pigment to match the stone shade.
7.38.1 8mm thick (mirror polished and machine cut edge)
7.38.1.1 Granite stone of any colour and shade. Sqm 1544.00
7.38.1.2 Raj Nagar plain white marble/ Udaipur green marble/ Zebra
Sqm 1222.00
black marble.
69
Rate
(in Rs)
7.39 Extra for stone work for wall lining on exterior walls of height more
than 10 m from ground level for every additional height of 3m or Sqm 82.00
part there of.
Providing and fixing dry cladding upto 10 meter heights with 30mm
thick gang saw cut stone with (machine cut edges) of uniform
colour and size upto 1mx1m, fixed to structural steel frame work
7.40 and/ or with the help of cramps, pins etc. and sealing the joints
with approved weather sealant as per Architectural drawing and
direction of Engineer-in-charge. (The steel frame work, stainless
steel cramps and pins etc. shall be paid for separately.)
7.40.1 Red sand stone. Sqm 1294.00
7.40.2 White sand stone Sqm 1542.00
7.41 Providing and fixing structural steel frame (for dry cladding with 30
mm thick gang saw cut with machine cut edges sand stone) on
walls at all heights using M.S. square/ rectangular tube in the
required pattern as per architectural drawing including cost of
cutting, bending, welding etc. The frame work shall be supported
in wall with the help of MS brackets/ lugs of angle iron/ flats etc.
which shall be welded to the frame and embedded in brick wall
with cement concrete block of CC grade M-15 stone aggregate
20mm nominal size of size 300x230x300mm including cost of
necessary centring and shuttering and with approved expansion
hold fasteners on CC/RCC surface including drilling necessary
holes. Approved cramps/ pins etc. shall be welded to the Kg 141.00
frame work to support stone cladding the steel work will be given
a priming coat of Zinc primer as approved by Engineer-in-charge
and painted with two or more coats of epoxy paint (Shop drawings
shall be submitted by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge for
approval before execution). The frame work shall be fixed in true
horizontal & vertical lines/planes. (Only structural steel frame
work shall be measured for the purpose of payment, stainless steel
cramps shall be paid for separately and nothing extra shall be
paid.)
7.42 Providing and fixing adjustable stainless steel cramps of

approved quality and of required shape and size adjustable with
stainless steel nuts bolts and washer (total weight not less than
260 gms) for dry stone cladding fixed on frame work at Each 167.00
suitable location including making necessary recesses in
stone slab, drilling required holes etc complete as per direction of
the Engineer.
70
CHAPTER - 8
MARBLE WORK OTHER THAN FLOORING
Notes for specification

Applicable IS Codes
IS 1122 : Method of test for determination of true specific gravity of natural building
stones.
IS 1124 : Method of test for determination of water absorption, apparent specific gravity
and porosity of natural building stones.
IS 1130 : Marble (blocks, slabs and tiles).
IS 4101 (Part1) : Code of practice for external facing and veneers: Stone facing.
IS 3316 : Specifications for structural granite
IS 14223 (Part1) : Polished Building Stones (Part-1) Granite
1 Marble work in wall lining etc. (Veneer Work).

Marble slab to be used in wall lining shall be hard, sound, dense, homogeneous and of
uniform texture. It shall be uniform in colour and free from stains, cracks, decay and
weathering. As far as possible single stone slab shall be used for wall lining but in no case
more than 2 slabs shall be permitted to be used to cover the wall height.
2 CLASSIFICATION
The marble blocks, slabs and tiles shall be classified broadly in two categories,i.e White
Marble & Coloured Marble.
3 White Marble
Raj Nagar (plain white) Marble:
It shall be plain white marble with coarse grains predominantly showing mica particles
giving reflection in light.
4 Coloured Marble
(i) Plain Black Marble
Black marble sawn along veins locally known as 'Peta Pasu sawing' available at
Bhainslana.
(ii) Black Zebra Marble
(a) Bhainslana Black Zebra Marble: Black marble having grey or white veins available at
Bhainslana.
(b) Kishangarh Black Zebra Marble: Black marble with grey and/or white veins available at
Kishangarh.
(c) Abu Black Zebra Marble: Black marble having white patches and streaks available at
Abu.
(d) Namaul Black Zebra Marbles: Black marble with thin white veins available at Narnaul.
(e) Makrana Dhobi Doongri Zebra Marble: Greyish black marble with white flowery pattern
available at Dhobi Doongri.
(iii) Green Marble
(a) Baroda Green Marble: Dark green marble with flowery pattern available at Baroda.
(b) Abu Green Marble: Light green marble with green and/or brown streaks on white
ground available at Ambaji.
(c) Falna Green Marble: Green marble with prominent yellowish pattern available at Falna.
(d) Bundi Green Marble: Green marble with pinkish shades available at Umar, (Bundi).
(iv) Grey Marble
(a) Kumari Grey Marble: Grey marble having light blue shades available at Makrana.
71
(b) Bundi Grey Marble: Grey Marble with pink or green or black streaks available at Umar
(Bundi).
(v) Brown Marble
(a) Bar Brown Marble/Brown Marble with light and dark brown shades available at Bar.
(b) Narnaul Brown Marble
Brown marble having teak wood shades available at Narnaul.
5 MARBLE JALI
White marble shall be classified as specified in item no. I above and marble slabs used for
making jali shall satisfy minimum requirements for marble slab as specified in head note
above.
The marble jali shall be of required thickness and as per pattern specified. All exposed
faces shall be fine tooled to a uniform finish. Fixing shall be done with the adjoining
working grooves, rivets etc. as shown in the drawing or as specified by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
6 Sizes of Marble Blocks,

The size of marble blocks, slabs and tiles shall be as mentioned in Table 8.1.
TABLE 8.1
Sizes of Marble Blocks, Slabs and Tiles
Notes
(1) The length and width, of the blocks shall be in multiple of 30 cm.
(2) Length and width of slab shall be in multiple of 10 cm. and thickness in multiple of 1
cm.
(3) Tiles shall be square cut and linear dimensions in multiple of 10 cm.
(4) Only slabs and tiles shall be machine cut and factory made.
(5) For 8 mm thick tiles, special precautions will be required for fixing them like using
special adhesive as per manufacturer's specifications. Such tiles are not suitable for
outside veneering work exposed to rains/sun if used in large areas in continuous stretches.
For tiles of thickness 20 mm and above cramps may be provided if approved by Engineer-
in-Charge.
72
7 Dressing, Cutting and Rubbing
Every marble stone shall be gang saw/machine cut to the required size and shape, chisel
dressed machine finished on all beds and joints, so as to be free from any waviness and to
give truly vertical,horizontal, radial or circular joints as required. The exposed faces and
sides of stones forming joints upto 6mm. from the face shall be fine tooled machine cut
such that a straight edge laid along the face of the stone is in contact with every point on it.
All window sills, tread of steps, counters vanities moulding edges etc. shall be machine cut
& polished to give high gloss mirror finish as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. These
surfaces shall then be rubbed smooth. All visible angles and edges shall be true, square
and free from chipping. Beyond the depth of 6 mm from face, the joints shall be dressed
with a slight splay so that the thickness of joint increases, in an inverted V shape. The
surfaces of the stones coming in contact with backing need not be chisel dressed.A
sample of dressed and rubbed stone shall be prepared for approval and it shall be kept on
worksite after being approved by the Engineer-in Charge.
8 Laying
The stone shall be wetted before laying. They shall then be fixed with mortar in position
without the use of chips or under pinning of any sort. Care shall be taken to match the
grains of veneer work as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.For purpose of matching the
grains, the marble slabs shall be selected judiciously having uniform pattern of
veins/streaks.Preferably the slabs shall be those got out of the same block from the
quarry. The area to be veneered shall be reproduced on the ground and the marble slabs
laid in position and arranged in the manner to give the desired matching of grains.Any
adjustment needed for achieving the best results shall be then carried out by replacing or
interchanging the particular slabs. Special care shall be taken to achieve the continuity of
grains between the two slabs one above the other along the horizontal joints.This shall
then be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and each marble slabs numbered
properly and the same number shall be marked on a separate drawing as well as on the
surface to be actually veneered,so as to ensure the fixing of the particular slabs in the
correct location.
For the facing of the columns also the same procedure as mentioned above shall be
followed.
9 Joints
All joints shall be full of mortar. Special care shall be taken to see that groundings for
veneer work are full of mortar. If any hollow groundings are detected by tapping the face
stones, these shall be taken out and relaid. The thickness of the face joints shall be
uniform, straight and as fine as possible, not more than 1.5 mm and in the face joint, the
top 6 mm depth shall be filled with mortar specified for the pointing.
10 Curing
The work shall be kept constantly moist on all faces for a period of atleast seven days.
11 Grinding and Finishing

After the marble work is cured, it shall be rubbed with carborandum stone of different
grades no. 60, 120 and 320 in succession or with electrical rubbing machines rubbed with
carborandum items 0 to 6 nos.in succession, so as to give a plane true and highly smooth
surface. It shall then be cleaned with a solution of oxalic acid, washed and finished clean.
73
12 Measurements
The length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm. In case of radially dressed or
circular slabs used in the work, the dimensions of the circumscribing rectangles of the
dressed stone used in the work, shall be measured & paid for. The area shall be
calculated in sqm nearest to two places of decimal.
List of Mandatory Test
13 Rates
The rate includes the cost of materials and labour required for all the operations described
above except for the cost of providing and fixing of dowel and cramps which shall be paid
for separately, unless otherwise stipulated in the item of work.
(For Detail Refer UADD Marble Work specification / CPWD specification)
74
CHAPTER - 8
MARBLE WORK (OTHER THAN FLOORING)
Rate
(in Rs)
8.1 Marble work gang saw cut (polished and machine cut)of
thickness 16mm for wall lining (veneer work) in cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement : 3 coarse sand) including pointing with white cement mortar
1:2 (1 white cement:2 marble dust) with an admixture of pigment to
match the marble shade:(To be secured to the backing by means
of cramps, which shall be paid for separately).
8.1.1 Raj Nagar Plain white marble
(a) Area of slab upto 0.50 sqm Sqm 2231.00
(b) Area of slab over 0.50 sqm Sqm 2352.00
8.1.2 Udaipur green marble
8.1.3 Zebra black marble
8.1.4 Makrana Marble
8.1.5 Katni Marble
8.2 Providing and fixing 16mm thick gang saw cut mirror
polished premoulded and prepolished) machine cut for kitchen
platforms, vanity counters, window sills , facias and similar locations
of required size of approved shade, colour and texture laid over
20mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
with joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching
pigment, epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing, moulding and
polishing to edge to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels.
8.2.1 Raj Nagar Plain white marble

8.2.1.1 Area of slab upto 0.50 sqm. Sqm 1655.00
8.2.1.2 Area of slab over 0.50 sqm. Sqm 1603.00
8.2.2 Udaipur green marble
8.2.3 Zebra black marble
75
Rate
(in Rs)
8.2.4 Makrana Marble
8.2.5 Katni Marble
8.2.6 Granite of any colour and shade

8.2.6.1 Area of slab upto 0.50 sqm Sqm 2591.00
8.3 Extra for providing full edge moulding to 16mm thick marble stone
counters, Vanities etc. including machine polishing to edge to give
high gloss finish etc. complete as per design approved by Engineer-
in- Charge.
8.3.1 Marble work meter 108.00
8.3.2 Granite work. meter 181.00
8.4 Extra for fixing marble /granite stone over and above
corresponding basic item, in facia and drops of width upto 150 mm
with epoxy resin based adhesive including cleaning etc. complete. meter 218.00
8.5 Extra for providing opening of required size & shape for wash basins/
kitchen sink in kitchen platform, vanity counters and similar location
in marble/Granite/stone work including necessary holes for pillar Each 246.00
taps etc. including rubbing and polishing of cut edges etc. complete.
8.6 Mirror polishing on marble work/Granite work/stone work where

Sqm 157.00
ever required to give high gloss finish complete.
8.7 Providing and fixing cramps of required size & shape in RCC/
CC/ brick masonary backing with cement mortar 1:2 ( 1 cement :2
coarse sand) including drilling necessary hole in stones and
embedding the cramp in the hole (fastener to be paid separately).
8.7.1 Gunmetal cramps. Kg 550.00

8.7.2 Stainless steel cramps. Kg 539.00
8.8 Providing and fixing expansion hold fasteners on C.C. /R.C.C. brick
masonary surface backing including drilling necessary holes and
the cost of bolt etc complete.
8.8.1 Wedge expansion type
8.8.1.1 Fastener with threaded dia 6 mm. Each 24.00
8.9 Stone tile (polished) work for wall lining over 12mm thick bed of
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and cement slurry @
3.3 kg/sqm including pointing in white cement complete.
8.9.1 8mm thick.
76
Rate
(in Rs)
8.9.1.1 Raj nagar plain white marble/ Udaipur green marble/ Zebra black
marble. Sqm 1309.00
8.9.1.2 Granite of any colour and shade. Sqm 1690.00
8.10 Providing and fixing stone slab table rubbed, edges rounded
and polished of size 75x50 cm deep and 1.8 cm thick fixed in
urinal partitions by cutting a chase of appropriate width with chase
cutter and embedding the stone in the chase with epoxy grout
or with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded
stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge and finished smooth.
8.10.1 White Agaria Marble Stone. Sqm 2421.00

8.10.2 Granite Stone of approved shade. Sqm 2492.00
77
CHAPTER - 9
WOOD WORKS AND P.V.C. WORKS
Notes for specification

IS 204
1 Specification for tower bolts (ferrous bolt)
(Part I)
IS 204
2 Specification for tower bolts (non ferrous metals)
(Part II)
3 IS 205 Specification for non ferrous metal butt hinges
4 IS206 Specification for Tee and strap hinges
5 IS 207 Specification for Gate and shutter hook and eye
6 IS 208 Specification for door handles
7 IS 281 Specification for mild steel door bolts for use with pad locks
Recommendations for maximum permissible moisture contents of timber used for
8 IS 287
different purpose
9 IS 303 Specification for plywood for general purposes
10 IS 362 Specification for parliament hinges
11 IS 363 Specification for hasps and stapple
12 IS 364 Specification for fan light catch
13 IS 401 Code of practice for preservation of timber
14 IS 419 Putty for use on window frames
15 IS 451 Technical supply condition for wood screws
16 IS 452 Specification for door spring rat tail type
17 IS 453 Specification for double acting spring hinge
18 IS 707 Glossary of terms applicable to timber technology and utilization
19 IS 710 Specifications for Marine Plywood
20 IS 723 Specification for steel counter sunk head wire nails.
21 IS 729 Specification for drawer lock, cup board lock and box locks
22 IS 848 Specification for synthetic resin adhesive for plywood (phenoic and amino plastic)
23 IS 851 Specification for synthetic resin adhesive for const. work (non structural in wood)
24 IS 852 Specification for animal glue for general wood work purpose
IS 1003
25 Specification for timber panelled and glazed shutter Part I (door shutters)
(Part I)
IS 1003 Specification for timber panelled and glazed shutter Part II (window and ventilator
26
(Part II) shutter)
27 IS 1141 Specification for code of practice for seasoning of timber
IS 1200
28 Method of measurement of building and civil engg work glazing.
Part XIV
78
IS 1200
29 Wood work and joinery
Part XII
30 IS 1328 Specification for veneered decorative plywood
31 IS 1341 Specification for steel butt hinges
32 IS 1378 Specification for oxidized copper finishes
33 IS 1566 Specification for hard drawn steel wire fabric
34 IS 1568 Specification for wire cloth for general purpose
35 IS 1658 Specification for hard drawn steel wire fabric
36 IS 1659 Specification for block boards
IS 1708
37 (part 1 to Testing of small clear specimen for timber
18)
38 IS 1734 Determination of density and moisture content.
39 IS 1823 Specification for floor door stopper
40 IS 1868 Specification for anodic coating on aluminium and its alloy -do-
41 IS 2046 Decorative thermosetting synthetic resin bonded laminated sheet
42 IS 2095 Specification for gypsum plaster board
43 IS 2096 Specification for asbestos cement flat sheet.
IS 2202
44 Specification for wooden flush door shutter, solid core type (plywood face panels )
(Pt 1)
IS 2202
45 .-do-
(Part II)
(Particle boards and hard board face panels) Specification for mortice lock
46 IS 2209
(Vertical Type )
47 IS 2380 Method of test for wood particle board and board for lignocelluloses material
48 IS 2547 Specification for gypsum plaster

49 IS 2753 Method for estimation of preservatives in treated timber and in treating solutions.
50 IS 2681 Specification for non-ferrous metal sliding door bolts use with pad locks
51 IS 3087 Specification for wood particle boards (Medium density) for general purpose.
52 IS 3097 Specification for veneered particle board

53 IS 3828 Specification for ventilator chain
IS 3400
54 Method of test for Vulcanized rubber (hardness)
(Part II)
IS 3400
55 Accelerated aging
(Part IV)
IS 3400
56 Density
(Part IX)
57 IS 3564 Specification for door closer (hydraulically regulated)
58 IS 3618 Phosphate treatment of iron and steel for protection against corrosion
59 IS 3813 “C” hooks for use with swivels
60 IS 3818 Specification for continuous (Piano) hinges
79
61 IS 3847 Specification for mortice night latch
62 IS 4835 Specification for polyvinyl acetate dispersion based adhesive for wood
63 IS 4948 Specification for welded steel wire fabric for general use
64 IS 4992 Specification for rebated mortice lock
65 IS 5187 Specification for flush bolts
66 IS 5509 Specification for Fire Retardant Plywood
67 IS 5930 Specification for mortice latch
68 IS 6318 Specification for plastic wire window fastners
69 IS 6607 Specification for rebated mortice lock (Vertical type)
70 IS 6760 Specification for sloted counter sunk head wood screws.
71 IS 7196 Specification for hold fast
72 IS 7534 Specification for sliding locking bolts for use with pad lock
73 IS 7638 Wood/lignocellulosic based panel products - Method for sampling
74 IS 8756 Specification for mortice ball catch for use in wooden almirah
IS 9308
75 Specification for mechanically extracted coir fibres. (Mattress coir fibres)
(Part II)
IS 9308
76 -do- Decorated coir fibre
(Part III)
77 IS 11215 Moisture content of timber and timber products method of determination
78 IS 12049 Dimensions and tolerance relating to wood based panel materials
79 IS 12406 Specification for medium density fibre board
80 IS 12817 Specification for stainless steel Butt Hinges
81 IS 12823 Specification for wood products -Prelaminated particle Boards
82 IS 14616 Specifications for laminated veneer lumber
83 IS 14842 Specification for coir veneer board for general purposes
84 IS 14856 Specification for glass fibre reinforced plastic (FRP) panel type door
85 IS 14900 Specifications for transparent float glass
80
LIST OF MANDATORY TESTS
Min. quantity
Materi Test of material Frequency of
Clause Test Field/laboratory test
al Procedure for carrying testing
out the test
Field (by moisture meter)

Every one
laboratory test as
Timber 9.1.6 Moisture content Appendix ‘C’ 1 cum cum or part
required by Engineer-in-
thereof.
Charge
As per
sampling
End immersion
Flush IS 2202 and testiNg
9.7.10 Test knife test Laboratory 26 shutters
door Appendix ‘F’ Specified in
Adhesion Test
lause
9.7.11
Mortic
IS 2209- 100 or part
e 9.15.13 Testing of spring Laboratory 50 Nos
Appendix ‘G’ thereof.
Locks
TABLE 9.1
Sample Size and Criteria for Conformity
Permissible Sub.
Sample
Lot Size no. of Sample
Size
Defective size
1 2 3 4
Upto 26 to 50 8 0 1
51 – 100 13 1 2
101 – 150 20 1 2
151 – 300 32 1 3
301 – 500 50 2 4
501 and above 80 2 5
9.1 DOOR, WINDOW AND VENTILATOR FRAMES
Timber for door, window and ventilators frames shall be as specified. Timber shall be sawn in
the direction of the grains. All members of a frame shall be of the same species of timber and
shall be straight without any warp or bow. Frames shall have smooth, well-planed (wrought)
surfaces except the surfaces touching the walls, lintels, sill etc., which may be left clean sawn.
Rebates, rounding or moulding shall be done before the members are jointed into frames. The
depth of the rebate for housing the shutters shall be 15 mm, and the width of the rebates shall
be equal to the thickness of the shutters. A tolerance of ± 2 mm shall be permitted in the
specified finished dimensions of timber sections in frames.
81
9.2 Joints
The Jamb posts shall be through tenoned in to the mortise of the transoms to the full thickness
of the transoms and the thickness of the tenon shall be not less than 2.5 cm. The tenons shall
closely fit into the mortise without any wedging or filling. The contact surface of tenon and
mortise before putting together shall be glued with polyvinyl acetate dispersion based
adhesive conforming to IS 4835 or adhesive conforming IS 851 and pinned with 10 mm dia
hard wood dowels, or bamboo pins or star shaped metal pins. The joints shall be at right
angles when checked from the inside surfaces of the respective members. The joints shall be
pressed in position. Each assembled door frame shall be fitted with a temporary stretcher and
a temporary diagonal brace on the rebated faces.
9.3 Fixing of Frames

The frames shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before being painted, oiled or
otherwise treated and before fixing in position. The surface of the frames abutting masonry or
concrete and the portions of the frames embedded in floors shall be given a coating of coal
tar. Frames shall be fixed to the abutting masonry or concrete with holdfasts or metallic
fasteners as specified. After fixing, the jamb posts of the frames shall be plugged suitably and
finished neat. Vertical members of the door frames shall be embedded in the floor for the full
thickness of the floor finish and shall be suitably strutted and wedged in order to prevent
warping during construction. A minimum of three hold fasts shall be fixed on each side of door
and window frames one at centre point and other two at 30 cm from the top and bottom of the
frames. In case of window and ventilator frames of less than 1 m in height two hold fasts shall
be fixed on each side at quarter point of the frames. Hold fasts and metallic fasteners shall be
measured and paid for separately.
9.4 PANELLED GLAZED OR PANELLED AND GLAZED SHUTTERS

Panelled or glazed shutters for doors, windows, ventilators and cupboards shall be
constructed in the form of timber frame work of stiles and rails with panel inserts of timber,
plywood, block board, veneered particle board, fibre board wire gauze or float glass. The
shutters may be single or multipanelled, as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Timber for
frame work, material for panel inserts and thickness of shutters shall be as specified. All
members of the shutters shall be straight without any warp or bow and shall have smooth well
planed face at right angles to each other. Any warp or bow shall not exceed 1.5 mm for door
shutter and 1 mm for window and ventilator shutters The right angle for the shutter shall be
checked by measuring the diagonals and the difference between the two diagonals should not
be more than 3 mm. Generally panelled glazed or panelled and glazed shutter shall conform to
IS 1003 (Pt. 1 and 2).
9.5 Frame Work

Timber for stiles and rails shall be of the same species and shall be sawn in the directions of
grains. Sawing shall be truly straight and square. The timber shall be planed smooth and
accurate to the required dimensions. The stiles and rails shall be joined to each other by plain
or haunched mortise and tenon joints and the rails shall be inserted 25 mm short of the width
of the stiles. The bottom rails shall have double tenon joints and for other rails single tenon
joints shall be provided. The lock rails of door shutter shall have its centre line at a height of
800 mm from the bottom of the shutters unless otherwise specified. The thickness of each
tenon shall be approximately one-third the finished thickness of the members and the width of
each tenon shall not exceed three times its thickness.
82
Gluing of Joints : The contact surfaces of tenon and mortise shall be treated, before putting
together, with bulk type synthetic resin adhesive conforming to IS 851 suitable for construction
in wood or synthetic resin adhesive (Phenolic and aminoplastic) conforming to IS 848 or
polyvinyl acetate dispersion based adheshive conforming to IS 4835 and pinned with 10 mm
dia hardwood dowels or bamboo pins or star shaped metal pins; after the frames are put
together and pressed in position by means of press.
Stiles and bottom rail shall be made out of one piece of timber only. Intermediate rail
exceeding 200 mm in width may be of one or more pieces of timber. The width of each piece
shall be not less than 75 mm. Where more than one piece of timber is used for rails, they shall
be joined with a continuous tongued and grooved joint glued together and reinforced with
metal dowels at regular intervals not exceeding 200 mm
9.6 Window and Ventilator Shutters
Rebating :- The shutters shall be single-leaf or double leaved as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge. In case of double leaved shutters, the meeting of the stiles shall be rebated by one
third the thickness of the shutter. The rebating shall be either splayed or square type.
Panelling :- The panel inserts shall be either framed into the grooves or housed in the rebate
of stiles and rails. Timber, plywood, and particle board panels shall be fixed only with grooves.
The depth of the groove shall be 12 mm and its width shall accommodate the panel inserts
such that the faces are closely fitted to the sides of the groove. Panel inserts shall be framed
into the grooves of stiles and rails to the full depth of the groove leaving space of 1.5 mm.
Width and depth of the rebate shall be equal to half the thickness of stiles and rails. Glass
panels, asbestos panels wire gauze panels and panel inserts of cupboard shutters shall be
housed in the rebates of stiles and rails.
Timber Panels : Timber panels shall be preferably made of timber of large width, the minimum
width and thickness of the panel shall be 100 mm, and 15 mm respectively. When made from
more than one piece, the pieces shall be jointed with a continuous tongued and grooved joint
glued together and reinforced with headless nails at regular intervals not exceeding 100 mm.
Depth and thickness of such joint shall be equal to one-third of thickness of panel. The panels
shall be designed such that no single panel exceeds 0.5 square metre in area. The grains of
timber panels shall run along the longer dimensions of the panels. All panels shall be of the
same species of timber unless otherwise specified.
Plywood Panels : Plywood boards used for panelling of shutters shall be BWP type or grade
as specified. Each panels shall be a single piece of thickness, 9 mm for two or more panel
construction and 12 mm thickness for single panel construction unless otherwise specified.
Veneered Particle Board Panels : Veneered Particle board used for panelling of shutters shall
be Exterior Grade bonded with BWP type synthetic resin adhesive as specified. Each panel
shall be a single piece of thickness 12 mm unless otherwise specified.
Fibre Board Panels : Fibre board used for panelling of shutters shall be Exterior Grade bonded
with BWP type synthetic resin adhesive Each fibre board panel shall be a single piece unless
otherwise specified.
83
Wire Gauze Panels: Wire Gauze used for panelling of shutters shall be woven with 0.63 mm
dia galvanised mild steel wire to form average aperture size of 1.40 mm as specified. Wire
gauze shall be securely housed into the rebates of stiles and rails by giving right angles bend
turned back and fixed by means of suitable staples at intervals of 75 mm and over this wooden
beading shall be fixed. The space between the rebate and the beading shall be fixed with putty
to give a neat finish. Each wire gauze panel shall be a single piece, and the panels shall be so
designed that no single panels exceeds 0.5 sqm in area. However, care shall be taken to
prevent sagging of wire gauge, of panel by providing and fixing 20 x 20 mm square or
equivalent beading to the external face to the required patterns as decided by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
Glass Panels : Glass panelling (Glazing) shall be done as specified. Glazing in the shutters of
doors, windows and ventilators of bath, WC and Lavatories shall be provided with frosted
glass the weight of which shall be not less than 10 kg/sqm. Frosted glass panes shall be fixed
with frosted face on the inside. Glass panels shall be fixed by providing a thin layer of putty
conforming to IS 419 applied between glass pane and all along the length of the rebate and
also between glass panes and wooden beading.
Putty can be prepared by mixing one part of white lead with three parts of finely powdered
chalk and then adding boiled linseed oil to the mixture to form a stiff paste and adding varnish
to the paste at the rate of 1 litre of varnish to 18 kg of paste. Fixing of glass panes without
beading shall not be permitted. Glazing shall be done after the shutters have been primed and
prepared for painting, so that wood may not draw oil out of putty.
Finish : Panels of shutters shall be flat and well sanded to a smooth and level surface.
9.7 Beading :-
Beadings in panelled shutter shall be provided where specified in architectural drawings or
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Each length of beading shall be single piece. Joints at the
corners shall be mitred and exposed edges shall be rounded. Beading shall be fixed with
headless nails at 75 mm intervals. For external shutters, the beading shall be fixed on the
outside face.
9.8 Machine/Factory made Shutters

Beadings in panelled shutter shall be provided where specified in architectural drawings or
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Each length of beading shall be single piece. Joints at the
corners shall be mitred and exposed edges shall be rounded. Beading shall be fixed with
headless nails at 75 mm intervals. For external shutters, the beading shall be fixed on the
outside face.
9.9 Machine / Factory Made Shutters :-

Machine made shutters, where specified, shall be procured from an approved factory. For
machine made shutters, operations like sawing, planning, making tongue and tenons, cutting
grooves, mortises and rebates, drilling holes and pressing of joints shall be done by suitable
machines. Machines made shutters shall be brought to the site fully assembled but without
any priming coat. Panel inserts of sheet glass and wire gauze may, however, be fixed at site.
84
9.10 Fixing of Shutters
For side hung shutters of height upto 1.2 m, each leaf shall be hung on two hinges at quarter
points and for shutter of height more than 1.2 m, each leaf shall be hung on three hinges one
at the centre and the other two at 200 mm from the top and bottom of the shutters. Top hung
and bottom hung shutters shall be hung on two hinges fixed at quarter points of top rail or
bottom rail. Centre hung shutter shall be suspended on a suitable pivot in the centre of the
frame. Size and type of hinges and pivots shall be as specified. Flap of hinges shall be neatly
counter sunk into the recesses cut to the exact dimensions of flap. Screws for fixing the hinges
shall be screwed in with screw driver and not hammered in. Unless otherwise specified,
shutters of height more than 1.2 mm shall be hung on butt hinges of size 100 mm and for all
other shutters of lesser height butt hinges of size 75 mm shall be used. For shutter of more
than 40 mm thickness butt hinges of size 125 × 90 × 4 mm shall be used. Continuous (piano)
hinges shall be used for fixing cup-board shutters where specified.
9.11 Flush Door Shutters :-

Flush door shutters shall have a solid core and may be of the decorative or non-decorative
(Paintable type as per IS 2202 (Part I). Nominal thickness of shutters may be 25, 30 or 35
mm. Thickness and type of shutters shall be as specified.
Width and height of the shutters shall be as shown in the drawings or as indicated by the
Engineerin- Charge. All four edges of the shutters shall be square. The shutter shall be free
from twist or warp in its plane. The moisture content in timbers used in the manufacture of
flush door shutters shall be not more than 12 per cent when tested according to IS 1708.
9.11 Core
The core of the flush door shutters shall be a block board having wooden strips held in a frame
constructed of stiles and rails. Each stile and rail shall be a single piece without any joint. The
width of the stiles and rails including lipping, where provided shall not be less than 45 mm and
not more than 75 mm. The width of each wooden strip shall not exceed 30 mm. Stiles, rails
and wooden strips forming the core of a shutter shall be of equal and uniform thickness.
Wooden strips shall be parallel to the stiles. End joints of the pieces of wooden strips of small
lengths shall be staggered. In a shutter, stiles and rails shall be of one species of timber.
Wooden strips shall also be of one species only but it may or may not be of the same species
as that of the stiles and rails. Any species of timber may be used for core of flush door.
However, any non-coniferous (Hard wood) timber shall be used for stiles, rails and lipping.
9.12 Face Panel
The face panel shall be formed by gluing, by the hot-press process on both faces of the core,
either plywood or cross-bands and face veneers. The thickness of the cross bands as such or
in the plywood shall be between 1.0 mm and 3.0 mm. The thickness of the face veneers as
such or in the plywood shall be between 0.5 mm and 1.5 mm for commercial veneers and
between 0.4 mm and 1.0 mm for decorative veneers, provided that the combined thickness of
both is not less than 2.2 mm. The direction of the veneers adjacent to the core shall be at right
angles to the direction of the wooden strips. Finished faces shall be sanded to smooth even
texture. Commercial face veneers shall conform to marine grade plywood and decorative face
veneers shall conform to type I decorative plywood in IS 1328.
85
9.13 Test :-
Samples of flush door shutters shall be subjected to the following tests:
(i) End Immersion Test
(ii) Knife Test
(iii) Glue Adhesion Test
One end of each sample shutter shall be tested for End Immersion Test. Two specimens of
150 x150 mm size shall be cut from the two corners at the other end of each sample shutter
for carrying out Glue Adhesion Test. Knife Test shall be done on the remaining portion of each
sample shutter. Test shall be done as laid down in Appendix P
9.14 Sample Size

Shutters of decorative and non-decorative type from each manufacturer, irrespective of their
thickness, shall be grouped separately and each group shall constitute a lot. The number of
shutters (sample size) to be selected at random from each lot for testing shall be as specified
in Table 9.1 If The total number of shutters of each type in a work (and not the lot) is less than
twenty five, testing may be done at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge and in such cases
extra payment shall be made for the sample shutter provided the sample does not fail in any of
the test. For knife test, glue adhesive test, slamming test, the end immersion test, the number
of shutters shall be as per col. 4 of Table 9.1
9.15 WIRE GAUZE FLY PROOF SHUTTERS

Specified timber shall be used, and it shall be sawn in the direction of the grains. Sawing shall
be truly straight and square. The timber shall be planed smooth and accurate to the full
dimensions, rebates, roundings and mouldings as shown in the drawings made, before
assembly. Patching or plugging of any kind shall not be permitted except as provided.
9.16 Stile and Rails

The stiles and rails shall be given a rebate to receive the wire gauze which shall form the
panels.
9.17 Wire Gauze

The wire gauze shall be bent at right angles in the rebates of stiles and rails, turned back and
fixed tight with blue tacks at about 75 mm centres, fixed alternately in the two faces of the
rebates. Over this, wooden beading shall be fixed with brads or small screws at about 75 mm
centres. The space between the beading and rebates, where the wire gauze is bent, shall be
neatly finished with putty, so that the end of the wire gauze may not be visible.
9.18 Moisture Content

The average moisture content of three test specimens, when determined in accordance with
IS 1734 (Part 1) shall be between 5 to 15%.
Tests
(1) The tests as per Table-1 of IS 14616 shall be carried out by the manufacturer on the LVL
(Laminated Veneer Lumber) sections on each batch.
(2) The manufacturer shall get the tests done on at least three samples of each batch by the
standard method of test to ensure quality and performance of the material as per para of IS
14616.
(3) The manufacturer shall provide a certificate with the delivery challan indicating that the
material conforms to IS 14616 along with the copy of the test report of the relevant batch.
86
9.19 Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL) Door Shutters
This specification lays down requirements regarding types, sizes, material, construction,
workmanship and finish, performance evaluation, sampling, measurements, rates and testing
of Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL) door shutter for use in domestic buildings, offices,
schools, hospitals etc. This specification does not cover large size door shutters for industrial
and special buildings such as workshops, garages, godowns etc.
The material of each lot shall be supported by a certificate to that effect: Each lot of LVL
materials shall be accompanied by the test reports. Fabricator shall take up manufacturing of
shutters only if provisions of IS 14616 are fulfilled; failing which, shutters so manufactured are
liable for rejection.
9.20 Panelling Materials
Plain Particle Board: Plain particle boards used for panels shall be FPT-1 conforming to IS
3087 and shall have been bonded with BWP type of synthetic resin adhesive as per IS 848.
Pre-laminated Particle Board: Pre-laminated particle boards used for panels shall conform to
IS 12823. The plain particle boards used in pre-laminated particle boards conform to
specifications.
Medium Density Fibre Board: Medium density fibre board used for panels shall conform to
exterior grade as per IS 12406 made from agro-forest products or agricultural wastes or
natural fibers.
Pre-laminated Medium Density Fibre Board: Pre-lamination in pre-laminated medium density

fiber board shall conform to the requirements such as Abrasion Resistance, Resistance to
Steam, Crack Resistance, Resistance to Cigarette Burn and Resistance to Stain as specified
in IS 12823.
Glass: Glass for glazing shall conform to IS 2835 or IS 2553. The use of other types of glass,
such as frosted glass, wired glass and coloured glass may also be specified by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
Wire Gauze: Wire gauze shall generally conform to IS 1568 and shall be regularly woven with
equally spaced galvanized mild steel wires of 0.63 mm nominal diameter in both warp and weft
directions to form aperture of average width 1.40 mm.
9.21 uPVC Door Frame
uPVC door frame shall be made of PVC material conforming to IS 10151. The door frame
shall be made from extruded uPVC section having overall dimensions of 48 x 40 mm or 42 x
50 mm having wall thickness of 2.0 mm + 0.2 mm. Corners of the door frame to be jointed by
M.S. galvanized brackets. Joints mitred and plastic welded. The hinge side vertical outer
frames shall be reinforced by galvanized M.S. Tube of size 19 x 19 mm of wall thickness 1 mm
+ 0.1 mm and a tie rod shall be provided at the bottom of the frame. The frame shall be
fabricated in factory as per nomenclature of the item and directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
87
9.22 Fixing of Frames
The frames are to be fixed in prepared openings in the walls. All civil work and tiling should be
completed before the fixing of the frames. The frames are to be fixed directly on the plastered
wall. In case tiling is to be done in the place the frames are to be fitted, a 50 mm strip should
be left untiled at the location where the frames are to be fitted. The frames are erected in the
prepared opening such that the vertical members of the door frame are embedded 50 mm in
the floor. The frame shall be fitted truly in plumb. A minimum of three anchor bolts or screws of
size 65/100 shall be used to fix each vertical member. One bolt shall be fixed at 200 mm from
the top member and one bolt shall be fixed at 200 mm from the floor. The third anchor bolt
shall be fixed in the center. The top horizontal member shall be fixed using two 65/100 size
anchor bolts or screws at a distance of 200 mm from both the corners.
9.23 PVC DOOR SHUTTERS

The shutters shall be fabricated at factory as per nomenclature of the item and directions of
Engineer-in-Charge. Shutter shall be made of PVC material conforming to IS 10151.
24 mm thick PVC Door Shutter
30 mm Thick PVC Door Shutters
Sampling and Criteria for Conformity
9.24 General Precautions

The test specimens shall not have been exposed to a temperature below 40oC for 24 hours
immediately preceding the test and shall be free from all visible moisture. The specimen shall
be inspected and any specimen with visible flaws shall be discarded.
If any test specimen fails because of mechanical reason, such as failure of testing equipment
or improper specimen preparation, it shall be discarded and another specimen taken.
9.25 Test
The door shutters shall be subjected to the following tests in accordance with IS 4020 (Part 1
to 16).
(i) Dimension and Squareness Test : Door shutters when tested in accordance with IS 4020
(Part 2) the dimensions of nominal width and height will be within a limit of + 5 mm. The door
shutter shall not deviate by more than 1 mm on a length of 500 mm. The thickness of the door
shutter shall be uniform throughout with the permissible variation of not more than 0.8 mm
between any two points. The nominal thickness of the shutter shall be within a limit of + 1.5
mm.
(ii) General Flatness Test : Door shutter, when tested in accordance with IS 4020 (Part 3) the
twist, cupping and warping shall not exceed 6 mm.
(iii) Local Planeness Test : Door shutters, when tested in accordance with IS 4020 (Part 4), the
depth of deviation measured at any point shall not be more than 0.5 mm.
(iv) Impact Indentation Test : Door shutters, when tested in accordance with IS 4020 (Part 5),
shall have no defects such as cracking, tearing or delamination and the depth of indentation
shall not be more than 0.2 mm.
(v) Edge Loading Test : Door shutters, when tested in accordance with IS 4020 (Part 7) the
deflection of the edge at the maximum load shall not be more than 5 mm. On removal of the
loads, the residual deflection shall not be more than 0.5 mm, failing which the test may be
repeated on the other edge in the reverse direction. Also there shall be no lateral buckling by
more than 2 mm during loaded condition and no residual lateral buckling after removal of the
load.
88
(vi) Shock Resistance Test : Door shutters, when tested in accordance with 2.1 of IS 4020
(Part 8), there shall be no visible damage in any part of the door after twenty five blows on
each end.
(vii) Buckling Test : Door shutters, when tested in accordance with IS 4020 (Part 9), shall not
show any deterioration and any residual deformation more than 5 mm after 15 min. of
unloading and the initial deflection also shall not be more than 50 mm.
(viii) Slamming Test : Door shutters, when tested in accordance with 2.1 of IS 4020 (Part 10),
shall not have any damage in any part of the door at the end of successive impacts. Door
shutters, when tested in accordance with 3.1 of IS 4020 (Part 10), shall not have any visible
damage in part of the door at the end of 100 successive impacts.
(ix) Misuse Test : Door shutters, when tested in accordance with IS 4020 (Part 11), there shall
not be any permanent deformation of the fixing or any other part of the door set in hindering its
normal working after the test.
(x) Screw Holding Test : Door shutters, when tested in accordance with IS 4020- Part 16, the
load shall not be less than 1000 N.
(xi) End Immersion Test : Door shutters, when tested in accordance with IS 4020- Part 13, the
shutter shall not show any delamination.
(xii) Knife Test : Door shutter, when tested in accordance with IS 4020 – Part 14, the grading
shall be standard and excellent.
(xiii) Glue Adhesion Test : Door shutters shall be tested in accordance with IS 4020 – Part 15.
There should be no delamination.
9.26 GYPSUM PARTITION PANELS

The material shall conform to IS:2849.
9.27 Dimensions
As per the item nomenclature.
9.28 Laying
(i) Panels are stored in a dry place and water should not come in contact with panels during or after
construction. If the panels get wet, they should be dried before use.
(ii) The floor should be perfectly level before laying the first course. All panels must be properly
aligned to the plumb. Successive layer of panels must be alternatively staggered so that vertical joints
are not in the same line.
(iii) The recommended quantity of Gypsum Bonding Plaster must be used for joints and filling the
grooves made for conduits, pipelines, etc. Excess Bonding Plaster must be scooped and removed, so
that the joints and the places where the grooves are filled in are flush and even.
(iv) The walls should be dry and sanding done properly especially at joints before the primer is applied
so that the surface is even and joints will not be visible after painting. Avoid chasing with chisel and
hammer. Use electrical saw or grooving tools for conduiting etc.
(v) The recommended span of walls is maximum 6 meters and maximum height is 4.5 meters.
89
(vi) Gypsum panel can easily be cut with coarse tooth hand saw, electric jigsaw, etc. The panels can
be cut, sawn, drilled, milled or dowelled on the job. For concealed piping and conduit, the depth of
groove should not exceed 50 mm. Hammer and chisel techniques to form chases must be avoided.
9.29 Sanding:
This application is to make the surface level without undulations. To make the gypsum wall surface
level (in particular at joints, where there is excess bonding plaster), do sanding with sand paper at
joints and other places, wherever you find uneven surface, otherwise joints will be visible after
painting. It is important to sand all joints uniformly.
9.30 Primer Application:

The purpose of the primer is to give a better adhesion to the paint and also to reduce consumption of
paint on the wall. Water thinable primers shall be used only.
90
CHAPTER - 9
WOOD WORKS AND P.V.C. WORKS
Rate
(in Rs)
9.1 Providing wood work in frames of doors, windows, clerestory
windows and other frames, wrought framed and fixed in position :
9.1.1 Second class teak wood Cum 93005.00
9.1.2 Sal wood Cum 61741.00
9.1.3 Kiln seasoned and chemically treated Hard wood. (Haldu, Kail, Bija
Cum 44970.00
wood)
9.2 Providing laminated veneer lumber conforming to IS:14616 and TAD

-15: 2001 (Part B) in factory made frames of doors, windows,
Cum 72605.00
clerestory windows and other frames, wrought framed and fixed in
position as per directions of Engineer-in-charge.
9.3 Providing wood work in frames of false ceiling, partitions etc. sawn
and put up in position :
9.3.1 Sal wood Cum 58961.00
Cum 41959.00
wood)
9.3.3 Labour rate for Item No.- 9.3.1, 9.3.2 Cum 4901.00
9.4 Extra for additional labour for circular works, such as in frames of
fan light:
9.4.1 Second class teak wood Cum 9300.00
9.4.2 Sal wood Cum 6174.00
Cum 4497.00
wood)
9.5 Providing and fixing panelled or panelled and glazed wooden

shutters for doors, windows and clerestory windows including ISI
marked M.S pressed bright finished butt hinges with necessary
screws excluding, panelling / glazing which will be paid for
separately.
9.5.1 Second class teak wood
9.5.1.1 35 mm thick shutters Sqm 2354.00
wood)
9.6 Providing and fixing panelling or panelling and glazing in

panelled or panelled and glazed shutters for doors, windows and
clerestory windows (Area of opening for panel inserts excluding
portion inside grooves or rebates to be measured). Panelling for
panelled or panelled and glazed shutters 25 mm to 40 mm thick :
9.6.1 Second class teak wood Sqm 1879.00
91
Rate
(in Rs)
Sqm 1101.00
wood)
9.6.3 Ply wood 5 ply, 9 mm thick :
9.6.3.1 Decorative plywood both side decorative veneer (Type - I)
Sqm 1405.00
conforming to IS 1328 BWR type.
9.6.3.2 Decorative plywood one side decorative veneer and
commercial veneer on other face (Type 1) conforming to IS 1328 Sqm 1400.00
BWR Type
9.6.4 Ply wood 7 ply, 9 mm thick
9.6.4.1 Decorative plywood one side decorative veneer and
commercial veneer on other face (Type 1) conforming to IS 1328 Sqm 1463.00
BWR Type
9.6.5 Particle Board 12 mm thick
9.6.5.1 Plain particle board flat pressed, 3 layer or graded wood
particle board medium density Grade I, IS : 3087 marked. Sqm 743.00
9.6.5.2 Veneered flat pressed three layer or graded wood particle board
with commercial veneering on both sides conforming to IS:3097, Sqm 952.00
grade I.
9.6.5.3 Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on one
side and balancing lamination on other side, Grade I, Type II IS: Sqm 1217.00
12823 marked.
9.6.5.4 Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on both
sides, Grade I, Type II, IS:12823 marked. Sqm 1301.00
9.6.5.5 Providing and fixing Coir veneer board (conforming to IS : 14842-

Sqm 1170.00
2000) : 12mm thick
9.6.6 Providing and fixing Float glass panes

9.6.6.1 4mm thick glass panes Sqm 988.00
9.6.6.2 5.5mm thick glass panes Sqm 1160.00
9.7 Providing and fixing 35 mm thick factory made laminated veneer

lumber door shutter conforming to IS : 14616 and TADS
15:2001 (Part B) including ISI marked M.S. pressed bright
finished butt hinges with necessary screws as per directions of
Engineer and panelling with panels of:
9.7.1 12mm thick plain grade -1,medium density flat pressed three
layer particle board FPT-1 (Flat pressed three layer) or graded
wood particle board FPT-1 IS:3087 marked bonded with BWP Sqm 1900.00
type synthetic resin adhesive as per IS : 848 : ( Plain particle board)
9.7.2 12 mm thick pre-laminated particle board (decorative

lamination on both sides) grade - 1, medium density flat
pressed, three layer particle board FPT - I or graded wood particle
board FPT - I, conforming to IS : 3087 bonded with BWP type Sqm 2186.00
synthetic resin adhesive as per IS : 848 and pre- laminated
conforming to IS : 12823 Grade 1, Type - II marked:
92
Rate
(in Rs)
9.7.3 12 mm thick one side Pre-laminated particle board
(decorative lamination on one side and other sides balancing
lamination) grade - 1 medium density flat pressed, three layer
particle board FPT - I or graded wood particle board FPT-1 Sqm 1930.00
conforming to IS : 3087 bonded with BWP type synthetic resin
adhesive as per IS : 848 and pre-laminated conforming to IS :
12823 Grade -1, Type II marked:
9.8 Providing and fixing glazed shutters for doors, windows and
clerestory windows using 4 mm thick float glass panes including
black enamelled ISI marked M.S butt hinges with necessary screws.
9.8.1 Second class teak wood

9.8.1.1 35 mm thick Sqm 2850.00
9.8.1.2 30 mm thick Sqm 2556.00
wood)
9.8.2.1 35 mm thick Sqm 1743.00
9.8.2.2 30 mm thick Sqm 1604.00
9.9 Providing and fixing factory made laminated veneer lumber glazed
shutter conforming to IS: 14616 and TADS 15:2001 (Part B) , using
4mm thick float glass panes for doors, windows and clerestory
windows including ISI marked M.S pressed bright finished butt Sqm 1918.00
hinges with necessary screws as per directions of Engineer. 30 mm
thick shutters
9.10 Extra for Providing heavy sheet float glass panes instead of ordinary
float glass in glazed doors, windows and clerestory window shutters.
(Area of opening for glass panes excluding portion inside
rebate shall be measured)
9.10.1 10.00mm to 12.00mm thick float glass Sqm 190.00
9.10.2 5.50mm thick Safety glass Sqm 422.00
9.10.3 10.00mm to 12.00mm thick Safety glass Sqm 986.00
9.11 Extra for Providing frosted glass panes 4 mm thick instead of

ordinary float glass panes 4 mm thick in doors, windows and
clerestory window shutters. (Area of opening for glass panes Sqm 225.00
excluding portion inside rebateshall be measured).
9.12 Deduct for providing pin headed glass panes instead of

ordinary float glass panes weighing 4 mm thick in doors,
windows and clerestory windows, shutters (Area of opening for Sqm 38.00
glass panes excluding portion inside rebate shall be measured).
9.13 Extra for providing ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges instead of
M.S. pressed bright finished butt hinges with necessary screws. Sqm 87.00
(Shutter area to be measured).
93
Rate
(in Rs)
9.14 Deduct if fixed shutters (without hinges) are provided instead of
openable shutters for doors, windows or clerestory windows. Sqm 132.00
9.15 Providing and fixing 25 mm thick Second Class teak wood shutters
using 4.00mm thick float glass panes for cup board etc. :
9.15.1 Panelled or panelled & glazed shutters :
9.15.1.1 ISI marked anodised aluminium butt hinges with necessary screws.
Sqm 2367.00
9.15.1.2 Piano Hinges Sqm 2489.00
9.15.2 Glazed shutters :

9.15.2.1 ISI marked anodised aluminium butt hinges with necessary screws.
Sqm 2278.00
9.15.2.2 Piano Hinges Sqm 2424.00
9.16 Providing and fixing flat pressed 3 layer particle board medium
density exterior grade (Grade I) or graded wood particle board IS :
3087 marked to frame, backing or studding with screws etc.
complete (Frames, backing or studding to be paid separately) :
9.16.1 12 mm thick Sqm 440.00
9.16.2 18 mm thick Sqm 603.00
9.17 Providing and fixing Pre-laminated flat pressed 3 layer (medium

density) particle board or graded wood particle board IS : 3087
marked with one side decorative and other side balancing
lamination Grade I, Type II exterior grade IS : 12823 marked
in shelves with screws and fittings wherever required, edges to
be painted with polyurethane primer (fittings to be paid separately).
9.17.1 18 mm thick Sqm 995.00

9.17.2 25 mm thick Sqm 1123.00
9.18 Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters conforming to IS:
2202 (Part I) decorative type, core of block board construction with
frame of 1st class hard wood and well matched teak 3 ply
veneering with vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers on
both faces of shutters using following hinges.
9.18.1 35 mm thick including ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges with
Sqm 2181.00
necessary screws.
Sqm 1961.00
necessary screws
9.18.3 25 mm thick (for cupboard) including ISI marked nickel plated
bright finished M.S. Piano hinges IS : 3818 fixed with necessary Sqm 1648.00
screws.
94
Rate
(in Rs)
9.19 Providing and fixing ISI marked flush door shutters conforming to IS:
2202 (Part I) non-decorative type, core of block board construction
with frame of 1st class hard wood and well matched commercial 3
ply veneering with vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers
on both faces of shutters using following hinges.
Sqm 1384.00
necessary screws.
Sqm 1271.00
necessary screws.
9.19.3 25 mm thick (for cupboard) including ISI marked nickel plated
bright finished M.S. Piano hinges IS : 3818 fixed with necessary Sqm 1133.00
screws.
9.20 Extra for Providing and fixing flush doors with decorative veneering
instead of non decorative ISI marked flush door shutters to IS : 2202 Sqm 362.00
Part-1 on one side only.
9.21 Extra for providing lipping with 2nd class teak wood battens
25 mm minimum depth on all edges of shutters (over all area of Sqm 323.00
door shutter to be measured).
9.22 Extra for providing vision panel not exceeding 0.1 sqm in all type of
flush doors (cost of glass excluded) (overall area of door
shutter to be measured) :
9.22.1 Rectangular or square. Sqm 134.00
9.22.2 Circular. Sqm 203.00
9.23 Extra if louvers (not exceeding 0.2 sqm) are provided in flush
door shutters (overall area of door shutters to be measured). Sqm 259.00
9.24 Extra for cutting rebate in flush door shutters (Total area of the
Sqm 96.00
shutter tobe measured).
9.25 Providing and fixing 35mm thick wire gauze shutters using
galvanised M.S. wire gauze of average width of aperture 1.4mm in
both direction with wire of dia. 0.63 mm for doors, windows and
clerestory windows including ISI marked bright finished M.S. butt
hinges with necessary screws :
9.25.1 Second class teak wood. Sqm 2677.00
sqm 1706.00
wood)
clerestory windows including ISI marked stainless steel butt
Sqm 1792.00
wood)
95
Rate
(in Rs)
9.27 Providing and fixing 30mm thick wire gauge shutters using
galvanised M.S. wire gauge of average width of aperture 1.4mm in
clerestory windows including ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges
with necessary screws :
Sqm 1579.00
wood)
both direction with wire of dia 0.63 mm for doors, windows and
clerestory windows including ISI marked bright finished M.S. butt
Sqm 1533.00
wood)
9.29 Providing and fixing wire gauze laminated veneer lumber

shutters conforming to IS : 14616, and as per TADS 15 :2001 (Part
B) using galvanised wire gauze with average width of aperture
1.4mm in both directions with wire of dia 0.63mm as per IS :1568 for
doors, windows and clerestory windows including ISI marked bright
finished or/ and black enamelled M.S. butt hinges with necessary
screws as per directions of Engineer.
9.29.1 35 mm thick shutters Sqm 1954.00
9.29.2 30 mm thick shutters Sqm 1759.00
9.30 Providing 50x50x50mm 2nd class teak wood plugs including cutting
brick work and fixing in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) Each 19.00
and making good the walls etc.
9.31 Providing and fixing expandable fasteners of specified size with

necessary plastic sleeves and galvanised M.S. screws including
drilling holes in masonry work /CC/ R.C.C. and making good etc.
complete.
9.31.1 25 mm long Each 16.00
9.31.2 32 mm long Each 18.00
9.31.3 40 mm long Each 19.00
9.31.4 50 mm long Each 21.00
9.32 Providing and fixing 2nd class teak wood plain lining, tongued and
grooved on and including wooden plugs complete with necessary
screws and priming coat on unexposed surface.
9.32.1 40 mm thick Sqm 4484.00
9.32.2 25 mm thick Sqm 2854.00
9.32.3 20 mm thick Sqm 2304.00
9.32.4 12 mm thkck Sqm 1481.00
96
Rate
(in Rs)
9.33 Providing and fixing in wall lining flat pressed three layer (medium
density) particle board or graded wood Prelaminated one side
decorative lamination, on other side balancing lamination Grade I,
Type II, IS : 12823 marked including priming coat on unexposed
surface, with necessary fixing arrangement and screws etc.
complete :
9.33.1 12 mm thick Sqm 1062.00
9.33.2 18 mm thick Sqm 1179.00
9.33.3 25 mm thick Sqm 1314.00
9.34 Providing and fixing specified wood frame work consisting of

battens 50x25mm fixed with rawl plug and drilling necessary holes
Cum 106338.00
for rawl plug etc. including priming coat complete with Hard wood.
9.35 Providing and fixing plywood 4 mm thick one side decorative

veneer conforming to IS: 1328 (type-1) for plain lining / cladding
with necessary screws, priming coat on unexposed surface with: Sqm 838.00
Decorative veneer facings of approved manufacture
9.36 Providing and fixing 4mm thick coir veneer board, ISI marked IS :
14842 - 2000, plain lining with necessary screws, priming coat Sqm 784.00
on unexposed surface etc., complete.
9.37 Providing and fixing skirting of Pre-laminated with (one side

decorative and other side balancing lamination) flat pressed, 3
layer or graded particle board (medium density) Grade I, Type II, IS
:12823 marked, with necessary fixing arrangements and screws
including drilling necessary holes for rawl plugs etc. and priming
coat on unexposed surface complete:
9.37.1 18 mm thick Sqm 1546.00
9.37.2 25 mm thick Sqm 1680.00
9.38 Providing and fixing wooden moulded beading to door and window
frames with iron screws, plugs and priming coat on unexposed
surface etc. complete:
9.38.1 2nd class teak wood
9.38.1.1 50x12 mm meter 101.00
9.38.1.2 50 x 20 mm meter 136.00
9.38.2 Hard wood
9.38.2.1 50x12 mm meter 73.00
9.38.2.2 50 x 20 mm meter 90.00
9.39 Providing and fixing plain jaffri of 35x10 mm laths placed 35 mm

apart (frames to be paid separately) including fixing 50x12 Sqm 1567.00
mm beading complete with: Second class teak wood
97
Rate
(in Rs)
9.40 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick, 150 mm wide pelmet of flat
pressed 3 layer or graded wood particle board medium density
grade I, IS : 3087 marked including top cover of 6 mm commercial
ply wood conforming to IS: 303 BWR grade, nickel plated M.S. pipe meter 313.00
20 mm dia ( heavy type ) curtain rod with nickel plated brackets
including fixing with 25x3 mm M.S. flat 10 cm long and rawl plugs 50
mm long (designation 10 no.) etc all complete
9.41 Providing and fixing 18 mm thick, 150 mm wide pelmet of coir

veneer board ISI marked IS : 14842 - 2000, including top cover
of 6 mm coir veneer board, nickle plated M.S. Pipe 20 mm dia.
(heavy type) curtain rod with nickel plated brackets including fixing meter 405.00
with 25x3 mm M.S. Flat 10 cm long and rawl plug 50 mm long
(designation 10 No.) etc., all complete
9.42 Extra for using veneered particle board conforming to IS 3097 Grade
I, in item of pelmet 18mm thick 150mm wide.
9.42.1 Non decorative veneer on both sides. meter 26.00
9.42.2 Particle board with decorative veneering on both sides. meter 76.00
9.43 Providing and fixing teak wood lipping of size 25x3 mm in pelmet. meter 36.00
9.44 Providing and fixing curtain rods of 1.25 mm thick chromium plated
brass plate, with two chromium plated brass brackets fixed with
C.P. brass screws and wooden plugs, etc., wherever necessary
complete :
9.44.1 12mm dia (18 gauge) meter 239.00
9.44.2 20 mm dia (18 gauge) meter 317.00
9.44.3 25 mm dia (18 gauge) meter 400.00
9.45 Providing and fixing nickel plated M.S. pipe curtain rods with nickel
plated brackets :
9.45.1 20 mm dia (heavy type) meter 100.00
9.45.2 25 mm dia (heavy type) meter 110.00
9.46 Providing and fixing M.S. grills of required pattern in frames of

windows etc. with M.S. flats, square or round bars etc. all complete.
9.46.1 Fixed to steel windows by welding. Kg 92.00

9.46.2 Fixed to openings /wooden frames with rawl plugs screws etc.
Kg 107.00
9.47 Providing and fixing expanded metal 20x60mm strands 3.25mm

wide and 1.6mm thick for windows etc. including 62x19mm Sqm 784.00
beading of IInd class teak wood.
Sqm 1040.04
9.48 Providing and fixing hard drawn steel wire fabric 75x25 mm mesh
of weight not less than 7.75 Kg per sqm to window frames etc. Sqm 940.00
including 62x19 mm beading of second class teak wood.
98
Rate
(in Rs)
9.49 Providing and fixing fly proof galvanised M.S. wire gauze to windows
and clerestory windows using galvanised M.S. wire gage with
average width of aperture 1.4 mm in both directions with wire of dia.
0.63 mm.
9.49.1 With 2nd class teak wood beading 62X19 mm. Sqm 732.00
9.49.2 With 12 mm mild steel U beading. Sqm 468.00
9.50 Deduct for fixing 75x25mm hard drawn steel wire fabric of weight not
less than 7.75Kg. per sqm in panelled and glazed door and window
shutter instead of glass sheet 4mm thick including the difference Sqm 100.00
cost of material.
9.51 Providing 40x5 mm flat iron hold fast 40 cm long including fixing to
frame with 10 mm diameter bolts, nuts and wooden plugs and
embeddings in cement concrete M-10 (Nominal Mix with 20 mm Each 101.00
maximum size of stone aggregate) block 30x10x15 cm.
9.52 Providing beams including hoisting, fixing in position and applying

wood preservative for the unexposed surfaces, etc. complete with :
9.52.1 Sal Wood Cum 57273.00

9.52.2 Hard wood. Cum 39944.00
9.53 Providing and fixing ISI marked M.S. pressed butt hinges bright
finished with necessary screws etc. complete :
9.53.1 125x65x2.12 mm Each 35.00
9.53.2 100x58x1.90 mm Each 22.00
9.53.3 75x47x1.70 mm Each 18.00
9.53.4 50x37x1.50 mm Each 9.00
9.54 Providing and fixing IS : 1341 marked M.S. heavy weight butt hinges
with necessary screws etc. complete :
9.54.1 125x90x4.00 mm Each 35.00
9.54.2 100x75x3.50 mm Each 27.00
9.54.3 75x60x3.10 mm Each 20.00
9.54.4 50x40x2.50 mm each 12.00
9.55 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. pressed butt hinges
with necessary screws etc. complete.
9.55.1 125x65x2.12 mm Each 28.00
9.55.2 100x58x1.90 mm Each 22.00
9.55.3 75x47x1.70 mm Each 18.00
9.55.4 50x37x1.50 mm Each 10.00
9.56 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. pressed

Parliamentary hinges with necessary screws etc. complete
9.56.1 150x125x27x2.50 mm Each 44.00
9.56.2 125x125x27x2.50 mm Each 40.00
9.56.3 100x125x27x2.50 mm Each 38.00
9.56.4 75x100x20x2.24 mm Each 32.00
99
Rate
(in Rs)
9.57 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. single acting spring
hinges with necessary screws etc. complete
9.57.1 150 mm Each 151.00
9.57.2 125 mm Each 127.00
9.57.3 100 mm Each 111.00
9.58 Providing and fixing oxidised M.S. double acting spring hinges
9.58.1 150 mm Each 162.00
9.58.2 125 mm Each 141.00
9.58.3 100 mm Each 123.00
9.59 Providing M.S. Piano hinges ISI marked IS : 3818 finished with
nickel plating and fixing with necessary screws etc. complete.
9.59.1 Overall width 35 mm. meter 129.00

9.60 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. sliding door bolts with
nuts and screws etc. complete :
9.60.1 300x16 mm Each 138.00
9.60.2 250x16 mm Each 120.00
9.61 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. tower bolt black
finish, (Barrel type) with necessary screws etc. complete :
9.61.1 250x10 mm Each 59.00
9.61.2 200x10 mm Each 43.00
9.61.3 150x10 mm Each 34.00
9.61.4 100x10 mm Each 25.00
9.62 Providing and fixing ISI marked 85x42mm oxidised M.S. pull
bolt lock conforming to IS : 7534 with necessary screws bolts, nut Each 65.00
and washers etc. complete.
9.63 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. door latches
conforming to IS:5930 with screws etc. complete :
9.63.1 300x20x6 mm Each 54.00
9.63.2 250x20x6 mm Each 46.00
9.64 Providing and fixing ISI marked oxidised M.S. handles

conforming to IS:4992 with necessary screws etc. complete :
9.64.1 125 mm Each 21.00
9.64.2 100 mm Each 17.00
9.64.3 75mm Each 15.00
9.65 Providing and fixing oxidised Mild Steel hasp and staple (safety type)
conforming to IS : 363 with necessary screws etc. complete :
9.65.1 150mm Each 17.00
9.65.2 115mm Each 15.00
9.65.3 90mm Each 12.00
100
Rate
(in Rs)
9.66 Providing and fixing oxidised M.S. casement stays (straight peg
type) with necessary screws etc. complete.
9.66.1 300 mm weighing not less than 200 gms. Each 36.00
9.67 Providing and fixing oxidised M.S. Safety chain with necessary
Each 85.00
fixtures for doors. (Weighting not less than 450 gms.)
9.68 Providing and fixing IS : 12817 marked stainless steel butt hinges
with stainless steel screws etc. complete :
9.68.1 125x64x1.90 mm Each 55.00
9.68.2 100X58X1.90 mm Each 47.00
9.68.3 75x47x1.80 mm Each 34.00
9.68.4 50x37x1.50 mm Each 20.00
9.69 Providing and fixing IS : 12817 marked stainless steel butt hinges
(heavy weight) with stainless steel screws etc. complete :
9.69.1 125x64x2.50 mm Each 58.00
9.69.2 100x60x2.50 mm Each 49.00
9.69.3 75x50x2.50 mm Each 37.00
9.70 Providing and fixing bright finished brass butt hinges with
necessary screws etc. complete :
9.70.1 125x85x5.5 mm (heavy type) Each 445.00
9.70.2 125x70x4 mm (ordinary type) Each 142.00
9.70.3 100x85x5.5 mm (heavy type) Each 400.00
9.70.5 75x65x4 mm (heavy type) Each 137.00
9.70.6 75x40x2.5 mm (ordinary type) Each 50.00
9.71 Providing and fixing bright finished brass parliamentary hinges with
9.71.1 150x125x27x5 mm Each 411.00
9.71.2 125x125x27x5 mm Each 388.00
9.71.3 100x125x27x5 mm Each 330.00
9.71.4 75x100x20x3.2 mm Each 286.00
9.72 Providing and fixing bright finished brass tower bolts (barrel type)
with necessary screws etc. complete :
9.72.1 300x10 mm Each 295.00
9.72.2 250x10 mm Each 245.00
9.72.3 200x10 mm Each 201.00
9.72.4 150x10 mm Each 150.00
9.72.5 100x10 mm Each 102.00
9.73 Providing and fixing bright finished brass door latch with
9.73.1 300x16x5 mm Each 190.00
9.73.2 250x16x5 mm Each 166.00
101
Rate
(in Rs)
9.74 Providing and fixing bright finished brass 100 mm mortice latch and
lock with 6 levers and a pair of lever handles with necessary
Each 473.00
screws etc. complete (best make of approved quality).
9.75 Providing and fixing bright finished brass 100 mm mortice latch with
one dead bolt and a pair of lever handles with necessary screws etc. Each 367.00
complete (best make of approved quality).
9.76 Providing and fixing bright finished brass night latch including
necessary screws etc. complete (best make of approved quality). Each 699.00
9.77 Providing and fixing special quality bright finished brass cupboard or
ward robe locks with four levers including necessary screws etc.
complete (best make of approved quality) :
9.77.1 40mm Each 129.00
9.77.2 50mm Each 153.00
9.77.3 65mm Each 158.00
9.77.4 75mm Each 181.00
9.78 Providing and fixing 50 mm bright finished brass cup board or

wardrobe knob with necessary screws (best make of approved Each 46.00
quality)
9.79 Providing and fixing bright finished brass handles with screws
etc. complete :
9.79.1 125 mm Each 151.00
9.79.2 100 mm Each 141.00
9.79.3 75mm Each 112.00
9.80 Providing and fixing bright finished brass hanging type floor door
Each 78.00
stopper with necessary screws, etc. complete.
9.81 Providing and fixing ISI : 3564 marked Aluminium die cast body
tubular type universal hydraulic door closer with necessary Each 683.00
accessories and screws etc. complete.
9.82 Providing and fixing ISI : 3564 marked aluminium extruded section
body tubular type universal hydraulic door closer with double speed
Each 1118.00
adjustment with necessary accessories and screws etc. complete.
9.83 Providing and fixing bright finished brass casement window fastener
Each 53.00
9.84 Providing and fixing bright finished brass casement stays

(straight peg type) with necessary screws etc. complete :
9.84.1 300 mm weighing not less than 330 gms Each 135.00
102
Rate
(in Rs)
9.85 Providing and fixing bright finished brass hasp and staple (safety
type) with necessary screws etc. complete:
9.85.1 150 mm Each 84.00
9.85.2 115 mm Each 69.00
9.85.3 90 mm Each 62.00
9.86 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass 100 mm mortice

latch and lock with 6 levers and a pair of lever handles with Each 702.00
necessary screws etc. complete (best make of approved quality).
9.87 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass night latch

including necessary screws etc. complete (Best make of approved Each 656.00
quality).
9.88 Providing and fixing special quality chromium plated brass cupboard
locks with six levers including necessary screws etc. complete
(Best make of approved quality) of :
9.88.1 Size 40 mm Each 131.00
9.88.2 Size 50 mm Each 138.00
9.88.3 Size 65 mm Each 150.00
9.88.4 Size 75 mm Each 189.00
9.89 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass 50 mm cupboard or

Each 78.00
wardrobe knobs with nuts complete.
9.90 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass handles with

necessary screws etc. complete:
9.90.1 125 mm Each 144.00
9.90.2 100 mm Each 130.00
9.90.3 75 mm Each 125.00
9.91 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass casement window

Each 96.00
fastener with necessary screws etc. complete.
9.92 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass casement stays (straight
peg type) with necessary screws etc. complete :
9.93 Providing and fixing ISI marked aluminium butt hinges ISI
marked anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as
per IS : 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with
necessary screws etc. complete:
9.93.1 125x75x4 mm Each 95.00
9.93.2 125x63x4 mm Each 77.00
9.93.3 100x75x4 mm Each 71.00
9.93.4 100x63x4 mm Each 60.00
9.93.5 100x63x3.2 mm Each 57.00
9.93.6 75x63x4 mm Each 49.00
9.93.7 75x63x3.2 mm Each 47.00
9.93.8 75x45x3.2 mm Each 46.00
103
Rate
(in Rs)
9.94 Providing and fixing aluminium sliding door bolts ISI marked
anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS :
1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with nuts and
screws etc. complete :
9.94.1 300x16 mm Each 207.00
9.94.2 250x16 mm Each 155.00
9.95 Providing and fixing aluminium tower bolts ISI marked anodised
(anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868 )
transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with necessary
9.95.1 300x10 mm Each 108.00
9.95.2 250x10 mm Each 92.00
9.95.3 200x10 mm Each 79.00
9.95.4 150x10 mm Each 65.00
9.95.5 100x10 mm Each 49.00
9.96 Providing and fixing aluminium pull bolt lock anodised ISI marked
(anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868)
Each 54.00
transparent or dyed to required colour and shade with necessary
screws bolts, nut and washers etc. complete.
9.97 Providing and fixing 50cm long aluminium kicking plate

100x3.15 mm anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC
Each 154.00
10 as per IS :1868) transparent or dyed to required colour or
shade with necessary screws etc. complete.
9.98 Providing and fixing aluminium handles ISI marked anodised

(anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868)
transparent or dyed to required colour or shade with necessary
9.98.1 125 mm Each 66.00
9.98.2 100 mm Each 49.00
9.98.3 75 mm Each 42.00
9.99 Providing and fixing aluminium hanging floor door stopper ISI
marked anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as
per IS : 1868) transparent or dyed to required colour and shade with
necessary screws etc. complete.
9.99.1 Single rubber stopper Each 30.00
9.99.2 Twin rubber stopper Each 69.00
9.100 Providing and fixing aluminium casement stays ISI marked

anodised (anodic coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS :
Each 63.00
1868) transparent or dyed to required colour and shade with
9.101 Providing and fixing bright finished brass 100 mm mortice latch and
lock ISI marked with six levers and a pair of anodised (anodic
coating not less than grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868) aluminium Each 546.00
lever handles with necessary screws etc. complete (Best make of
approved quality).
104
Rate
(in Rs)
9.102 Providing and fixing aluminium tee channels (heavy duty) with
rollers, stop end in pelmets as curtain rod. meter 96.00
9.103 Providing and fixing partition upto ceiling height consisting of G.I.
frame and required board including providing and fixing of frame
work made of special section power pressed/ roll form G.I. sheet
with zinc coating of 120 gms/sqm(both side inclusive), consisting of
floor and ceiling channel 50mm wide having equal flanges of 32 mm
and 0.50 mm thick, fixed to the floor and ceiling at the spacing of
610 mm centre to centre with dash fastener of 12.5 mm dia meter 50
mm length or suitable anchor fastener or metal screws with nylon
plugs and the studs 48 mm wide having one flange of 34 mm and
other flange 36 mm and 0.50 mm thick fixed vertically within flanges
of floor and ceiling channel and placed at a spacing of 610mm
centre to centre by 6 mm dia bolts and nuts, including fixing of studs
along both ends of partition fixed flush to wall with suitable anchor
fastener or metal screws with nylon plugs at spacing of 450 mm
centre to centre, and fixing of boards to both side of frame work by
25 mm long dry wall screws on studs, floor and ceiling channels at
the spacing of 300 mm centre to centre. The boards are to be fixed
to the frame work with joints staggered to avoid through cracks, M.S.
fixing channel of 99 mm width (0.9 mm thick having two flanges of
9.5 mm each) to be provided at the horizontal joints of two boards,
fixed to the studs using metal to metal flat head screws, including
jointing and finishing to a flush finish with recommended jointing
compound, jointing tape, angle beads at corner (25 mm x 25 mm x
0.5 mm), joint finisher and two coats of primer suitable for board as
per manufacture's specification and direction of engineer in charge
all complete.
9.103.1 75mm overall thickness partition with 12.5mm thick double skin
fire rated board conforming to IS: 2095: part I. Sqm 1067.00
9.103.2 75mm overall thickness partition with 12.5mm thick double skin
tapered edge plain Gypsum board conforming to IS: 2095: part I Sqm 946.00
9.103.3 66mm overall thickness Partition with 8mm thick double skin
Calcium Silicate Board made with Calcareous & Siliceous materials
reinforced with cellulose fiber manufactured through autoclaving Sqm 1238.00
process with Compressive Strength 225 kg/sq.cm, Bending Strength
100 kg/ sg.cm.
9.103.4 66mm overall thickness partition using 8mm thick double skin
non-asbestos multipurpose cement board reinforced with cellulose
fibre manufactured through autoclaving process (High pressure Sqm 1013.00
steam cured) as per IS: 14862 with suitable fibre cement screw.
9.104 Providing and fixing PTMT handles with necessary screws etc.
complete.
9.104.1 125x34x24 mm weighing not less than 23 gms. Each 36.00
105
Rate
(in Rs)
9.105 Providing and fixing PTMT Butt hinges with necessary screws
etc. complete.
9.105.1 75x60x10 mm fitted with 5.5 mm dia M.S. Bright Bar Rod
Each 46.00
weighing not less than 34 gms.
9.105.2 100x75x10 mm fitted with 5.5 mm dia MS Bright Bar Rod
Each 57.00
9.106 Providing and fixing PTMT Tower Bolts with 12 mm one piece rod
inside and necessary screws etc., complete.
9.107 Providing and fixing PTMT door catcher of length 72 mm and dia. of
Each 27.00
42 mm with suitable washers weighing not less than 33 gms.
9.108 Providing and fixing Bamboo jaffery/ fencing consisting of superior

quality 25mm dia (Average) half cut bamboo placed vertically and
fixed together with three numbers horizontal running members of
Sqm 329.00
Hard wood in scantling of section 50X25mm fixed with nails
and G.I wire to existing surface complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
9.109 Providing and fixing wooden moulded corner beading of triangular

shape to the junction of panelling etc. with iron screws, plugs and
priming coat on unexposed surface etc. complete 2nd class teak
wood.
9.109.1 50x50mm (base and height). meter 172.00
9.110 Providing and fixing 2nd class teak wood lipping/ moulded beading
or taj beading of size 18X5mm fixed with wooden adhesive of
meter 42.00
approved quality and screws/ nails on the edges of the Pre-
laminated particle board as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
9.111 Providing and fixing magnetic catcher in cupboard / ward robe

shutters including fixing with necessary screws etc. complete
(Best make of approved quality).
9.111.1 Triple strip vertical type. Each 29.00
9.111.2 Double strip (horizontal type). Each 23.00
9.112 Providing and fixing powder coated telescopic drawer channels

300mm long with necessary screws etc. complete as per directions Each 255.00
of Engineer-in-charge.
9.113 Providing and fixing sliding arrangement in racks/

cupboards/cabinets shutter by P/F stainless steel rollers to run
inside C or E aluminium channel section (The payment of C Each 11.00
or E channel shall be made separately)
106
Rate
(in Rs)
9.114 Providing and fixing factory made UPVC door frame made of
UPVC extruded section having an overall dimension as below
(tolerance ±1mm) with wall thickness 2.0mm ± 0.2mm, corners
of the door frame to be mitred and welded of plastic,
galvanized brackets and stainless steel screws. The hinge side
vertical of the frames reinforced by galvanized M.S. tube of size 19
X 19mm and 1mm ± 0.1mm wall thickness and 3 nos. stainless
steel hinges fixed to the frame complete as per manufacturers
specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge
9.114.1 Extruded section profile size 48x40 mm. meter 141.00
9.114.2 Extruded section profile size 42x50 mm. meter 164.00
9.115 Providing and fixing to existing door frames.

9.115.1 24 mm thick factory made PVC door shutters made of styles and
rails of a UPVC hollow section of size 59x24 mm and wall thickness
2 mm ± 0.2 mm with inbuilt edging on both sides.The styles and
rails mitred and joined at the corners by means of M.S.
galvanised/plastic brackets of size 75x220 mm having wall
thickness 1.0mm and stainless steel screws.The styles of the shutter
reinforced by inserting galvanised M.S. tube of size 20x20 mm and 1
mm ± 0.1 mm wall thickness.The lock rail made up of 'H' section, a
UPVC hollow section of size 100x24 mm and 2 mm ± 0.2 mm wall
thickness fixed to the shutter styles by means of plastic/galvanised Sqm 1216.00
M.S. 'U' cleats. The shutter frame filled with a UPVC multi-
chambered single panel of size not less than 620 mm, having over
all thickness of 20 mm and 1 mm ± 0.1 mm wall thickness. The
panels filled vertically and tie bar at two places by inserting
horizontally 6 mm galvanised M.S. rod and fastened with nuts and
washers,complete as per manufacturer's specification and direction
of Engineer-in- charge. (For W.C. and bathroom door shutter).
9.115.2 30 mm thick factory made Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) door

shutter made of styles and rails of a UPVC hollow section of size
60x30 mm and wall thickness 2 mm ± 0.2 mm with inbuilt
decorative moulding edging on one side. The styles and rails
mitred and joined at the corners by means of M.S. galvanised/plastic
brackets of size 75x220 mm having wall thickness 1.0 mm and
stainless steel screws. The styles of the shutter reinforced by
inserting galvanised M.S. tube of size 25x20 mm and 1 mm ± 0.1
mm wall thickness. The lock rail made up of 'H' section, a UPVC
hollow section of size 100x30 mm and 2 mm ± 0.2 mm wall Sqm 1407.00
thickness fixed to the shutter styles by means of plastic/ galvanised
M.S. 'U' cleats. The shutter frame filled with a UPVC multi-
chambered single panel of size not less than 620 mm, having over
all thickness of 20 mm and 1 mm ± 0.1 mm wall thickness . The
panels filled vertically and tie bar at two places by
inserting horizontally 6 mm galvanised M.S. rod and fastened
with nuts and washers, complete as per manufacturer's
specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
107
Rate
(in Rs)
9.115.3 25mm thick PVC flush door shutters made out of a one piece Multi
chamber extruded PVC section of the size of 762mm X 25mm or
less as per requirement with an average wall thickness of 1mm
± 0.3mm. PVC foam end cap of size 23x10mm are provided on
both vertical edges to ensure the overall thickness of 25mm. An
M.S. tube having dimensions 19mm x 19mm is inserted along the
hinge side of the door. Core of the door shutter should be filled with
High Density Polyurethane foam. The Top & Bottom edges of the Sqm 1883.00
shutter are covered with an end-cap of the size 25MM X
11MM. Door shutter shall be reinforced with special polymeric
reinforcements as per manufactures' specification and direction
of Engineer-in-charge to take up necessary hardware and
fixtures. Stickers indicating the locations of hardware will be
pasted at appropriate places
9.116 Providing and fixing factory made P.V.C. door frame of size
50x47mm with a wall thickness of 5mm, made out of extruded 5mm
rigid PVC foam sheet mitred at corners and joined with 2 Nos. of
150mm long brackets of 15x15mm M.S. square tube, the vertical
door profiles to be reinforced with 19x19mm M.S. square tube of 19
meter 277.00
gauge, EPDM rubber gasket weather seal to be provided through
out the frame. The door frame to be fixed to the wall using M.S.
screws of 65/100mm size complete as per manufacturers
specification and direction of ngineer-in-Charge.

9.117.1 30mm thick factory made panel PVC door shutter consisting of
frame made out of M.S. tubes of 19 gauge thickness and size of
19mm x 19mm for styles and 15x15mm for top & bottom rails.
M.S. frame shall have a coat of steel primers of approved make and
manufacture M.S. frame covered with 5mm thick heat moulded PVC
'C' channel of size 30mm thickness, 70mm width out of which 50mm
shall be flat and 20mm shall be tapered in 45degree angle on
either side forming styles; and 5mm thick, 95mm wide PVC sheet
out of which 75mm shall be flat and 20mm shall be tapered in 45
degree on the inner side to form top and bottom rail and
115mm wide PVC sheet out of which 75mm shall be flat and 20mm
shall be tapered on both sides to form lock rail. Top, bottom and
lock rails shall be provided either side of the panel. 10mm SQM. 1694.00
(5mm x 2 ) thick, 20mm wide cross PVC sheet be provided as gap
insert for top rail & bottom rail. paneling of 5mm thick both side PVC
sheet to be fitted in the M.S. frame welded/ sealed to the styles &
rails with 7mm (5mm+2mm) thick x 15mm wide PVC sheet beading
on inner side, and joined together with solvent cement adhesive.
An additional 5mm thick PVC strip of 20mm width is to be stuck on
the interior side of the 'C' Channel using PVC solvent adhesive etc.
complete as per direction of Engineer-in- charge.
Manufacturer’s specification & drawing (for W.C. and bathroom door
shutter).
108
Rate
(in Rs)
9.117.2 30mm thick factory made solid both side Pre-laminated panel PVC Sqm.
door shutter consisting of frame made out of M.S. tubes of 19 gauge
thickness and size of 19mmx19mm for styles and 15x15mm for top
& bottom rails. M.S. frame shall have a coat of steel primers of
approved make and manufacture. M.S. frame covered with 5mm
thick heat moulded Pre-laminated PVC 'C' channel of size 30mm
thickness, 70mm width out of which 50mm shall be flat and 20mm
shall be tapered in 45degree angle on either side forming styles; and
5mm thick, 95mm wide PVC sheet out of which 75mm shall be flat
and 20mm shall be tapered in 45 degree on the inner side to form
top and bottom rail and 115mm wide PVC sheet out of which 75mm
shall be flat and 20mm shall be tapered on both sides to form lock
rail. Top, bottom and lock rails shall be provided either side of the 1699.00
panel. 10mm (5mmx2) thick, 20mm wide cross PVC sheet be
provided as gap insert for top rail & bottom rail. paneling of 5mm
thick both side Pre-laminated PVC sheet to be fitted in the M.S.
frame welded/ sealed to the styles & rails with 7mm (5mm+2mm)
thick x 15mm wide PVC sheet beading on inner side, and joined
together with solvent cement adhesive. An additional 5mm thick
PVC strip of 20mm width is to be stuck on the interior side of the
'C' Channel using PVC solvent adhesive etc. complete as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge. Manufacturer’s specification &
drawing (for W.C. and bathroom door shutter).
9.118 Providing and fixing of Fiber Glass Reinforced plastic (FRP) Door
Frames of three legged of cross-section 90mm x 45mm having
single rebate of 32mm x 15mm to receive shutter of 30mm
thickness .The laminate doorframe molded with fire resistant
grade unsaturated polyester resin and chopped mat .Doorframe meter 498.00
laminate shall be 2mm thick and shall be filled with suitable wooden
block in all the three legs. The frame shall be covered with fiberglass
from all sides. M.S. stay shall be provided at the bottom to steady
the frame.

9.119.1 30 mm thick Glass Fibre Reinforced Plastic (FRP) panelled door
shutter of required colour and approved brand and manufacture,
made with fire - retardant grade unsaturated polyester resin,
moulded to 3 mm thick FRP laminate for forming hollow rails
and styles, with wooden frame and suitable blocks of seasoned Sqm 2558.00
wood inside at required places for fixing of fittings, cast
monolithically with 5mm thick FRP laminate for panels and
conforming to IS: 14856 - 2000 including fixing to frames
109
Rate
(in Rs)
9.119.2 30mm thick fiberglass reinforced plastic (F.R.P.) flush door shutter
in different plain and wood finish made with fire retardant
grade unsaturated polyester resin, moulded to 3mm thick FRP
laminate all around, with suitable wooden blocks inside at
required places for fixing of fittings and polyurethane foam (PUF) / Sqm 2126.00
Polystyrene foam to be used as filler material throughout the
hollow panel, casted monolithically with testing parameters of
F.R.P. laminate conforming to table - 3 of IS: 14856 : 2000,
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
9.120 Providing and fixing factory made door frame (single rebate) made
of solid PVC foam profile with homogenous fine cellular structure
having smooth outer integral skin having 60mm width & 30mm meter 334.00
thickness and shall be fixed to wall as per instructions of engineer-
in-charge using 100x8 sheet metal CSK screws.
9.121 Providing and fixing 28 mm thick door shutter made of solid PVC
foam profile with homogenous fine cellular structure having
smooth outer integral skin having 71mm width & 28mm thick as
styles and rails. Joints are made using solvent adhesive and GI 'C'
sections (39mm x 19mm x 0.6mm thick) or M S pipe (40mm x
20mm ) stiffener frame insert & telescopic polymeric 'L' corners Sqm 3244.00
.The panel shall be filled with 3mm thick high - pressure compact
laminate as per manufacturer's specifications and direction of
Engineer-in-charge, cover moulding shall be provided for covering
fixing screws and elegant look.( for W.C. and bathroom door
shutter).
9.122 Providing and fixing PVC rigid foam sheet 1mm thick on
existing door shutters (bathroom and W.C. doors) using Sqm 632.00
synthetic rubber based adhesive.
9.123 Providing and fixing 12mm thick panelling or panelling and

glazing in panelled or panelled and glazed shutters for
doors, windows and clerestory windows (area of opening for
panel inserts excluding portion inside grooves or rebates to be
measured). Panelling for panelled or panelled and glazed shutters
25mm to 40mm thick.
9.123.1 Marine plywood of lamination / painting quality and
sqm 1111.00
conforming to IS: 710
9.123.2 Fire retardant plywood of lamination / painting quality
Sqm 1352.00
conforming to IS: 5509.
9.124 Providing & Fixing decorative high pressure laminated sheet of

plain / wood grain in gloss / matt / suede finish with high
density protective surface layer and reverse side of adhesive
bonding quality conforming to IS : 2046 Type S including cost of
adhesive of approved quality.
9.124.1 1.5 mm thick Sqm 583.00
9.124.2 1.0 mm thick Sqm 481.00
110
Rate
(in Rs)
9.125 Providing and fixing factory made Fiberglass Reinforced plastics
(F.R.P.) chajja 4mm thick of required colour, size and design
made by Resin Transfer Moulding (RTM) Machine Technology,
resulting in void free compact laminate in single piece, having
smooth gradual slope curvature for easy drainage of water and
duly reinforced by 2nos. vertically and 1nos. horizontally 50x2mm
thick M.S. flat with 12mm in built hole for grouting on the
existing wall along with the 50mm flanges duly inserted and sealed Sqm 3728.00
in the wall complete in one single piece casted monolithically,
including all necessary fittings . The FRP Chajja should be
manufactured using unsaturated Polyester resin as per IS: 6746
duly reinforced with fibre glass chopped strand mat (CSM) as per
IS: 11551 complete with protective Gel coat U/V coating on Top for
complete resistance from the extreme of temperature, weather &
sunlight.
9.126 Providing and fixing cup board shutters 25mm thick, with Pre-
laminated flat pressed three layer particle board or graded wood
particle board IS: 12823 marked exterior grade (Grade l Type ll)
having one side decorative lamination and other side balancing
lamination including IInd class teak wood lipping of 25mm wide Sqm 1292.00
x12 mm thick with necessary screws and bright finished
stainless steel piano hinges complete as per direction of the
Engineer-in-Charge
9.127 Providing and fixing cup board shutters with 25mm thick veneered
particle board IS : 3097 marked exterior grade (Grade I) of
approved make including IInd class teak wood lipping of 25mm wide
x 12 mm thick with necessary screws and bright finished
stainless steel piano hinges complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-Charge.
9.127.1 With decorative veneering on one side and commercial
Sqm 1096.00
veering on other side.
9.127.2 With non decorative veneering on both sides. Sqm 1036.00
9.128 Providing and fixing aluminum U beading of required size to

Pre- laminated /flush door shutter including fixing etc. complete as Kg. 483.00
per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
111
Rate
(in Rs)
9.129 Providing and fixing, in position concealed G.I. section for wall
paneling using board of required thickness fixed on the 'W' profile
(0.55mm thick ) having a knurled web of 51.55mm and two flanges
of 26mm each with lips of 10.55 mm placed @ 610mm C/C in
perimeter channel having one flange of 20mm and another flange
of 30mm with thickness of 0.55mm and web of length 27mm.
Perimeter channel is fixed on the floor and the ceiling with the
nylon sleeves @ 610mm C/C with fully threaded self- tapping
drywall screws. Board is fixed to the 'W' profile with 25 mm
countersunk ribbed head screws @ 200mm C/C., all complete as
per the drawing & directions of engineer-in-charge the joints of the
boards are finished with specially formulated jointing compound
and 48mm wide jointing tape to provide seamless finish.
9.129.1 Tapered edge calcium silicate board made with calcareous &
siliceous materials reinforced with cellulose fiber manufactured
through autoclaving process to give stable crystalline structure with Sqm 841.00
compressive strength 225 kg/sq.cm, Bending strength 100
kg/sq.cm. - 10mm thick.
9.129.2 Non -asbestos multipurpose cement board reinforced with

cellulose fibre manufactured through autoclaving process (high
Sqm 613.00
pressure steam cured ) as per IS 14862 with suitable fibre cement
screw. - 8 mm thick
9.129.3 Gypsum board conforming to IS: 2095 - 1996: Part - I . 12.5 mm
Sqm 644.00
thick
112
CHAPTER - 10
STEEL WORK
1 Structural steel shall be of tested, standard quality conforming to IS: 226-69 & commercial
quality shall conform to IS: 1977-69.
2 Steel work in single section are for works, like hold fasts & iron work for wooden trusses,
M.S. Square/round guard bars fixed in wooden or steel windows & ventilators frames etc.
3 Steel work riveted or bolted shall conform to IS: 1148-1968 and IS : 800-1962.
4 Welding of steel shall be electric arc welding as per IS : 816-1956 and shall be on the
lines given in IS : 800-1962.
5 Rolling shutters should conform to IS : 6248-1971.
6 Rolled steel sections for fabrication of steel glazed doors, windows & ventilators shall
conform to IS : 7452-1974.
7 Glass panes should conform to IS : 1761-1960.
8 Screws shall conform to IS : 4218 (Part I to V I) 1967.
9 Steel doors, windows & ventilators shall conform to IS : 1038-1975 and IS : 7452-1974.
10 The rates of steel doors, windows & ventilators include cost of all materials, labour, T&P,
hire & running charges of machineries & wastages etc. and also include cost of welding,
all fixtures, erecting and fixing the sections in position.
11 Rates of steel angle iron fencing include all forging, reducing to required size, shape &
figure, drilling, tapping, punching, counter sinking for screws, nailing etc. and every
description of workmanship that may be necessary to fabricate, finish, erect and fix in
positions in perfect manner.
12 Cold rolled framed profiles of pressed steel made from commercial M.S. Sheets
conforming IS-513 of 1973 and as per general specifications of IS : 4351 are to be filled
with M-15 grade of concrete and rates of items with these sections are inclusive of the
cost of concrete.
Measurement of steel work in single section fixed independently with connecting plate:-
The work as fixed in place shall be measured in running meters correct to a millimeter and
weights calculated on the basis of standard tables correct to nearest kilogram. The
standard weight of steel sections shall conform to IS 808 with tolerances in sizes as per
IS 1852.
113
Fabricated work :-
The weight of finished section door/windows of different sizes, inclusive of all fixed
/welded fittings i.e. hinges pivots, lugs, brackets striking plates etc., shall be worked out
before fixing of windows (exclusive of wieght of glass panes, glazing clips, putty etc.).
Sectional weight of steel members only shall be measured without weight of glass panes
etc. Any loose fittings such as casement stays/fastners etc. shall be enumerated and paid
for separately.
T-iron door windows and ventilator frames shall be measured in running meter, along the
centre line of the frame correct to a 1mm and weight calculated on the basis of standard
tables. No deduction or extra payment shall be made for making holes and making
arrangement for fixing fittings including packing wherever necessary. No deduction will be
made for not providing tie bars in case of windows and ventilators.
MANDATORY TESTS

1 IS 63 Whiting for paints and putty
2 IS 198 Varnish gold size
3 IS 228 Structural steel (Standard quality)
4 IS 277 Specification for galvanized steel sheets (Plain and corrugated)

Code of practice for use of structural steel in general in steel
5 IS 800
construction
Code of practice for use of steel Tubes in general building
6 IS 806
construction
Dimensions for Hot rolled steel beams, columns, channel and
7 IS 808
angle sections
8 IS 812 Glossary of terms relating to welding and cutting metals
9 IS 813 Scheme of symbols for welding

Covered electrodes for manual metal arc welding of carbon and
10 IS 814
carbon manganese steel
Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction
11 IS 816
in mild steel
12 IS 817 Code of practice for training and testing of metal arc welders
Code of practice for safety and healthy requirements in electric and
13 IS 818
gas welding and cutting operations
114
14 IS 822 Code of procedure for inspection of welds
15 IS 823 Manual for metal arc welding in mild steel
16 IS 1038 Steel doors, windows and ventilators

Code of practice for fixing and glazing of metal (Steel and aluminium)
17 IS 1081
doors, windows and ventilators
Hot rolled steel rivet bars (upto 40 mm diameters) for structural
18 IS 1148
purposes
19 IS 1161 Steel tubes for structural purposes
Recommended practice for radiographic examination of fusion
20 IS 1182
welded butt joints in steel plates
21 IS 1200- (Pt. VIII) Method of measurements of steel work and iron works
Haxagon head bolts, screws, and nuts of product grade C (Hexagon
22 IS 1363 Part I
Head bolt)
23 IS 1363 Part II Haxagon Head Bolts, screws and nuts of product Grade ‘C’
24 IS 1363 Part-III Haxagan Head Bolts, screws and Nuts of product grade ‘C’
25 IS 1367 Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners
26 IS 1599 Method for bend test
27 IS 1608 Metallic materials - Tensile Testing at Ambient Temperature.
28 IS 1821 Dimensions for clearance holes for bolts and screws
29 IS 1852 Rolling and cutting tolerance for hot rolled steel products
30 IS 1894 Method for tensile testing of steel tubes
31 IS 1977 Structural steel (ordinary quality)
32 IS 2062 Hot Rolled low, medium and high tensile structural steel
33 IS 2074 Ready mixed paint, air drying redoxide zinc chrome priming
34 IS 4351 Specification for steel door frames
35 IS 4454 (Part I) Steel wires for mechanical springs. Cold drawn unalloyed steel wire.
36 IS 4711 Methods for sampling of steel pipes, tube and fittings.
37 IS 4736 Hot - dip zinc coating on mild steel tubes
38 IS 4923 Hollow Steel Sections for Structural Use - Specification
39 IS 6248 Metal rolling shutters and rolling grills

Specification for hot rolled steel sections for doors, windows
40 IS 7452
and ventilators.
(For Detail Refer UADD Steel Work specification / CPWD specification)
115
CHAPTER - 10
STEEL WORK
Rate
(in Rs)
10.1 Structural steel work in single section fixed with or without connecting
plate including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a Kg 63.00
priming coat of approved steel primer all complete.
10.2 Structural steel work riveted, bolted or welded in built up

sections, trusses and framed work, including cutting, hoisting, fixing
Kg. 69.00
in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer all
complete:
10.3 Providing and fixing in position collapsible steel shutters (Channel

Gate) with vertical channels 20x10x2 mm and braced with flat iron
diagonals 20x5mm size with top and bottom rail of T-iron 40x40x6
mm with 40mm dia, steel pulleys complete with bolts, nuts, Sqm 4641.00
locking arrangement, stoppers, handles, including applying a
priming coat of approved steel primer. Rates includes recess cutting in
floor and making good the same where ever required.
10.4 Providing and fixing 1mm thick M.S. sheet sliding-shutters with frame
and diagonal braces of 40x40x6mm angle iron, 3mm M.S.
gusset plates at the junction and corners 25mm dia pulley,
40x40x6mm angle and T-iron guide at the top and bottom respectively Sqm 3208.00
including applying a priming coat of approved steel primer.
10.5 Providing and fixing 1mm thick M.S. sheet door with frame
of 40x40x6mm angle iron and 3mm M.S. gusset plates at the
junctions and corners, all necessary fittings complete, including
applying a priming coat of approved steel primer.
10.5.1 Using M.S. angels 40x40x6 mm for diagonal braces. Sqm 2691.00
10.5.2 Using flats 30x6mm for diagonal braces and central cross piece. Sqm 2565.00
10.6 Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved make, made of

required size M.S. laths interlocked together through their entire length
and jointed together at the end by end locks mounted on
specially designed pipe shaft with brackets, side guides and
arrangements for inside and outside locking with push and pull
operation complete including the cost of providing and fixing
necessary 27.5cm long wire springs manufactured from high tensile
steel wire of adequate strength conforming to IS : 4454 Part-I. and
M.S. top cover of required thickness for rolling shutters.
10.6.1 80x1.25mm M.S. laths with 1.25 mm thick top cover. Sqm 2049.00
10.6.2 80x1.20 mm M.S. laths with 1.20 mm thick top cover. Sqm 1986.00
10.6.3 80x0.90 mm M.S. laths with 0.90 mm thick top cover. Sqm 1865.00
10.7 Providing and fixing ball bearing for rolling shutters. Each 354.00
10.8 Extra for providing mechanical device chain and crank operation
for operating rolling shutters.
10.8.1 Exceeding 10.00 sqm and upto 16.80 sqm in the area. Sqm 774.00
116
Rate
(in Rs)
10.8.2 Exceeding 16.80 sqm in area. Sqm 809.00
10.9 Extra for providing grilled rolling shutters manufactured out of 8

mm dia. M.S. bar instead of laths as per design approved by Engineer- Sqm 493.00
in-charge.(area of grill to be measured).
10.10 Providing and fixing factory made ISI marked steel glazed doors,
windows and ventilators side /top /centre hung with beading and all
members such as F7D, F4B, K11 B and K12 B etc. complete of
standard rolled steel sections, joints mitred and flash butt welded and
sash bars tenoned and riveted, including providing and fixing of
hinges, pivots, including priming coat of approved steel primer, but
excluding the cost of other fittings, complete all as per approved
design (sectional weight of only steel members shall be measured for
payment).
10.10.1 Fixing with 15x3 mm lugs 10 cm. long embedded in cement concrete
block 15x10x10 cm of Cement Concrete 1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3 sand : 6 Kg. 237.00
graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size).
10.10.2 Fixing with carbon steel galvanised dash fastener of required dia and
Kg. 79.00
size (to be paid for separately).
10.10.3 Extra for providing and fixing steel beading of approved shape
and section with screw instead of glazing clips and metal sash putty in meter 34.00
steel doors, windows, ventilators and composite units.
10.11 Providing and fixing L-iron or T-iron frames for doors, windows and
ventilators of mild steel L-section or Tee-sections, joints mitred and
welded, including fixing of necessary butt hinges and screws and
applying a priming coat of approved steel primer. Fixing with 15x3 mm Kg. 79.00
lugs 10 cm. long embedded in cement concrete block 15x10x10 cm of
Cement Concrete 1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3 sand : 6 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size).
10.12 Providing and fixing pressed steel door frames confirming to

IS: 4351manufactured from commercial mild steel sheet of 1.25
mm thickness including hinges jamb, lock jamb, bead and if required
angle threshold of mild steel angle of section 50x25mm, or base
ties of 1.25mm pressed mild steel welded or rigidly fixed
together by mechanical means, adjustable lugs with split end tail
to each jamb including steel butt hinges 2.5mm thick with mortar
guards, lock strike- plate and shock absorbers as specified and
applying a coat of approved steel primer after pre-treatment of the
surface as directed by Engineer-in-charge:
10.12.1 Single rebate 80x50mm Rmt 296.00

10.12.2 Single rebate 100x50mm Rmt 309.00
10.12.3 Double rebate 115x50mm Rmt 327.00
10.13 Providing and fixing pressed steel door confirming to IS: 4351
manufactured from commercial mild steel sheet of 3.15mm
thickness and applying a coat of approved steel primer after pre- Sqm 1948.00
treatment of the surface as directed by Engineer-in-charge:
117
Rate
(in Rs)
10.14 Providing and fixing M.S. Tubular frames for doors,

windows, ventilators and cupboard with any section made of
1.60mm or 1.25mm thick M.S. Sheet, joints mitred and welded
and grinded finish with profiles required size with 15x3mm lugs
10cm long embedded in cement concrete M-10 (Nominal Mix with
20mm maximum size of stone aggregate) blocks 15x10x10cm or with Kg. 104.00
wooden plugs and screws or rawl plugs and screws or with fixing clips
or with bolts and nuts as required including fixing of necessary butt
hinges and screws and applying a priming coat of approved steel
primers.
10.14.1 Steel work welded in built up sections/ framed work including cutting,
hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved
steel primer using structural steel etc. as required.
10.14.1.1 In stringers, treads, landings etc. of stair cases including use of
Kg. 84.00
chequered plate wherever required, all complete.
10.14.1.2 In gratings, frames, guard bar, ladder, railings, brackets, gates
Kg. 92.00
and similar works.
10.15 Steel work in built up M.S. tubular section (round, square or

rectangular Hollow tube etc.) trusses/frame work etc./ railing work etc.
including cutting, hoisting fixing in position and applying a priming coat
of approved steel primer, welded and bolted including special shaped
washers etc. complete.
10.15.1 Hot finished welded type tubes. Kg. 99.00
10.15.2 Hot finished seamless type tubes. Kg. 110.00
10.15.3 Electric resistance or induction butt welded tubes. Kg. 93.00
10.16 Providing and fixing circular/ Hexagonal cast iron or M.S. sheet box for
ceiling fan clamp of internal dia 140mm, 73mm height, top lid of
1.5mm thick M.S. sheet with its top surface hacked for proper
bonding, top lid shall be screwed into the cast iron/ M.S. sheet box by Each 120.00
means of 3.3mm dia. round headed screws, one lock at the
corners. Clamp shall be made of 12mm dia M.S. bar bent to shape
as per standard drawing.
10.17 Providing and fixing M.S. round holding down bolts with nuts
Kg. 60.00
and washer plates complete.
10.18 Providing and fixing bolts including nuts and washers complete. Kg. 74.00
10.19 Providing and fixing M.S. rivets of sizes in position. Kg. 113.00
10.20 Welding by gas or electric plant including transportation of plant at site

Cm 3.00
etc. complete.
118
Rate
(in Rs)
10.21 R.C.C. Standards post/ struts/rails/ poles of mix 1:1.5:3 (1 cement :
1.5 sand : 3 graded stone aggregate 12.5 mm nominal size) with
wooden plugs or 6mm bar nibs wherever required as per direction of Cum 16667.00
Engineer-in-charge including fixing (cost of earth works in excavation,
concrete works in foundation to be paid separately).
10.21.1 Providing and fixing Welded steel wire fabric of required width
heaving rectangular mesh painted with two or more coats of enamel
Kg 56.00
paint of approved shade over a coat of primer (Painting to be paid for
separately).
10.22 Fencing with R.C.C. post placed at required distance, embedded in

cement concrete blocks, every 15th post, last but one end post and
corner post shall be strutted on both sides and end post one side only,
provided with horizontal lines and two diagonals of barbed wire
weighing 9.38 kg per 100 metres (minimun) between the two posts
fitted and fixed with G.I. staples on wooden plugs or G.I. binding wire
tied to 6 mm bar nibs fixed while casting the post (cost of R.C.C.
posts, struts, earth work and concrete to be paid for separately) :-
Payment to be made per metre cost of total length of barbed wire
used.
10.22.1 With G.I. barbed wire Meter 10.00
10.23 Providing and fixing Angle iron post & strut of required size including
bottom to be split and bent at right angle in opposite direction for 10 Kg. 65.00
cm length and drilling holes upto 10 mm dia. etc. complete.
10.24 Providing and fixing concertina coil fencing with punched tape
concertina coil 600 mm dia 10 metre openable length ( total length 90
m), having 50 nos rounds per 6 metre length, upto 3 m height of wall
with existing angle iron 'Y' shaped placed 2.4 m or 3.00m apart and
with 9 horizontal R.B.T. reinforced arbed wire, stud tied with G.I.
staples and G.I. clips to retain horizontal, including necessary bolts or
Meter 156.00
G.I. barbed wire tied to angle iron, all complete as per direction of
Engineer-incharge, with reinforced barbed tape(R.B.T.) / Spring core
(2.5 mm thick) wire of high tensile strength of 165 kg/ sq mm with tape
(0.52 mm thick) and weight 43.478 gm/ metre (cost of M.S. angle,
C.C. blocks shall be paid separately).
10.25 Providing and fixing G.I. chain link fabric fencing of required width and
mesh size including strengthening with 2mm dia wire or nuts, bolts
and washers as required complete with posts of specified material
and of standard design placed and embedded in cement concrete
blocks 45x45x60cm of mix 1:5:10 (1cement :5 sand :10 graded stone
aggregate 40mm nominal size) every 15th post, last but one end post
and corner post shall be strutted on both sides and end post on one
side only and struts embedded in cement concrete blocks
70x45x50cm of the same mix, as per the direction of Engineer- in-
charge. (Cost of post, painting, earthwork and CC to be paid
separately)
10.25.1 Made of G.I. wire. Sqm 485.00
119
Rate
(in Rs)
10.25.2 Made of G.I. wire, PVC coated to achieve outer dia. not less than
Kg. 537.00
5mm in required colour and shade.
10.26 Providing and fixing stainless steel ( Grade 304) railing made of
Hollow tubes, channels, plates etc. including welding, grinding,
buffing, polishing and making curvature (wherever required) and
fitting the same with necessary stainless steel nuts and bolts
complete i/c fixing the railing with necessary accessories and stainless
steel dash fasteners , stainless steel bolts etc., of required size, on Kg 407.00
the top of the floor or the side of waist slab with suitable
arrangement as per approval of Engineer-in-charge. ( for
payment purpose only weight of stainless steel members shall be
considered excluding fixing accessories such as nuts, bolts, fasteners
etc.)
10.27 Providing and fixing fly proof wire gauze to windows, clerestory
windows and doors with M.S. Flat 15x3mm and nuts and bolts
complete.
10.27.1 Galvanised M.S. Wire gauze with 0.63mm dia wire and 1.4 mm
Sqm 452.00
aperture on both sides
10.27.2 Stainless steel (grade 304) wire gauze of 0.5 mm dia wire and 1.4
Sqm 687.00
mm aperture on both sides.
120
CHAPTER- 11
FLOORING
Notes:
Applicable IS Code
IS 1124 Method of test for determination of water absortion, apparent specific gravity and porosity
of natural building stones
IS 1130 Specification for marble (blocks, slabs and tiles)
IS1200-(Part XI) Method of measurement of Building and Civil Engineering work (Part 11) paving,
floor finishes, dado and skirting
IS 1237-Edition 2.3 Specification for cement concrete flooring tiles
IS 2114 Code of practice for laying in-situ terrazzo floor finish
IS 13630 (Part-1 to 15) Methods of Testing of ceramic tiles
IS 15622 Specification for pressed ceramic tile
1 Marble chips / terrazo floors, skirting and dados shall conform to IS : 2114-1962.
2 Marble powder used in mosaic/terrazo topping shall pass through IS : sieve No.30.
3 Pigments used in terrazo/marble chips shall be of permanent colour.
4 For the situ marble chips/terrazo flooring the first grinding shall be done with carborandom stones of
60 grit size, the second grinding with 80 grit size and the third grinding with 120 to 150 grit size and
the fourth grinding with 320 to 400 grit size.
5 For the slab or tiles flooring, the joints in the tiles or slab shall be of 1.50mm thickness. The joints
shall be filled with the cement grout of the same shade as the colour of slab or tile. The terrazo tiles
shall conform to IS : 1237-1959.
6 The slab or tiled flooring shall be grinded with carborandom stone. The first grinding shall be with
carborandom stones of 48 to 60 grit size and the second grinding with 120 grit and final grinding
with 220 to 350 grit. In case of plain/coloured terrazo tiles, initial grinding with carborandom stones
of 48 to 60 grit is not necessary.
7 In case of composite flooring with two or more types of stones and where single type of stone used
is 90% or more in area, the entire area is to be paid at the rate of flooring with that type of stone
and in case, where the area of single type of stone is less than 90%, the flooring done shall be
measured separately and paid at the rate of flooring for each type of stone separately.
8 MARBLE STONE: Marble shall be hard, sound, dense and homogeneous in texture with crystalline
texture. It shall be uniform in colour and free from stains, cracks, decays and weathering.
(i) Makarana second quality White marble having lighter shades/spots.

(ii) Raj nagar plain White marble with blue or grey shades.
(iii) Agaria White katani White marble with irregular blue and black spots.
121
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MARBLE BLOCKS, SLABS AND TILES
S.No Characteristics Requirements Method of Test

1 Moisture absorption after Max. 0.40% by IS : 1124-1974
24hours weight
immersion in cold water.
2 Hardness Min. - 3 Mhos scale
3 Specific gravity Min. - 2.50 IS : 1122-1974.
9 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING

9.1 Base Concrete
Flooring shall be laid on base concrete where so provided. The base concrete shall be provided
with the slopes required for the flooring. Flooring in verandah, Courtyard, kitchens & baths shall
have slope ranging from 1 : 48 to 1 : 60 depending upon location and as decided by the Engineer-in-
Charge. Floors in water closet portion shall have slope of 1:30 or as decided by the Engineer-in-
Charge to drain off washing water. Further, necessary drop in flooring in bath, WC, kitchen near
floor traps ranging from 6 mm to 10 mm will also be provided to avoid spread of water. Necessary
margin to accommodate this drop shall be made in base concrete. Plinth masonry off set shall be
depressed so as to allow the base concrete to rest on it.
The flooring shall be commenced preferably within 48 hours of the laying of base concrete. The
surface of the base shall be roughened with steel wire brushes without disturbing the concrete.
Immediately before laying the flooring, the base shall be wetted and a coat of cement slurry @ 2 kg
of cement spread over an area of one sqm so as to get a good bond between the base and
concrete floor.
If the cement concrete flooring is to be laid directly on the RCC slab, the top surface of RCC slab
shall be cleaned and the laitance shall be removed and a coat of cement slurry @ 2 kg of cement
spread over an area of one sqm so as to get a good bond between the base and concrete floor.
9.2 Thickness
The thickness of floor shall be as specified in the description of the item.
9.3 Laying
Panels : Flooring of specified thickness shall be laid in the pattern including the border as given in
the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The border panels shall not exceed 450 mm
in width and the joints in the border shall be in line with panel joints. The panels shall be of uniform
size and no dimension of a pane! shall exceed 2 m and the area of a panel shall not be more than 2
sqm. The joints of borders at corners shall be mitred for provision of strips.
9.4 Curing
Curing shall be commenced on the next day of plastering when the plaster has hardened
sufficiently and shall be continued for a minimum period of 7 days.
122
9.5 Measurement
Length and breadth shall be measured before laying skirting, dado or wall plaster. No deduction
shall be made nor extra paid for voids not exceeding 0.20 sqm. Deductions for ends of dissimilar
materials or other articles embedded shall not be made for areas not exceeding 0.10 sqm.
The flooring done either with strips (in one operation) or without strips (in alternate panels) shall be
treated as same and measured together
9.6 Rates
The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described
above including application of cement slurry on RCC slab or on base concrete including roughening
and cleaning the surface but excluding the cost of strips which shall be paid separately under
relevant item.
10 TERRAZO TILES FLOORING

Terrazo tiles shall generally conform to IS 1237-Edition 2.3. Unless otherwise specified, the tiles
shall be supplied with initial grinding and grouting of wearing layer
The size of tiles shall be as given in Table Below or as shown in the drawings or as required by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Half tiles for use with the full tiles shall be such as to make two half tiles when
joined together, match with the dimensions of one full tile.
10.1 Laying of Terrazo tile :-

(i) Base concrete or RCC slab on which the tiles are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and mopped.
The bedding for the tiles shall be with cement mortar of specified proportion and in conformity with
provisions in relevant para of chapter on 'Mortar'.
(ii) Cement mortar 1:4 (1 Cement : 4 coarse sand) bedding shall be used. Average thickness of the
bedding mortar shall be 20 mm and the thickness at any place shall not be less than 10 mm.
(iii) Cement mortar bedding shall be spread, tamped and corrected to proper levels and allowed to
harden for a day before the tiles are set. If cement mortar is laid in bedding the terrazo tiles, these
shall be set immediately after laying the mortar. Over this bedding neat grey cement slurry of honey
like consistency shall be spread at the rate of 4.4 kg of cement per square meter over such an area
as would accommodate about twenty tiles. Tiles shall be washed clean and shall be fixed in this
grout one after another, each tile being gently tapped with a wooden mallet till it is properly bedded,
and in level with the adjoining tiles. The joints shall be kept as thin as possible not exceeding 1 mm
and in straight lines or to suit the required pattern. The joints shall be properly cleaned before filling
with cement grout of matching colour.
123
10.2 Curing, Polishing and Finishing
The floor shall then be kept wet for a minimum period of 7 days. The surface shall thereafter be
grounded evenly with machine fitted with coarse grade grit block (No. 60). Water shall be used
profusely during grinding. After grinding the surface shall be thoroughly washed to remove all
grinding mud, cleaned and mopped. It shall then be covered with a thin coat of grey or white
cement, mixed with or without pigment to match the colour of the topping of the wearing surface in
order to fill any pin hole that appear. The surface shall be again cured. The second grinding shall
then be carried out with machine fitted with fine grade grit block (No. 120).
10.3 Measurements
(i) Terrazo tiles flooring with tiles manufactured from ordinary grey cement without pigment and
coloured terrazo tile flooring shall be measured in length and breadth correct to a cm before laying
separately. Terrazo tile flooring shall be measured as laid in square meter correct to two plains of
decimal. For length and breadth dimensions correct to a cm before laying skirting, dado or wall
plaster shall be taken. No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for voids not exceeding 0.20 sqm.
Deductions for ends of dissimilar materials or other articles embedded shall not be made for areas
not exceeding 0.10 square meter. Nothing extra shall be paid for use of cut tiles nor for laying the
floor at different levels in the same room or courtyard.
(ii) Terrazo tile flooring laid in floor borders and similar band shall be measured under the item of
terrazo tile flooring. Nothing extra shall be paid in respect of these and similar bands formed of half
size or multiplies of half size standard tiles or other uncut tiles.
(iii) Treads of stairs and steps paved with tiles without nosing, shall also be measured under flooring-
Moulded nosing shall be paid in running meter except where otherwise stated, returned moulded
ends and angles to mouldings shall be included in the description. Extra shall, however, be paid for
such areas where the width of treads does not exceed 30 cm.
10.4 Rate:-
above. Where cement mortar bedding is used in place of lime mortar the rate will be adjusted
accordingly.
11 CHEQUERED TILE FLOORING

(i) The tiles shall be of nominal sizes such as 20 x 20 cm, 25 x 25 cm and 30 x 30 cm or of standard
sizes with equal sides. The size of tiles to be used shall be as shown in approved drawings or as
required by the Engineer-in-Charge. The centre to centre distance of chequers shall not be less
than 2.5 cm and not more than 5 cm.
(ii) The overall thickness of the tiles shall not be less than 30 mm. The grooves in the chequers shall
be uniform and straight. The depth of the grooves shall not be less than 3 mm. The chequered tiles
shall be cement tiles, or terrazo tiles as specified in the description of the item. The thickness of the
upper layer, measured from the top of the chequers shall not be less than 6 mm.
The terrazo tiles shall be given the first grinding with machine before delivery to site.
(iii) Laying, curing, Polishing and Finishing shall be same as TERRAZO TILES FLOORING except that
the polishing of the tiles and the chequer grooves, after laying, may be done by hand. Special care
shall be taken to polish the grooves in such a manner as to get a uniform section and that their
finish shall match with the finish of flat portion of the tiles. Cement concrete tiles normally do not
require polishing but where polishing is required the same shall be done as described above.
124
11.1 Measurements
Chequred tiles on stair treads shall be measured in square meter correct to two places of decimal.
Length shall be measured correct to a cm before laying skirting, dado or wall plaster. Width shall be
measured correct to a cm from the outer edge of the nosing, as (aid, before providing the riser. In
the case of the edge tiles of the landing and wide steps, width shall be measured upto the near
edge of the chequered stair tread tiles. Deductions for ends of dissimilar materials or other articles
embedded shall not be made for areas not exceeding 0.10 square meter.
11.2 Rates: -
above.
Nothing extra shall be payable for cutting the tiles to suit the size of treads and also for nosing.
12 PRESSED CERAMIC TILE FLOORING

The tiles shall be of approved make and shall generally conform to IS 15622. They shall be flat, and
true to shape and free from blisters crazing, chips, welts, crawling or other imperfections detracting
from their appearance. The tiles shall be tested as per IS 13630.
Classification and Characteristics of pressed ceramic tiles shall be as per IS 13712.
The tiles shall be square or rectangular of nominal size. Table 1,3,5, and 7 of IS 15622 give the
modular preferred sizes and table 2,4,6 and 8 give the most common non modular sizes. Thickness
shall be specified by the manufacturer. It includes the profiles on the visible face and on the rear
side. Allowable nominal joint width upto 2mm for unrectified floor tiles and upto 1mm for rectified
floor tiles. The joint in case of spacer lug tile shall be as per spacer. The tiles shall conform to table
10 of IS 15622 with water absorption 3 to 6%.
The top surface of the tiles shall be glazed. Glaze shall be either glossy or matt as specified. The
underside of the tiles shall not have glaze on more than 5% of the area in order that the tile may
adhere properly to the base. The edges of the tiles shall be preferably free from glaze. However,
any glaze if unavoidable, shall be permissible on only upto 50 % of the surface area of the edges.
12.1 Coloured Tiles

Only the glaze shall be coloured as specified. The sizes and specifications shall be the same as for
the white glazed tiles.
12.2 Decorative Tiles

The type and size of the decorative tiles shall be as follows: -
(i) Decorated white back ground tiles
The size of these tiles shall be as per IS 15622.
(ii) Decorated and having coloured back-ground
The sizes of the tiles shall be as per IS 15622.
12.3 Preparation of Surface and Laying

(i) Base concrete or the RCC slab on which the tiles are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and
mopped. The bedding for the tile shall be with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) or as
specified. The average thickness of the bedding shall be 20 mm or as specified while the thickness
under any portion of the tiles shall not be less than 10 mm.
(ii) Mortar shall be spread, tamped and corrected to proper levels and allowed to harden sufficiently to
offer a fairly rigid cushion for the tiles to be set and to enable the mason to place wooden plank
across and squat on it.
125
(iii) Over this mortar bedding neat grey cement slurry of honey like consistency shall be spread at
the rate of 3.3 kg of cement per square meter over an area upto one square meter. Tiles shall be
soaked in water washed clean and shall be fixed in this grout one after another, each tile gently
being tapped with a wooden mallet till it is properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles. The
joints shall be kept as thin as possible and in straight lines or to suit the required pattern.
(iv) The surface of the flooring during laying shall be frequently checked with a straight edge about 2 m
long, so as to obtain a true surface with the required slope. In bath, toilet W.C. kitchen and
balcony/verandah flooring, suitable tile drop or as shown in drawing will be given in addition to
required slope to avoid spread of water. Further tile drop will also be provided near floor trap.
(v) Where full size tiles cannot be fixed these shall be cut (sawn) to the required size, and their edge
rubbed smooth to ensure straight and true joints.
Tiles which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall enter not less than 10 mm under the
plaster, skirting or dado.
(vi) After tiles have been laid surplus cement slurry shall be cleaned off.
12.4 Pointing and Finishing

The joints shall be cleaned off the grey cement slurry with wire/coir brush or trowel to a depth of 2
mm to 3 mm and all dust and loose mortar removed. Joints shall then be flush pointed with white
cement added with pigment if required to match the colour of tiles. Where spacer lug tiles are
provided, the half the depth of Joint shall be filled with polysulphide or as specified on top with
under filling with cement grout without the lugs remaining exposed. The floor shall then be kept wet
for 7 days. After curing, the surface shall be washed and finished clean. The finished floor shall not
sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.
12.5 Measurements
Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm before laying skirting, dado or wall plaster
and the area calculated in square meter correct to two places of decimal. Where coves are used at
the junctions, the length and breadth shall be measured between the lower edges of the coves.
No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for voids not exceeding 0.20 square meter. Deductions
for ends of dissimilar materials or other articles embedded shall not be made for areas not
exceeding 0.10 square meter.
Areas, where glazed tiles or different types of decorative tiles are used will be measured separately.
12.6 Rates
The rate for flooring shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations
described above, For tiles of sizes upto 0.16 sqm, unless otherwise specified in the description of
the item. Nothing extra shall be paid for the use of cut (sawn) tiles in the work.
Extra over and above the normal rate for white tiles shall be paid where coloured or any other type
of decorative tiles have been used.
13 MARBLE STONE FLOORING

13.1 Marble Stone
It shall be as specified in para number 8.
126
13.2 Dressing of Slabs
Every stone shall be cut to the required size and shape, fine chisel dressed on all sides to the full
depth so that a straight edge laid along the side of the stone shall be fully in contact with it. The top
surface shall also be fine chisel dressed to remove all waviness. In case machine cut slabs are
used, fine chiesel dressing of machine cut surface need not be done provided a straight edge laid
any where along the machine cut surfaces is in contact with every point on it. The sides and top
surface of slabs shall be machine rubbed or table rubbed with coarse sand before paving. All
angles and edges of the marble slabs shall be true, square and free from chippings and the surface
shall be true and plane.
The thickness of the slabs shall be 18, 30 or 40 mm as specified in the description of the item.
Tolerance of + 3% shall be allowed for the thickness. In respect of length and breadth of slabs a
tolerance of ± 2% shall be allowed.
13.3 Laying of Mable stone

(i) Base concrete or the RCC slab on which the slabs are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and,
mopped. The bedding for the slabs shall be with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) or
as given in the description of the item.
(ii) The average thickness of the bedding mortar under the slab shall be 20 mm and the thickness at
any place under the slab shall be not less than 12 mm.
(iii) The slabs shall be laid in the following manner:

Mortar of the specified mix shall be spread under the area of each slab, roughly to the average
thickness specified in the item. The slab shall be washed clean before laying, it shall be laid on top,
pressed, tapped with wooden mallet and brought to level with the adjoining slabs. It shall be lifted
and laid aside. The top surface of the mortar shall then be corrected by adding fresh mortar at
hollows. The mortar is allowed to harden a bit and cement slurry of honey like consistency shall be
spread over the same at the rate of 4.4 kg of cement per sqm. The edges of the slab already paved
shall be buttered with grey or white cement with or without admixture of pigment to match the shade
of the marble slabs as given in the description of the item.
(iv) The slab to be paved shall then be lowered gently back in position and tapped with wooden mallet
till rt is properly bedded in level with and close to the adjoining slabs with as fine a joint as possible.
Subsequent slabs shall be laid in the same manner. After each slab has been laid, surplus cement
on the surface of the slabs shall be cleaned off- The flooring shall be cured for a minimum period of
seven days. The surface of the flooring as laid shall be true to levels, and, slopes as instructed by
the Engineer-in-Charge. Joint thickness shall not be more than 1 mm.
(v) Due care shall be taken to match the grains of slabs which shall be selected Judiciously having
uniform pattern of Veins/streaks or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.The slabs shall be
matched as shown in drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
(vi) Slabs which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall enter not less than 12 mm under the
plaster skirting or dado. The junction between waif plaster and floor shall be finished neatly and
without waviness.
14 RED OR WHITE FINE DRESSED SAND STONE FLOORING
127
14.1 Red/White/Coloured Sand stone : The slabs of white, red and stones of other colours found at
Shivpuri, Mandana, Jaisalmer, Dholpur, Basoda, Raisen and at other places to be used in flooring
work shall be hard, durable and tough, free from cracks, decays and weathering. In case of red
sand stones and other coloured sand stones, white patches or streaks and in case of white sand
stones, coloured patches or streaks shall not be allowed. How ever, scattered spots upto 10mm
diameter shall be permitted.
14.2 Dressing of Slabs

Every slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and chisel dressed on all sides to a minimum
depth of 20 mm. The top and the Joints shall be fine tooled so that straight edge laid along the face
is fully in contact with it. In case machine cut stones are used, chisel dressing and fine tooling of
machine cut surface need not be done provided a straight edge laid anywhere along the machine
cut surface is in contact with every point on it.
The thickness of the slabs after dressing shall be 40 mm or as specified in the description of item
with a permissible tolerance of ± 2 mm.
14.3 Laying
(i) Base concrete on which the slabs are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and mopped. The bedding
for the slabs shall be with cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) or as given in the
description of the item.
(ii) The average thickness of the bedding mortar under the slabs shall be 20 mm and the thickness at
any place under the slabs shall not be less than 12 mm.
(iii) The slab shall be laid in the following manner:
Mortar of specified mix shall be spreaded under each slab. The slab shall be washed clean before
laying. It shall then be laid on top, pressed and larried, so that all hollows underneath get filled and
surplus mortar works up through the joints. The top shall be tapped with a wooden mallet and
brought to level and close to the adjoining slabs, with thickness of joint not exceeding 5 mm.
Subsequent slabs shall be laid in the same manner. After laying each slab surplus mortar on the
surface of slabs shall be cleaned off and joints finished flush.
(iv) In case pointing with other mortar mix is specified, the joint shall be left raked out uniformly and to a
depth of not less than 12 mm when the mortar is still green. The pointing shall be cured for a
minimum period of 7 days. The surface of the flooring as laid shall be true to levels and slopes as
instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
15 RED OR WHITE FINE DRESSED AND RUBBED SAND STONE FLOORING

Stone Slabs shall be as specified in 14.1.
15.1 Dressing
The specifications for dressing the top surface and the sides shall be as described in para 14.2. In
addition the dressed top and sides shall be table rubbed with coarse grade carborundum stone
before paving, to obtain a perfectly true and smooth surface free from chisel marks.
The thickness of the slabs after dressing shall be as specified with a permissible tolerance of ± 2
mm.
15.2 Laying
The slabs shall be laid with 3 mm thick or 5 mm thick joints as specified in the description of the
item.
Where the joints are to be limited to 3 mm thickness, the slabs shall be laid as method specified in
Marble flooring except that the bedding mortar shall be as specified in para 10.3 and sides of the
slabs to be jointed shall be buttered with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement ; 2 stone dust) admixed with
pigment to match the shade of the slab.
Where the slabs are to be laid with 5 mm thick joints, the specifications for laying shall be as
described in para 14.3.
128
16 Kota stone flooring
Kota stone slabs/tiles shall be of selected quality, hard, sound, dense and homogeneous in texture,
free from cracks, decay, weathering and flaws. They shall be hand or machine cut in requisite
thickness. They shall be of the colour indicated in the approved drawings or as instructed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
The slabs shall have the top (exposed) face polished before being brought to site, unless otherwise
specified. The slabs shall conform to the size required. Before starting the work the contractor shall
get the samples of slabs approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
16.1 Dressing
Every slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and fine chisel dressed on the sides to the
full depth so that a straight edge laid along the side of the stone shall be in full contact with it. The
sides (edges) shall be table rubbed with coarse sand or machine rubbed before paving. All angles
and edges of the slabs shall be true, square and free from chippings and the surface shall be true
and plane.
The thickness of the slab after it is dressed shall be 20, 25, 30 or 40 mm as specified in the
description of the item. Tolerance of ±2 mm shall be allowed for the thickness. In respect of length
and breadth of slabs Tolerance of ± 5 mm for hand cut slabs and ± 2 mm for machine cut stabs
shall be allowed.
16.2 Preparation of Surface and Laying

The specification shall be same as marble laying except that the edges of the slabs to be jointed
shall be buttered with grey cement, with admixture of pigment to match the shade of the slab. The
thickness of the joints should be minimum as possible. In any location, it shall not exceed 1 mm.
16.3 Polishing and Finishing

The specifications shall be same as marble polishing and finishing except that
(a) first polishing with coarse grade carborundum stone shall not be done,
(b) cement slurry with or without pigment shall not be applied on the surface before polishing.
16.4 Measurement & Rates: -

Same as specified in marble flooring.
17 Tiles shall be used of premier class.
18 Engineer in charge shall inspect the cement concrete interlocking paver block in factory and
approved the interlocking paver block before supply.
(For Detail Refer UADD Flooring specification / CPWD specification )
129
CHAPTER - 11
FLOORING
Rate
(in Rs)
11.1 Brick on edge (Depth) flooring with bricks of class designation 40
including cement slurry etc. complete in cement mortar with chimney brick
class designation 40.
11.1.1 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) Sqm 677.00
11.1.2 1:6 (1cement : 6 coarse sand) Sqm 641.00
11.1.3 Deduct from Item no.11.1.1 & 11.1.2 if open Bhatta bricks are used. Sqm 66.00
11.2 Dry brick on edge flooring in required pattern with bricks of class
designation 40 on a bed of 12 mm mud mortar including filling joints with Sqm 548.00
Sand (with M.S. bricks) complete.
11.3 Cement concrete flooring M-15 (nominal mix) finished with a floating coat
of neat cement including cement slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing of
steps etc. complete.
11.3.1 40mm thick with 20mm maximum size of stone aggregate. Sqm 285.00
11.4 52 mm thick cement concrete flooring with concrete hardener topping

under layer 40 mm thick cement concrete grade M-15 (Nominal Mix with
20mm maximum size of stone aggregate) and top layer 12 mm thick
cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement hardener mix : 2
graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) by volume .hardening Sqm 429.00
compound is mixed @ 2 litre per 50 kg of cement or as per manufacturers
specifications. This includes cost of cement slurry, but excluding the
cost of nosing of steps etc. complete.
11.5 62 mm thick cement concrete flooring with concrete hardener topping

under layer 50 mm thick cement concrete grade M-15 (Nominal Mix with
20mm maximum size of stone aggregate) and top layer 12mm thick
cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement hardener mix : 2
Sqm 474.00
graded stone aggregate 6mm nominal size) by volume. Hardening
compound is mixed @ 2 litre per 50kg of cement or as per manufactures
specifications. This includes cost of cement slurry, but excluding the
cost of nosing of steps etc. complete.
11.6 Cement plaster skirting 18mm thick (up to 30 cm height) with cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat Sqm 273.00
cement.
11.7 Extra for making chequers of approved pattern on cement concrete

floors, steps, landing, pavements etc. Sqm 20.00
130
Rate
(in Rs)
11.8 40 mm thick marble chips flooring rubbed and polished to granolithic
finish, under layer 34 mm thick cement concrete grade M-15 (Nominal
Mix with 12.5mm maximum size of stone aggregate) and top layer 6mm
thick with white, black, chocolate, grey, yellow or green marble chips
of sizes from 1mm to 4mm nominal size laid in cement marble powder
mix 3:1 (3 cement : 1 marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7
(4 cement marble powder mix : 7 marble chips) by volume including
cement slurry etc. complete :
11.8.1 Dark shade pigment with ordinary cement. Sqm 459.00
11.8.2 Light shade pigment with white cement. Sqm 488.00
11.8.3 Medium shade pigment with 50% white cement and 50% ordinary cement. Sqm 469.00
11.8.4 White cement without any pigment. Sqm 470.00
11.8.5 Light shade pigment with ordinary cement. Sqm 457.00
11.8.6 Ordinary cement without any pigment. Sqm 437.00
11.9 40 mm thick marble chips flooring, rubbed and polished to granolithic

finish, under layer 31mm thick cement concrete grade M-15 (Nominal
Mix with 12.5mm maximum size of stone aggregate) and top layer 9mm
thick with white, black, chocolate, grey, yellow or green marble chips
of sizes from 4mm to 7mm nominal size laid in cement marble powder
mix 3:1 (3 cement : 1 marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7
(4 cement marble powder : 7 marble chips) by volume including cement
slurry etc. complete.
11.9.1 Dark shade pigment with Ordinary cement. Sqm 487.00
11.10 40 mm thick marble chips flooring, rubbed and polished to granolithic

finish, under layer 28 mm thick cement concrete M-15 (Nominal Mix with
12.5mm maximum size of stone aggregate) and top layer 12mm thick
with white, black, chocolate, grey yellow or green marble chips of
sizes from 7mm to 10mm nominal size laid in cement marble powder mix
3:1 (3 cement : 1 marble powder) by weight in proportion of 2:3 (2
cement marble powder mix : 3 marble chips) by volume including
cement slurry etc. complete :

131
Rate
(in Rs)
11.11 Marble chips skirting (up to 30 cm height) 18 mm thick with under
layer 12 mm thick in cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) :
rubbed and polished to granolithic finish, top layer 6 mm thick with
white, black, chocolate, grey, yellow or green marble chips of sizes
from smallest to 4 mm nominal size laid in cement marble powder mix
3:1 (3 cement : 1 marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7 (4 cement
marble powder mix : 7 marble chips) by volume :
11.12 Providing and fixing glass strips 40 mm wide and 4 mm thick in joints of
terrazo/cement concrete floors. meter 33.00
11.13 Extra for laying terrazo flooring on staircase treads not exceeding 30 cm
in width including cost of forming, nosing etc. Sqm 27.00
11.14 18 mm thick crazy marble stone white, black or as specified marble stone
flooring including filling the gaps with light shade pigment with white
cement marble powder mixture (3 parts of white cement : 1 part of
marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7 (4 cement marble powder
mix : 7 white, black or white and black marble chips of sizes from 1mm to Sqm 666.00
4mm nominal size by volume) and under layer 25mm thick cement
concrete M-15 (Nominal Mix with 12.5mm maximum size of stone
aggregate) rubbing, polishing and cement slurry etc. complete.
11.15 Precast terrazo tiles 18-20mm thick with graded marble chips of size upto
12mm laid in floors, and landings, jointed with neat cement slurry mixed
with pigment to match the shade of the tiles including rubbing and
polishing complete with precast tiles on 20mm thick bed of cement
mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand)
11.15.1 Light shade using white cement. Sqm 797.00
11.15.2 Medium shade using 50%white cement and 50% ordinary cement. Sqm 776.00
11.15.3 Dark shade using ordinary cement. Sqm 766.00
11.16 Extra if terrazo tiles are laid in treads of steps not exceeding 30 cm in
Sqm 30.00
width.
11.17 Precast terrazo tiles 18-20mm thick with graded marble chips of sizes
upto 12 mm in skirting and risers of steps not exceeding 30 cm in height
on 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) jointed with
neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the tiles,
including rubbing and polishing complete with tiles of :

11.17.2 Medium shade using 50%white cement and 50% ordinary cement. Sqm 952.00
132
Rate
(in Rs)
11.18 Chequered terrazo tiles 18-20mm thick with graded marble chips of size
up to 6 mm in floors jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to
match the shade of the tiles including rubbing and polishing complete on
20 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand) :

11.18.2 Medium shade using 50%white cement and 50% Grey cement. Sqm 790.00
11.19 Chequerred precast cement concrete tiles 18-20mm thick in footpath &
courtyard jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the
shade of tiles including rubbing and cleaning etc. complete on 20 mm
thick bed of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand).

11.19.2 Medium shade using 50%white cement and 50% Grey cement. Sqm 706.00
11.20 Providing and fixing 8mm to 10mm thick acid and or alkali resistant
tiles of approved make and colour using acid and or alkali resisting
mortar bedding and joints filled with acid and or alkali resisting cement as
per IS : 4457 complete as per the direction of Engineer-in- Charge.
11.20.1 In flooring on a bed of 10 mm thick mortar 1:4 (1 acid proof cement : 4

Sqm 1023.00
coarse sand).
11.21.2 In dado/skirting on 12 mm thick mortar 1:4 (1 acid proof cement : 4
coarse sand). Sqm 1075.00
11.21 Tile work in skirting, risers of steps and dado (up to 2 m height) over 12
mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) and
jointed with grey cement slurry @ 3.3 kg/sqm including pointing in white
cement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete.
11.21.1 Marble tiles (polished) Raj Nagar. - 8 mm thick Sqm 867.00
11.22 Marble stone flooring with 16mm to 18mm thick marble stone (sample of
marble shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge of Laid over 20 mm
(average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
jointed with grey cement slurry including rubbing and polishing complete
with :
11.22.1 Makrana white second quality. Sqm 2142.00
11.22.2 Raj Nagar plain Sqm 1176.00
11.22.3 Agaria White Sqm 1805.00
11.22.4 Black Zebra. Sqm 1382.00
11.22.5 Udaipur green marble Sqm 1242.00
11.22.6 Pink plain marble. Sqm 1187.00
133
Rate
(in Rs)
11.23 Extra for pre finished nosing to treads of steps of marble stone. meter 173.00
11.24 Extra for marble stone flooring in treads of steps and risers using single
length up to 2.00 meter . Sqm 204.00
11.25 Kota stone 25mm thick flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base laid over
and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the
shade of the slab including rubbing and polishing complete with Sqm 875.00
base of 1:4 cement mortar (1 cement : 4 course sand) (minimum size of
kota stone 2.0 sqft)
11.26 Kota stone slabs 25mm thick in risers of steps, skirting,dado and pillars
laid on 12mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement 3 coarse
sand) and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the Sqm 949.00
shade of the slabs, including rubbing and polishing complete.
11.27 40 mm thick fine dressed stone flooring over 20 mm (average) thick

base of cement mortar 1:3 ( 1cement : 3 coarse sand) with joints
finished flush with cement mortar 1:3.
11.27.1 Red sand stone Sqm 541.00

11.28 40 mm thick machine rubbed stone flooring over 20 mm (average) thick

base of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement :5 coarse sand) with joints 3mm
thick, side buttered with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand) admixed
with pigment to match the shade of stone and pointing with same
mortar.
11.28.1 Red sand stone Sqm 660.00
11.29 Extra for pre finished nosing in treads of steps of Kota stone/ sand
meter 39.00
stone slab.
11.30 Extra for Kota stone/ sand stone in treads of steps and risers using
Sqm 10.00
single length above 1.05 meter .
11.31 Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed wall tiles conforming to IS
: 15622 (6 to 7mm thick) of approved make in all colours, shades of any
size as approved by Engineer-in-Charge in skirting, risers of steps and
dados over 12 mm thick bed of cement Mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse Sqm 693.00
sand) and jointing with grey cement slurry including pointing in white
cement mixed with pigment of matching shade complete.
11.32 Providing and laying Ceramic glazed floor tiles 300x300mm or more (6 to
7 mm thick) of 1st quality conforming to IS : 15622 of approved make in
colours such as White, Ivory, Grey, Fume Red Brown, laid on 20 mm
thick Cement Mortar 1:4 (1 Cement : 4 Coarse sand) including Sqm 647.00
pointing the joints with white cement and matching pigment etc.,
complete.
134
Rate
(in Rs)
11.33 Providing and laying rectified Glazed Ceramic floor tiles 300x300 mm or
more (8mm to 10mm thick) of 1st quality conforming to IS : 15622 of
approved make in and colours laid on 20mm thick cement mortar Sqm 767.00
1:4 (1 Cement : 4 Coarse sand) including grouting the joints with white
cement and matching pigments etc., complete.
11.34 Providing and laying rectified Glazed Ceramic wall tiles 300x450 mm or
more (8mm to 10mm thick) of 1st quality conforming to IS : 15622 of
approved make in all colours, laid on 12 mm thick Cement Mortar Sqm 820.00
1:3 (1 Cement : 3 Coarse sand) including grauting the joints with white
cement and matching pigments etc., complete.
11.35 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles (without Soluble salt) or printed
(with soluble salt) Nano polished (Glossy finish) in different sizes with
water absorption less than 0.05% and conforming to IS : 15622 of
approved make in all colours & shades, Ist quality/ premium quality in Sqm 1116.00
flooring laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand)
including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments
etc. complete. Size 600x600mm as per manufacturer specification.
11.36 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles (without soluble salt) or printed
(with soluble salt) Nano polished (Glossy finish) in different sizes with
approved make in all colours & shades, Ist quality/ premium quality in
Sqm 937.00
skirting laid on 12mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand)
including grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments
etc. complete. Size 600x600mm thickness as per manufacturer
specification).
11.37 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles Multi/Dobule charged (Minimum top
layer thickness 2.0mm) Neno Polished self design, in different size with
approved make in all colours & shades Ist preminum quality in flooring Sqm 886.00
laid on 12mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) including
grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc.
complete. (thickness as per manufacturer specification)
11.38 Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles Multi/Dobule charged (Minimum top
layer thickness 2.0mm) Neno Polished self design, in different size with
approved make in all colours & shades Ist preminum quality in skirting Sqm 1082.00
laid on 12mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand) including
grouting the joints with white cement and matching pigments etc.
complete. (thickness as per manufacturer specification)
11.39 Deduct for not using 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
Sqm 193.00
coarse sand) bedding in laying of floor tiles.
135
Rate
(in Rs)
11.40 Fixing glazed/ Ceramic/ Vitrified floor tiles with cement based high
polymer modified quick-set tile adhesive (Water based) conforming to
IS: 15477 , using 5kg. adhesive per sqm of tile area, in average 3mm Sqm 338.00
thickness with fixing material.
11.41 Making bajri path including preparation of subgrade, supplying and laying
brick aggregate of 50mm nominal size 7.5 cm deep with blinding material
consisting of 12 mm moorum and 12 mm red bajri consolidated with road Sqm 110.00
roller.
11.42 Providing and fixing at or near ground level factory made RCC pavement
slab of M-30 grade of size 450x450x50mm (HPL or equivalent ) including
reinforcement with 6mm dia M.S. bars 4 nos on each side including
setting in position in footpath to the required level and line over a bed of
20mm average thick cement mortar (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) having Sqm 804.00
thickness not more than 5mm except on curve including filling of joints
with same cement mortar and making grooves etc. complete as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
11.43 Providing and laying 60 mm thick factory made cement concrete

interlocking paver block of M -30 grade made by block making machine
ith strong vibratory compaction and of approved size and design/shape
laid in required colour and pattern over and including 50 mm thick Sqm 612.00
compacted bed of stone dust sand, filling the joints with coarse sand etc.
all complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.
11.43.1 Providing and laying 80mm thick factory made cement concrete
with strong vibratory compaction and of approved size and design/ shape
laid in required colour and pattern over and including 50mm thick Sqm 691.00
compacted bed of stone dust sand, filling the joints with coarse sand etc.
11.43.2 Providing and laying 100 mm thick factory made cement concrete
with strong vibratory compaction and of approved size and design/ shape
laid in required colour and pattern over and including 50mm thick Sqm 834.00
compacted bed of Stone dust sand, filling the joints with coarse sand etc.
11.44 Providing and laying 60mm thick factory made cement concrete
interlocking paver block of M-30 grade reflective type rubber modulded
glossy colour paving block made by block making machine with strong
vibratory compaction and of approved size and shape laid in required
colour and pattern over and including 50mm thick compacted bed of stone
Sqm 678.00
dust/sand filling the joints with sand etc. all complete as per the direction
of Engineer in charge including locking edges wherever required with
cement concrete M15 grade or cement mortor 1:3 with pigment of
required shade to match the colour /shade of block including cost of
labour, material , etc. all complete.
136
Rate
(in Rs)
11.45 Granite work gang saw cut (polished and machine cut) of thickness 18mm
for wall lining (veneer work), backing filled with a grout of average 12 mm
thick in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) including pointing with
white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 marble dust) with an
admixture of pigment to match the marble shade: (To be secured to the
backing by means of cramps, which shall be paid for separately).
11.45.1 Area of Slab Over 0.50 Sqm

11.45.1.1 Fine granite dark Black/dark Red/ White with self design/ pattern/ crystals
Sqm 2084.00
of other colors of glitter.
14.45.1.2 Course granite light Black/ light Red/ off White with self design/ pattern/
Sqm 1968.00
crystals of other colour of glitter.
11.45.2 Area of slab upto 0.50 Sqm
11.45.2.1 Fine granite dark Black/dark Red/ White with self design/ pattern/ crystals
Sqm 2281.00
of other colors of glitter.
11.45.2.2 Course granite light Black/ light Red/ off White with self design/ pattern/
Sqm 2154.00
crystals of other colour of glitter.
137
CHAPTER - 12
ROOFING AND CEILING
Notes
Applicable IS Code
IS 277 Galvanised steel sheets (plain and corrugated)
IS1200(PT.IX) Method of measurements of building and civil engineering works: Part - 9
Roof covering (including cladding)
IS2095(PT-1) Gypsum plaster boards (Pt.1) plain Gypsum plaster boards
IS 2645 Specification for integral water proofing compounds for cement mortar and
concrete
Type of Roofing
(i) Corrugated Galvanised Steel Roofing
(ii) Non Asbestos High Impact Poly Propylene Reinforced Cement Semi Corrugated Sheets
Roofing
(iii) Red or White Sand Stone Roofing
1 CGS (Corrugated Galvanised Steel) Sheet Roofing

The G.S. sheet to be used in work shall conform to IS : 277-2003.
2 The C.G.S. sheets shall be free from cracks, split edges, twists, surface flaws etc. They
shall be clean, bright and smooth. The galvanising shall be non-injured and in perfect
condition. The sheets shall not show signs of rust or white powdry deposits on the
surface. The corrugations shall be uniform in depth and pitch and parallel with the side.
3 Purlins
Purlins of the specified material or M.S. rolled sections of requisite size shall be fixed over
the principal rafters. These shall not be spaced at more than the following distances.
4 Roof shall not be pitched at a flatter slope than 1 vertical to 5 horizontal. The normal pitch
adopted shall usually be 1 vertical to 3 horizontal.
5 Laying and fixing

(i) The sheets shall be laid with a minimum lap of 15 cm at the ends and 2 ridges of
corrugations at each side. The above minimum end lap of 15 cm shall apply to slopes of 1
vertical to 2 horizontal and steeper slopes. For flatter slopes the minimum permissible end
lap shall be 20 cm. The minimum lap of sheets with ridge, hip and valley shall be 20 cm
measured at right angles to the line of the ridge, hip and valley respectively. These sheets
shall be cut to suit the dimensions or shapes of the roof, either along their length or their
width or in a slant across their lines of corrugations at hips and valleys. They shall be cut
carefully with a straight edge chisel to give a smooth and straight finish.
(ii) Lapping in C.G.S. sheets shall be painted with a coat of approved steel primer and two
coats of painting with approved paint suitable for G.S. sheet, before the sheets are fixed
in place.
(iii) Sheets shall not generally be fixed into gables and parapets. They shall be bent up along
their side edges close to the wall and the junction shall be protected by suitable flashing
or by a projecting drip course, the later to cover the Junction by at least 7.5cm.
138
(iv) The laying operation shall include all scaffolding work involved.
(v) Sheets shall be fixed to the .purlins or other roof members such as hip or valley rafters
etc. with galvanised J or L hook bolts and nuts, 8 mm diameter, with bitumen and G.I.
limpet washers or with a limpet washer filled with white lead as directed by the Engineer-
in-Charge. White J hooks are used for fixing sheets on angle iron purlins, and L hooks
are used for fixing the sheet to R.S. joists, timber or precast concrete purlins. The length
of the hook bolt shall be varied to suit the particular requirements.
The bolts shall be sufficiently long so that after fixing they project above the top of the
nuts by not less than 10 mm. The grip of J or L hook bolt on the side of the purlin shall not
be less than 25 mm. There shall be a minimum of three hook bolts placed at the ridges of
corrugations in each sheet on every purlin and their spacing shall not exceed 30 cm.
Coach screws shall not be used for fixing sheets to purlins.
6 GALVANISED STEEL SHEETS
6.1 Dimensions
Sizes of plain Sheet: The plain sheets shall be supplied in any combination of the
following lengths, widths and thickness.
(a) Length : 2500 and 3000 mm
(b) Width: 900 and 1000mm
(c) Thickness : 0.50, 0.63, 0.80, 1.00 mm
In case of sheets supplied in coil, the internal diameter of coil shall be 450, 510 and 610
mm and the mass of each coil shall not exceed 12 tonne.
Coils weighing more than 12 tonnes may be supplied subject to mutual agreement
between the contracting parites.
6.2 Corrugated sheets.

Length- The length of the corrugated sheets shall be as follows: 2500, 3000 mm.
6.3 Zinc Coating

The weight of coating referred to in this specification shall represent the total weight of
zinc both side inclusive.
On any sample selected at random from the delivery, one set of three samples each 50 x
50mm or 50mm diameter shall be selected at random from one sheet for every 500 G.S.
sheets, the coating for the different classes shall be within the limit specified in table
below;
TABLE A
Mass of Coating (Total Both Sides)
* minimum individual value obtained in triple spot test.
139
6.4 Mass
The mass of sheets and coils shall be calculated as given in Table B on the basis of
nominal dimensions and mass of zinc coating.
Table B
Calculation of mass of sheets or coils
Note:
(i) Nominal mass of single sheet shall be calculated by calculating the volume of the
sheet and multiplying the same with density of sheet (density 7.85 g/ cubic cm) and
rounding the same to 4 effective figures.
(ii) Mass of the coating shall be calculated by multiplying the surface area of single sheet
with indicated/nominal coating mass (g/square meter) as shown for triple spot test (Table
A).
(iii) For calculation of corrugated sheet mass, the width before corrugation shall be
considered while calculating the area.
6.5 Corrugations
The depth and pitch of corrugation shall be as follows;
The number of corrugations shall be 8,10, 11 or 13 per sheet. The overall width of the
sheets before and after corrugation shall be as given in Table below.
TABLE C
Details of Corrugations
140
7 Non Asbestos High Impact Poly Propylene Reinforced Cement Semi Corrugated Sheets
Roofing
Non Asbestos High Impact Poly Propylene Reinforced Cement Semi Corrugated Sheets shall be
to IS 14871 : 2000. These sheets shall be free from cracks, chipped edge corners or
other damages.
7.1 The laying shall be the same as CGS sheet except that
(i) The sheets shall be laid with the end stamped ‘Top' on the smooth side pointing towards
the ridge,
(ii) The sheets shall invariably be laid from right to left starting at the eaves with the
procedure for mitring etc.
(iii) The side laps provided will be of one corrugation, the left hand small corrugation of each
sheet being covered by the right hand large corrugation of the next sheet.
(iv) Asbestos cement expansion joints shall be inserted every 45 metres or so in the length of
the roof. Specially manufactured expansion joint pieces shall be used for the purpose.
The end lap of expansion joints shall not be less than 150 mm. If the expansion Joints
may be between the purlins, these should be stitched with seam bolts.
8 RED OR WHITE SAND STONE ROOFING

8.1 Sand Stone Slabs
Stone slabs shall be hard, sound and durable. The slabs shall be rough chisel dressed on
the top so that the dressed surface shall not be more than 6 mm from a straight edge
placed on it. The edges of the depressions or projections shall be chisel dressed in a
slant, so that surface does not have sharp unevenness. The sides shall also, be chisel
dressed to a minimum depth of 20 mm so that the dressed edges shall at no place be
more than 3 mm from a straight edge butted against it. The thickness of the slab shall be
uniform and as specified in the item with a permissible tolerance of 2 mm. The slabs shall
be uniform in length, the length being 5 to 8 mm less than the centre to centre spacing of
the supporting wooden Joists (Karries) or RCC battens. Unless the design require some
other shape the slabs shall be rectangular.
The width of the slabs shall not be less than 40 cm. The maximun spacing of rafters
(Karries) or RCC batten supporting the slab shall not mare then the spacing given below:-
8.2 Laying
The slabs shall be washed clean and wetted before being laid. The stone slabs shall be
jointed in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand). The width of joints shall not be
more than 8 mm not less than 5 mm. The top joints shall be finished flush and ceiling
Joints pointed with the cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand).
9 In case of corrugated G.S. sheet, the sheet shall be laid on the roof with a lap of not less
than 15 cm. at the end of two corrugation at the sides. The holes for the screws or bolt
shall be drilled (not punched) from in side toward outside about 23 cm. apart or as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge. On the sides and at every 2nd corrugation on the
ends, care being taken that all holes shall occur on the ridge of the sheet on the outside
as laid in a uniform pattern.
141
10 The rates for G.S. sheet roofing are inclusive of necessary overlaps and wastages in
cutting and all standard screws, nuts, washers, bolts, patent 'J' & 'L' hooks, bolts and
other fasteners required as per specifications unless otherwise specified.
11 In tiled roofing, the three lowest courses of tiles of each layer, ridge and hip tiles shall be
set in cement mortar 1:6 (with pigment to match the colour of tiles and are inclusive of
these items).
12 In Mangalore tiles, the three end rows at eves, gable or other exposed parts should be
tied with G.I. wire 18 gauge.
13 The wooden planks, fixed in the ceiling shall be of 20mm thickness and shall be planned,
moulded, beaded and fixed to the pattern as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The
wooden beading should be of size 65x12mm section, fixed to the frame work with
necessary screws and spacing not exceeding 30cm. or as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge. The overlaps of beading shall be mitred at the junction.
14 The blown bitumen to be used for water proofing treatment shall conform to IS : 702.
15 The self finished felt type-2, grade-2 fibre base, self finished, bitumen felt shall conform to
IS: 1322-1970.
16 Hessain base felt type-3 shall conform to IS : 1322-1970.
17 The rates include the cost of all materials, labour, T&P, wastages and hire & running
charges of machineries etc. for all the items of this chapter.
(For Detail Refer Roofing specification / CPWD specification)
142
CHAPTER - 12
ROOFING
Rate
(in Rs.)
12.1 Providing & fixing corrugated Galvanised steel (CGS) sheet roofing
including vertical/curved surface fixed with polymer coated J or L
hooks, bolts and nuts 8mm diameter with bitumen and G.I. limpet
washers or with G.I. limpet washers filled with white lead and
including a coat of approved steel primer and two coats of approved
paint on overlapping of sheets complete (up to any pitch in
orizontal/vertical or curved surfaces) excluding the cost of purlins,
rafters and trusses and including cutting to size and shape
wherever required.
12.1.1 1.00mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² Sqm 871.00
12.1.2 0.80mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² Sqm 738.00
12.1.3 0.63 mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/ m² Sqm 624.00
12.2 Extra for straight cutting in C.G.S. sheet roofing of any thickness for
making opening of area exceeding 40 sq. decimeter for chimney Meter 28.00
stacks, sky light etc. :
12.3 Extra for circular cutting in C.G.S. sheet roofing of any thickness for
making opening of area exceeding 40 square decimeter : Meter 169.00
12.4 Providing & fixing ridges or hips of width 60 cm over all width plain
G.S. sheet fixed with polymer coated J. or L hooks, bolts and nuts 8
mm dia. G.I. limpet and bitumen washers complete.
12.4.1 0.80mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² Meter 416.00
12.5 Providing & fixing valleys of 90cm wide overall in plain G.S.
sheet fixed with polymer coated J, or L hooks, bolts and nuts 8mm
dia.. G.I. limpet and bitumen washers complete :
12.6 Providing & fixing flashing of 40 cm over all width flashing in plain,
G.S. sheet fixed with polymer coated J, or L hooks, bolts and nuts,
G.I. limpet and bitumen washer complete, bent to shape and fixed
in wall with cement mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 coarse sand).
12.7 Providing and fixing plain G.S. sheet gutter with iron brackets
40x3mm size, bolts, nuts and washers etc. including making
necessary connections with rain water pipes complete.
12.7.1 Providing and fixing 15 cm wide 45 cm over all semi circular plain
G.S. sheet gutter with iron brackets 40x3mm size, bolts, nuts and
washers etc. including making necessary connections with rain
water pipes complete.
12.7.1.1 0.80mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m² Meter 410.00
143
Rate
(in Rs.)
12.7.2 Providing and fixing Trapezoidal (Top width 0.3m, bottem width
0.2m and depth 0.1m) plain G.S. sheet gutter with iron brackets
40x3mm size, bolts, nuts and washers etc. including making
necessary connections with rain water pipes complete.
12.8 Supply & installation of precoated galvanised iron profile sheets

(size, shape and pitch of corrugation as approved by Engineer-in-
charge) 0.50 mm ±5% total coated thickness (TCT) thick Zinc
coating 120gsm as per IS: 277 in 240mpa steel grade, 5-7 microns
epoxy primer on both side of the sheet and polyester top coat 15-
18 microns. Sheet should have protective guard film of 25 microns
minimum to avoid scratches while transportation and should be
supplied in single length upto 12 meter or as desired by Engineer-in-
charge. The sheet shall be fixed using self drilling/self tapping Sqm 422.00
screws of size (5.5x 55mm) with EPDM seal or with polymer coated
J or L hooks, bolts and nuts 8mm diameter with bitumen and G.I.
limpet washers or with G.I. limpet washers filled with white lead
complete upto any pitch in horizontal/vertical or curved surfaces
excluding the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses and including
cutting to size and shape wherever required.
12.9 Providing and fixing precoated galvanised steel sheet

roofing accessories 0.50 mm +/- 5% total coated thickness (TCT)
thick Zinc coating 120gsm as per IS: 277 in 240mpa steel
grade, 5-7 microns epoxy primer on both side of the sheet and
polyester top coat 15-18 microns using self drilling/ self tapping
screws or with polymer coated J or L hooks, bolts and nuts and or
G.I. seam bolts and nuts, G.I. plain and bitumen washers complete :
12.9.1 Ridges plain (500 - 600mm). Meter 628.00

12.9.2 Flashings/ Aprons.( Upto 600 mm) Meter 609.00
12.9.3 North light curves. Meter 311.00
12.9.4 Barge board (Upto 300 mm). Meter 235.00
12.9.5 Crimp curve Sqm 263.00
12.9.6 Gutter .(600 mm over all girth). Meter 630.00
144
Rate
(in Rs.)
12.10 Providing & fixing UV stabilised fiberglass reinforced plastic
sheet roofing up to any pitch including fixing with polymer coated
'J' or 'L' hooks, bolts & nuts 8mm dia. G.I plain/bitumen washers
complete but excluding the cost of purlins, rafters, trusses etc. The
sheets shall be manufactured out of 2400 TEX panel rovigs
incorporating minimum 0.3% Ultra-violet stabiliser in resin system
under approximately 2400 psi and hot cured. They shall be of
uniform pigmentation and thickness without air pockets and shall
conform to IS 10192 and IS 12866.The sheets shall be opaque or
translucent, clear or pigmented, textured or smooth as specified.
12.10.1 2mm thick corrugated (2.5" or 4.2" or 6") or step-down

(2" or 3" or 6" ) as specified. Sqm 756.00
12.10.2 2mm thick flat. Sqm 673.00
12.11 Providing & fixing non-asbestos high impact Polypropylene

reinforced cement 6 mm thick corrugated sheets (as per IS: 14871)
roofing up to any pitch and fixing with polymer coated J, or L hooks,
bolts and nuts 6mm dia. G.I. plain and bitumen washers or with self
drilling fastener and EPDM washers etc. complete excluding the Sqm 297.00
cost of purlins, rafters and trusses: corrugated sheets and
including cutting to size and shape wherever required.
12.12 Extra for straight cutting in non-asbestos polypropylene reinforced

cement corrugated, semi-corrugated 6mm thick sheet roofing for
Meter 28.00
making openings of area exceeding 40 square decimeter for
chimney stacks, skylights etc.
12.13 Extra for circular cutting in non-asbestos polypropylene reinforced

cement corrugated/semi-corrugated 6mm thick sheet roofing for
making openings of area exceeding 40 square decimeter. Meter 78.00
12.14 Extra for providing and fixing wind ties of 40x 6mm flat iron section.
Meter 117.00
12.15 Providing and fixing ridges and hips in non-asbestos fibre cement
high impact polypropylene reinforced roofing with suitable fixing
accessories or self drilling fastener and EPDM washer etc.
complete.
12.15.1 Corrugated serrated adjustable ridges Meter 281.00
12.15.2 Plain wing adjustable ridges Meter 268.00
12.15.3 Close fitting adjustable ridges Meter 311.00
12.15.4 Unserrated adjustable hips Meter 297.00
145
Rate
(in Rs.)
12.16 Providing and fixing non-asbestos fibre cement high impact
polypropylene reinforced roofing accessories in all colours with
polymer coated J or L hooks, bolts and nuts and or G.I. seam bolts
and nuts, G.I. plain and bitumen washers or with self drilling
fastener and EPDM washer etc. complete:
12.16.1 Corrugated apron pieces Meter 236.00
12.16.2 Eave's filler pieces Meter 193.00
12.16.3 North light curves Meter 332.00
12.16.4 Ventilator curves Meter 365.00
12.16.5 Barge boards Meter 436.00
12.16.6 Ridge finials Meter 192.00
12.16.7 Special north light curves Meter 584.00
12.16.8 S type louvers Meter 265.00
12.17 Providing & fixing flat iron brackets 50x3mm size with necessary
bolts, nuts and washers etc. for fixing asbestos cement/G.S. sheets Meter 54.00
gutters with purlins.
12.18 Painting top of roofs with bitumen of approved quality (UG10) at

17kg per 10 sqm impregnated with a coat of coarse sand at 60
cudm per 10 sqm including cleaning the slab surface with brushes Sqm 123.00
and finally with a piece of cloth lightly soaked in kerosene oil
complete :
12.19 10 cm thick (average) mud phaska of damped brick earth on roofs

laid to slope consolidated and plastered with 25 mm thick mud
mortar mixed with bhusa at 35 kg per cum of earth and gobri
leaping with mix 1:1 (1 clay : 1 cow dung) and covered with flat tile
bricks of class designation 100 grouted with cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement : 3 fine sand) mixed with 2% of integral water proofing
compound by weight of cement and finished neat :
12.19.1 With chimney brick tiles Sqm 558.00
12.20 10cm thick (average) mud phaska of damped brick earth on roofs
laid to slope consolidated and plastered with 25mm thick mud
mortar with bhusha at 35kg per cum of earth and gobri leaping with
mix 1:1 (1 clay : 1 cow-dung) and covered with machine moulded
tile bricks of class designation 125 conforming to IS:2690 (Part I) -
1992 grouted with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand)
mixed with 2% of integral water proofing compound by weight of
cement and finished neat.
12.20.1 With machine moulded Chimney brick tiles Sqm 642.00
12.21 Extra for every additional 1 cm thickness of mud phaska Sqm 12.00
12.22 Providing and laying pressed clay tiles (as per approved pattern 20
mm nominal thickness and of approved size) on roofs jointed with
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) mixed with 2%
integral water proofing compound laid over a bed of 20 mm thick Sqm 586.00
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) and finished neat
complete.
146
Rate
(in Rs.)
12.23 Providing gola 75x75 mm in cement concrete M-15 with

aggregate 10mm and down gauge including finishing with
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) as per standard Meter 116.00
design : In 75x75mm deep chase.
12.24 Making khurras 45x45 cm with average minimum thickness of 5

cm cement concrete M-15 with aggregate of 20 mm nominal size
over P.V.C. sheet 1mx1mx400micron, finished with 12mm cement
Each 165.00
plaster 1:3 (1cement : 3 coarse sand) and a coat of neat cement
rounding the edge sand making and finishing the outlet complete.
12.25 Providing sand stone slab for roofing and laying them in cement
mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) over wooden karries or
R.C.C. battens (Karries and battens to be paid separately) including
pointing the ceiling joints with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine
sand ) complete :
12.25.1 Red sand stone slab (40 to 50mm thick) Sqm 416.00
12.25.2 White sand stone slab : (40 to 50mm thick) Sqm 441.00
12.26 Providing and fixing fiber insulating board ceiling of approved quality
with necessary nails etc.complete (frame work to be paid
separately) :
12.26.1 Natural colour insulating board (12 mm thick ) Sqm 423.00
12.26.2 White face insulating board (12 mm thick ) Sqm 447.00
12.26.3 Flame retardant face insulating board (12mm thick) Sqm 527.00
12.27 Providing and fixing (12mm thick) flat pressed 3 layer medium
density particle board or graded particle board (Grade I) IS:
3087 marked in ceiling with necessary nails etc. complete (frame Sqm 481.00
work to be paid separately) :
12.28 Providing and fixing 6mm thick plain Multipurpose Cement board
(High Pressure steam cured) as per IS : 14862 : 2000) with suitable
Sqm 407.00
fibre cement screw in ceiling etc. complete (frame work to be paid
separately) :
12.29 Extra for Circular cutting and waste in ceiling with:

12.29.1 2nd class teak wood planks (20 mm thick) Meter 337.00
12.29.2 Natural colour insulating board (12mm thick) Meter 166.00
12.29.3 White face insulating board: (12mm thick) Meter 169.00
12.29.4 Flame retardant face insulating board: (12mm thick) Meter 179.00
12.29.5 Standard quality hard board sheet: (3mm thick) Meter 155.00
12.30 Extra for providing and fixing ceiling to curved surfaces in narrow
Sqm 112.00
widths
147
Rate
(in Rs.)
12.31 Providing and fixing false ceiling with 12 mm thick plain/semi
perforated or with design ceiling tiles of BWP type phenol
formaldehyde synthetic resin bonded pressed particle board
conforming to IS:3087 finished with a coat of aluminium primer on
both sides & edges and two coats of synthetic enamel paint of
approved quality on exposed face to be fixed on a grid made out of
anodised aluminium(with 15 micron anodic coating) T-sections
35x15x1.5 mm size main runners and cross runners
23.5x19x1.5mm fixed to main runners placed 600 mm centre to Sqm 324.00
centre both ways so as to form a grid of 600 mm square. The frame
work shall be suspended from ceiling by level adjusting hangers of
6 mm dia M.S rod fixed to roof slab by means of ceiling cleats. The
suspenders shall be placed 600x1200 mm centre to centre
including fixing to the frame with C.P brace screws and applying a
priming coat of zinc chromate yellow primer (aluminium frame work
shall be paid separately).
12.32 Extra for providing 3mm thick translucent white acrylic plastic
sheets of approved quality in false ceiling instead of 12 mm thick Sqm 457.00
plain/or with design particle board ceiling tiles in item above.
12.33 Providing 10mm thick plaster of Paris (gypsum anhydrous) ceiling

up to a height of 5m above floor level over first class kail wood
strips 25x6mm with 10mm gap in between and reinforced with
rabbit wire mesh fixed to any frame (frame work to be paid
separately) :
12.33.1 Flat surfaces Sqm 735.00
12.33.2 Curved surfaces Sqm 795.00
12.34 Extra for any sunk or raised mouldings in the plaster of Paris
Sqm 197.00
(Gypsum anhydrous) ceiling
12.35 Extra for providing plaster of Paris (Gypsum anhydrous) ceiling sqm per
above 5 meters height from floor level. meter 67.00
height
12.36 Providing and fixing thermal insulation of ceiling (under deck

insulation) with Resin Bonded Fibre glass wool conforming to IS :
8183 density 24kg/m3, 50mm thick, wrapped in 200 G Virgin
Polythene bags fixed to ceiling with metallic cleats (50x50x3 mm) @ Sqm 488.00
60 cm and wire mesh of 12.5mm x 24g wire and mesh, for top most
ceiling of building.
12.37 Providing and fixing thermal insulation with Resin Bonded Fibre
glass wool conforming to IS: 8193. Density 16kg/m3 , 50mm thick,
wrapped in 200G Virgin Polythene bags placed over existing false Sqm 294.00
ceiling and held in position by criss-crossing GI wire.
148
Rate
(in Rs.)
12.38 Thermal Insulation of roofing with Expanded polystyrene fixed
with suitable adhesive to the false ceiling as per the directions
of the Engineer-in-charge
12.38.1 With Type N - Normal 50 mm thick Sqm 212.00
12.38.2 With Type SE - Self Extinguishing type 50 mm thick Sqm 245.00
12.39 Providing and fixing 100 mm diameter and 60 cm long rain water
spout in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine sand).
12.39.1 Stone ware spout Each 52.00
12.40 Providing and fixing M.S. holder bat clamps of approved design to
C.I. or S.C.I. rain water pipes embedded in and including cement
concrete blocks 10x10x10cm of M-15 grade concrete with
aggregate 20 mm nominal size and cost of cutting holes and
making good the walls etc. :
12.40.1 100 mm diameter Each 110.00
12.41 Providing lead caulked joints to sand cast iron rain water
pipes and fittings:
12.43 Providing and fixing to the inlet mouth of rain water pipe cast
iron grating 15 cm diameter and weighing not less than 440 grams. Each 67.00
149
Rate
(in Rs.)
12.44 Providing and fixing at all height false ceiling including providing
and fixing of frame work made of special sections power pressed
from M.S. sheet and galvanised in accordance with zinc coating of
grade 350 as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size
25mm wide x 1.6mm thick with flanges of 22mm and 37mm at
1200mm centre to centre one flange fixed to the ceiling with dash
fastener 12.5mm diax40mm long with 6mm dia bolts to the angle
hangers of 25x25x0.55mm of required length, and other end of
angle hanger being fixed with nut and bolts to G.I. channels
45x15x0.9mm running at the rate of 1200mm centre to centre to
which the ceiling section 0.5mm thick button wedge of 80mm with
tapered flanges of 26mm each having clips of 10.5mm at 450mm
centre to centre shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular to
G.I. channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64mm dia
230mm long G.I. wire at every junction including fixing the gypsum
board with ceiling section and peri meter channels 0.5mm thick
27mm high having flanges of 20mm and 30mm long, the perimeter
of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at 450mm
centre to centre with 25mm long drive-all screws @ 230mm
interval including jointing and fixing to a flush finish of
tapered and square edges of the board with recommended
filler, jointing tapes, finisher and two coats of primer suitable
for board as per manufactures specification and also including the
cost of making openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers,
cutouts made with frame of perimeter channels suitably fixed all
complete as per drawing and specification and direction of the
Engineer in Charge but excluding the cost of painting with :
12.44.1 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum board conforming to IS: 2095-
Sqm 906.00
Part I.
12.45 Providing and fixing to the inlet mouth of rain water pipe PTMT
(an Engineering Thermoplastic) grating square (Slit) 150 mm
Each 65.00
square with a height of 8 mm and weighing not less than 100 gms.
150
Rate
(in Rs.)
12.46 Providing and Fixing of sky lights consisting of Multi cell/tight cell
Polycarbonate Panel System of approved colour, 16 mm thick
(minimum) having uniform in color with an integral Tight-Cell core
constructed not to exceed 4mmx4mm in a cross section, Vertical
Standing Seam manufactured at both sides of the panel. Snap-on
connector to interlock the panels shall have a grip-lock double tooth
locking mechanism to ensure maximum uplift capability and shall be
of same color as that of panel. Panel shall be factory sealed/end
welded panels with additional End-cap/Aluminium U-Profile (mill
finish) for ends. Panel shall be co-extruded with special anti glare
compound and UV protected. The full system shall be fitted on MS
purlins perpendicular to direction of sheeting with purlin spacing as Sqm 3277.00
specified by Manufacturer.
The rate includes cost of all the operations, labour and all materials
and tests (as applicable) involved such as bolts nuts and screws
etc. and labour for cutting bending to required profile, necessary
scaffolding, hoisting in position etc. for proper completion of the
work etc. complete as per specification drawings and direction of
Engineer in charge. Finished surface area of roofing fixed over steel
tublar structure shall be measured for payment. MS tabular frame
work shall be measured separately for payment.
12.47 Providing & fixing pressed clay tile (Mangalore tile) 20 mm

nominal hickness and of approved size and as per approved
pattern ceiling on steel frame work complete (steel frame work to be Sqm 233.00
paid separately).
12.48 Providing & laying pressed clay tile ridge (Mangalore tile) of
20mm thickness of approved pattern ceiling over steel frame work Sqm 113.00
complete (steel frame work to be paid separately).
151
Rate
(in Rs.)
12.49 Providing and fixing False Ceiling Tiles of approved materials of
size 595 x 595mm in true horizontal level suspended on inter
locking metal grid of hot dipped galvanised steel sections (
galvanized @ 170 gsm/sqm.) consisting of main "T" runner suitably
spaced at joints to get required length and of size 24x38mm made
from 0.30mm thick (minimum) sheet spaced at 1200mm center to
center and cross "T" of size 24x25mm made of 0.30mm thick
(minimum) sheet, 1200mm long spaced between main "T" at
600mm center to center to form a grid of 1200x600mm and
secondary cross "T" of length 600mm and size 24x25mm made of
0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet to be interlocked at middle of the
1200x600mm panel to form grids of 600x600mm and laying false
Sqm. 253.00
ceiling tiles of approved texture in the grid including,
wherever,required, cutting/making, opening for services like
diffusers, grills, light fittings, fixtures, smoke detectors etc. Main "T"
runners to be suspended from ceiling using GI slotted cleats fixed to
ceiling with 6 mm dia and 50mm long dash fasteners, 4mm GI
adjustable rods with galvanised level clips spaced at 1200m center
to center along main T, bottom exposed width of 24mm of all T-
sections shall be pre-painted with polyester paint, all complete at
all heights as per specifications drawings and as directed by
Engineer-in-Charge.(The rate is excluding cost of tiles which will be
paid separately).
12.50 Providing and fixing and applying plaster of paris (POP) false ceiling
consisting of frame work made with 50 mm sq. M.S tubes of 18 G
thickness as main runners at 600 mm c/c both ways,
suspended/supported with M.S flats 25 x 4 mm from existing R.C.C
slab including providing and fixing expanded metal of size 5.25 mm
x 1.25 mm thickness welded to main runner and applying POP Sqm 1123.00
(Calcium sulphate semihydrate variety) to the expanded metal of
thickness not less than 10mm finished smooth to line and level
including necessary supports scaffolding etc. as required and also
including applying a coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer over the
M.S frame work and suspenders complete.
12.51 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised Rigid PVC rain
water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A including jointing with
seal ring conforming to IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal
expansion.
(i) Single socketed pipes.
12.51.1 75mm diameter Meter 129.00
12.51.2 110mm diameter Meter 201.00
12.51.3 Labour rate for Item No. 12.41.1 to 12.41.2 Meter 40.00
152
Rate
(in Rs.)
12.52 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised - PVC moulded
fittings/ accessories for unplasticised Rigid PVC rain water pipes
conforming to IS : 13592 Type A including jointing with seal ring
conforming to IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion.
12.52.1 Coupler
12.52.1.1 75mm Each 80.00
12.52.1.2 110mm Each 112.00
12.52.2 Single pushfit Coupler :
12.52.2.1 75mm Each 62.00
12.52.2.2 110mm Each 89.00
12.52.3 Single tee with door
12.52.3.1 75x75x75 mm Each 106.00
12.52.3.2 110x110x110 mm Each 165.00
12.52.4 Single tee without door
12.52.4.1 75x75x75 mm Each 98.00
12.52.4.2 110x110x110 mm Each 145.00
12.52.5 Bend 87.5°
12.52.5.1 75 mm bend Each 72.00
12.52.5.2 110 mm bend Each 101.00
12.52.6 Shoe (Plain)
12.52.6.1 75 mm Shoe Each 64.00
12.52.6.2 100 mm shoe Each 85.00
153
CHAPTER - 13
FINISHING WORK
13.1 CEMENT PLASTER

The cement plaster shall be 12 mm, 15 mm or 20 mm thick as specified in the item
13.2 Preparation of Surface

The joints shall be raked out properly. Dust and loose mortar shall be brushed out. Efflorescence
if any shall be removed by brushing and scrapping. The surface shall then be thoroughly washed
with water, cleaned and kept wet before plastering is commenced. In case of concrete surface if a
chemical retarder has been applied to the form work, the surface shall be roughened by wire
brushing and all the resulting dust and loose particles cleaned off and care shall be taken that
none of the retarders is left on the surface
13.3 Application of Plaster

Ceiling plaster shall be completed before commencement of wall plaster.
Plastering shall be started from the top and worked down towards the floor. All putlog holes shall
be properly filled in advance of the plastering as the scaffolding is being taken down. To ensure
even thickness and a true surface, plaster about 15 × 15 cm shall be first applied, horizontally and
vertically, at not more than 2 metres intervals over the entire surface to serve as gauges. The
surfaces of these gauged areas shall be truly in the plane of the finished plaster surface. The
mortar shall then be laid on the wall, between the gauges with trowel. The mortar shall be applied
in a uniform surface slightly more than the specified thickness. This shall be brought to a true
surface, by working a wooden straight edge reaching across the gauges, with small upward and
side ways movements at a time. Finally the surface shall be finished off true with trowel or wooden
float according as a smooth or a sandy granular texture is required. Excessive troweling or over
working the float shall be avoided.
All corners, arrises, angles and junctions shall be truly vertical or horizontal as the case may be
and shall be carefully finished. Rounding or chamfering corners, arrises, provision of grooves at
junctions etc. where required shall be done without any extra payment. Such rounding, chamfering
or grooving shall be carried out with proper templates or battens to the sizes required.
When suspending work at the end of the day, the plaster shall be left, cut clean to line both
horizontally and vertically. When recommencing the plastering, the edge of the old work shall be
scrapped cleaned and wetted with cement slurry before plaster is applied to the adjacent areas, to
enable the two to properly join together. Plastering work shall be closed at the end of the day on
the body of wall and not nearer than 15 cm to any corners or arrises. It shall not be closed on the
body of the features such as plasters, bands and cornices, nor at the corners of arrises.
Horizontal joints in plaster work shall not also occur on parapet tops and copings as these
invariably lead to leakages. The plastering and finishing shall be completed within half an hour of
adding water to the dry mortar. No portion of the surface shall be left out initially to be patched up
later on. The plastering and finishing shall be completed within half an hour of.
13.4 Finish
The plaster shall be finished to a true and plumb surface and to the proper degree of smoothness
as required. The work shall be tested frequently as the work proceeds with a true straight edge
not less than 2.5 m long and with plumb bobs. All horizontal lines and surfaces shall be tested with
a level and all jambs and corners with a plumb bob as the work proceeds.
154
13.5 Precaution
Any cracks which appear in the surface and all portions which sound hollow when tapped, or are
found to be soft or otherwise defective, shall be cut out in rectangular shape and redone as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
(i) When ceiling plaster is done, it shall be finished to chamfered edge at an angle at its junction
with a suitable tool when plaster is being done. Similarly when the wall plaster is being done, it
shall be kept separate from the ceiling plaster by a thin straight groove not deeper than 6 mm
drawn with any suitable method with the wall while the plaster is green.
(ii) To prevent surface cracks appearing between junctions of column/beam and walls, 150 mm
wide chicken wire mesh should be fixed with U nails 150 mm centre to centre before plastering the
junction. The plastering of walls and beam/column in one vertical plane should be carried out in
one go. For providing and fixing chicken wire mesh with U nails payment shall be made
separately.
13.6 Scaffolding
For all exposed brick work or tile work double scaffolding independent of the work having two sets
of vertical supports shall be provided. The supports shall be sound and strong, tied together with
horizontal pieces over which scaffolding planks shall be fixed. For all other work in buildings,
single scaffolding shall be permitted. In such cases the inner end of the horizontal scaffolding pole
shall rest in a hole provided only in the header course for the purpose. Only one header for each
pole shall be left out. Such holes for scaffolding shall, however, not be allowed in pillars/columns
less than one metre in width or immediately near the skew backs of arches. The holes left in
masonry works for scaffolding purposes shall be filled and made good before plastering.
13.7 White washing/Colour washing/ Painting/ Distempering etc.
Before new work is white washed, the surface shall be thoroughly brushed free from mortar
droppings and foreign matter. In case of old work, all loose particles and scales shall be scrapped
off and holes in plaster as well as patches of less than 50 cm area shall be filled up with mortar of
the same mix. Where so specifically ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge, the entire surface of old
white wash shall be thoroughly removed by scrapping and this shall be paid for separately. Where
efflorescence is observed the deposits may be brushed clean and washed. The surface shall then
be allowed to dry for atleast 48 hours before white washing is done.
13.8 Protective Measures
Doors, windows, floors, articles of furniture etc. and such other parts of the building not to be white
washed, shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashings and droppings, if any shall be
removed by the contractor at his own cost and the surfaces cleaned. Damages if any to furniture
or fittings and fixtures shall be recoverable from the contractor.
155
13.9 Material
The paint shall be (Texured exterior paint/Acrylic smooth exterior paint/premium acrylic smooth
exterior paint) of approved brand and manufacture. This paint shall be brought to the site of work
by the contractor in its original containers in sealed condition. The material shall be brought in at a
time in adequate quantities to suffice for the whole work or at least a fornight’s work. The
materials shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge. The
empty containers shall not be removed from the site of work till the relevant item of work has been
completed and permission obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge.
13.10 Preparation of Surface

For new work, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned off all mortar dropping, dirt dust, algae,
fungus or moth, grease and other foreign matter of brushing and washing, pitting in plaster shall
make good, surface imperfections such as cracks, holes etc. should be repaired using white
cement. The prepared surface shall have received the approval of the Engineer in charge after
inspection before painting is commenced.
Before pouring into smaller containers for use, the paint shall be stirred thoroughly in its container,
when applying also the paint shall be continuously stirred in the smaller containers so that its
consistency is kept uniform. Dilution ratio of paint with potable water can be altered taking into
consideration the nature of surface climate and as per recommended dilution given by
manufacturer. In all cases, the manufacturer’s instructions and directions of the Engineer-in-
charge shall be followed meticulously. The lids of paint drums shall be kept tightly closed when not
in use as by exposure to atmosphere the paint may thicken and also be kept safe from dust.
Paint shall be applied with a brush/ roller on the cleaned and smooth surface. Horizontal strokes
shall be given and vertical strokes shall be applied immediately afterwards. This entire operation
will constitute one coat. The surface shall be finished as uniformly as possible leaving no brush
roller marks.
Where so stipulated, the painting shall be done by spraying. Spray machine used may be (a) high
pressure (small air aperture) type, or (b) a low pressure (large air gap) type, depending on the
nature and location of work to be carried out. Skilled and experienced workmen shall be employed
for this class of work. Paints used shall be brought to the requisite consistency by adding a
suitable thinner.
Spraying should be done only when dry condition prevails. Each coat shall be allowed to dry out
thoroughly and rubbed smooth before the next coat is applied. This should be facilitated by
thorough ventilation. Each coat except the last coat, shall be lightly rubbed down with sand paper
or fine pumice stone and cleaned off dust before the next coat is laid.
No left over Paint shall be put back into the stock tins. When not in use, the containers shall be
kept properly closed.
No hair marks from the brush or clogging of Paint puddles in the corners of panels, angles of
mouldings etc. shall be left on the work.
156
In painting doors and windows, the putty round the glass panes must also be painted but care
must be taken to see that no Paint stains etc. are left on the glass. Tops of shutters and surfaces
in similar hidden locations shall not be left out in painting. However, bottom edge of the shutters
where the painting is not practically possible, need not be done nor any deduction on this account
will be done but two coats of primer of approved make shall be done on the bottom edge before
fixing the shutters.
On painting steel work, special care shall be taken while painting over bolts, nuts, rivets overlaps
etc.
TABLE 13.1
Multiplying
Sr. No. Description of work How measured
coefficients
1 2 3 4
I Wood work doors, windows etc.
Panelled or framed and braced Measured flat (not girthed
1 1.30 (for each side)
doors, windows etc. including)
Chowkhat or frame, Edges,
Ledged and battened or ledged,
chocks, cleats, etc. shall be
2 battened and braced doors, -do-
deemed to be included in the
windows etc.
item.
3 Flush doors etc. -do- 1.20 (for each side)
Part panelled and part glazed or

gauzed doors, window etc.
4 -do- 1.00 (for each side)
(Excluding painting of wire gauze
portion)
Fully glazed or gauzed doors,

5 windows etc. (Excluding painting of -do- 0.80 (for each side)
wire gauze portion)
Fully venetioned or louvered doors,

windows etc.
Measured flat overall, no

deduction shall be made for
Trellis (or Jaffri) work one way or 2 (for painting all
7 open spaces, sup-porting
two way over)
members shall not be mea-
sured separately
8 Carved or enriched work Measured flat 2 (for each side)
Measured flat (not girthed

9 Weather boarding supporting frame work shall 1.20 (for each side)
not be measured separately
10 Wood shingle roofing Measured flat (not girthed) 1.10 (for each side)
Boarding with cover fillets and

11 Measured flat (not girthed) 1.05 (for each side)
match boarding
Measured flat overall no

0.80 (for painting all
12 Tile and slate battening deductions shall be made for
over)
open spaces
157
II Steel work doors, windows etc.
Plain sheeted steel doors or Measured flat (not girthed)

windows including frame edges etc.
Fully glazed or gauzed steel doors

14 and windows (excluding painting of -do- 0.50 (for each side)
wire gauze portion)
Partly panelled and partly

glazed or gauzed doors and
windows (excluding painting
of wire gauze portion)
Corrugated sheeted steel doors or

windows
17 Collapsible gates Measured flat 1.50 (for each side)
Measured flat (size of

opening) all over; jamb
guides, bottom rails and
18 Rolling shutters of interlocked laths locking arrangement etc. 1.10 (for each side)
shall be included in the
item (top cover shall be
measured separately)
III General
Expanded metal, hard drawn
Measured flat overall; no
steel wire fabric of approved
deduction shall be made for
quality, grill works and gratings in
19 open spaces; supporting 1 (for Paint all over
guard bars, balustrades, railing
members shall not be
partitions and MS Bars in windows
measured separately
frames
Open palisade fencing and

gates including standards,
20 braces, rails stays etc. in timber or (see note No. 12) 1 (for Paint all over)
steel Corrugated iron sheeting in
roofs, side cladding etc.
(see note No. 12)Measured

flat (not girthed)
AC corrugated sheeting in roofs,

side cladding etc
AC semi corrugated sheeting in

23 roofs, side cladding etc. or Nainital -do- 1.10 (for each side)
pattern using plain sheets
Wire gauze shutters including

painting of wire gauze
13.11 Explanatory Notes for Table 13.1

(i) Measurements for doors windows etc., shall be taken flat (and not girthed) over all
including chowkhuts or frames, where provided. Where Chowkhuts or frames are not provided,
the shutter measurements shall be taken.
158
(ii) Where doors, windows etc, are of composite types other than those included in Table
13.1 the different portion shall be measured separately with their appropriate coefficients, the
centre line of the common rail being taken as the dividing line between the two portions
(iii) The coefficients for door and windows shall apply irrespective of the size of frames and
shutter members.
(iv) In case steel frames are used the area of doors, windows shutters shall be measured flat
excluding frames.
(v) When the two faces of a door, window etc. are to be treated with different specified
finishes, measurable under separate items, the edges of frames and shutters shall be treated with
the one or the other type of finish as ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge and measurement of this
will be deemed to be included in the measurement of the face treated with that finish.
(vi) In the case where shutters are fixed on both faces of the frames, the measurement for the
door frame and shutter on one face shall be taken in the manner already described, while the
additional shutter on the other face will be measured for the shutter only excluding the frame.
(vii) Where shutters are provided with clearance at top or/and bottom each exceeding 15 cm
height, such openings shall be deducted from the overall measurements and relevant coefficient
shall be applied to obtain the area payable.
(viii) Collapsible gates shall be measured for width from outside to outside of gate in its expanded
position and for height from bottom to top of channel verticals. No separate measurements shall
be taken for the top and bottom guide rails rollers, fittings etc.
(ix) Coefficients for sliding doors shall be the same as for normal types of doors in the table.
Measurements shall be taken outside to outside of shutters, and no separate measurements shall
be taken for the painting guide rails, rollers, fittings etc.
(x) Measurements of painting as above shall be deemed to include painting all iron fittings in
the same or different shade for which no extra will be paid.
(xi) The measurements of guard bars, expanded metal, hard drawn steel wire fabric of
approved quality, grill work and gratings, when fixed in frame work, painting of which is once
measured else where shall be taken exclusive of the frames. In other cases the measurements
shall be taken inclusive of the frames.
(xii) For painting open palisade fencing and gates etc., the height shall be measured from the
bottom of the lowest rail, if the palisades do not go below it, (or from the lower end of the
palisades, if they project below the lowest rail), upto the top of rails or palisades whichever are
higher, but not up to the top of standards when the latter are higher than the top rails or the
palisades. Width of moulded work of all other kinds, as in hand rails, cornices, architraves shall be
measured by girth.
For trusses, compound girders, stanchions, lattice girders, and similar work, actual areas will be
measured in sq. metre and no extra shall be paid for painting on bolt heads, nuts, washers etc.
even when they are picked out in a different tint to the adjacent work.
Painting of rain water, soil, waste, vent and water pipes etc. shall be measured in running metres
of the particular diameter of the pipe concerned. Painting of specials such as bends, heads,
branches, junctions, shoes, etc. shall be included in the length and no separate measurements
shall be taken for these or for painting brackets, clamps etc.
159
CHAPTER - 13
FINISHING WORK
Rate
(in Rs)
13.1 12 mm cement plaster of mix :
13.1.1 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) Sqm 149.00
13.1.2 1:6 (1 cement: 6 sand) Sqm 137.00
13.2 15 mm cement plaster on rough side of single or half brick wall of mix
13.2.1 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) Sqm 174.00
13.2.2 1:6 (1 cement: 6 sand) Sqm 159.00

13.3.1 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) Sqm 212.00
13.3.2 1:6 (1 cement: 6 sand) Sqm 194.00
13.4 12 mm cement plaster finished with a floating coat of neat cement of

mix :
13.4.1 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) Sqm 181.00
13.4.2 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) Sqm 169.00
13.5 15 mm cement plaster on rough side of single or half brick wall finished
with a floating coat of neat cement of mix :
13.5.1 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) Sqm 206.00
13.5.2 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) Sqm 191.00
20mm cement plaster 1:3( 1 cement : coarse sand) finished with coat
Sqm 262.00
13.6 of neat cement
13.10 18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12 mm thick cement

plaster 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand) finished with a top layer 6mm Sqm 206.00
thick cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement: 4 fine sand).
13.11 18 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 12 mm thick cement

plaster 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand) and a top layer 6mm
Sqm 224.00
thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) finished
rough with sponge.

13.12.1 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand) Sqm 111.00
13.13 6 mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand) finished with a

floating coat of neat cement and thick coat of Lime wash on top of Sqm 148.00
walls when dry for bearing of R.C.C. slabs and beams.
13.14 Providing sand faced plaster upto 10meter height above ground level
concrete or brick masonry surfaces in two coats, base coat of 13 mm
thick in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 sand), clearing the surface by
combing it and finishing coat of 8 mm. thick in cement mortar 1:3 (1 Sqm 375.00
cement: 3 sand) and taking out surface grains by mechanical
arrangement including cost of all material, labour, and T and P
including all lead, lift and scaffolding etc. complete.
160
Rate
(in Rs)
13.15 Neat cement punning Sqm 30.00
13.16 Rough cast plaster upto 10m height above ground level with a mixture
of sand and gravel or crushed stone from 6mm to 10mm nominal size
dashed over and including the fresh plaster in two layers, under layer
12mm cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) and top Sqm 347.00
layer 10mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand) mixed with
10% finely grounded hydrated lime by volume of ordinary cement.
13.17 Pebble dash plaster upto 10m height above ground level with a mixture
of washed pebble or crushed stone 6mm to 12.5mm nominal
size dashed over and including fresh plaster in two layers under layer
12mm cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) and top Sqm 331.00
layer 10mm cement plaster with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine
sand) mixed with 10% finely grounded hydrated lime by volume of
cement.
13.18 Extra for providing and mixing water proofing material in cement Per bag
plaster work in proportion recommended by the manufacturers. (50Kg)
of
63.00
cement
used in
mixed
13.19 Extra for plastering exterior walls of height more than 10 m from
ground level for every additional height of 3 m or part thereof. Sqm 28.00
13.20 Extra for plastering on circular work not exceeding 6 m in radius:

13.20.1 In one coat Sqm 12.00
13.20.2 In two coat Sqm 19.00
13.21 Extra for plastering done on moulding cornices or architraves including

neat finish to line and level:
13.21.1 In one coat Sqm 182.00
13.21.2 In two coat Sqm 288.00
13.22 Extra for plastering :

13.22.1 Spherical ceiling Sqm 48.00
13.22.2 Groined ceiling Sqm 55.00
13.22.3 Flewing soffits Sqm 29.00
13.23 Providing and applying plaster of paris putty of 2 mm thickness over

plastered surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete Sqm 87.00
13.24 Providing and applying plaster of paris punning of 10 mm average

thickness over plastered surface to prepare the surface even and Sqm 157.00
smooth complete
161
Rate
(in Rs)
13.25 Providing and applying 1.0 mm thick white cement based wall putty of
best quality, over plastered surface to prepare the surface even and Sqm 63.00
smooth complete.
13.26 Extra for lining out plaster to imitate stone or concrete blocks walling Sqm 33.00
13.27 12 mm thick plain cement mortar bands in cement mortar 1:4 (1

cement: 4 sand) :
13.27.1 Flush Band Meter 3.00
13.27.2 Sunk Band Meter 3.00
13.27.3 Raised Band Meter 3.00
13.27.4 Moulded Band Meter 5.00
13.28 18 mm thick plain cement mortar band in cement mortar 1:4 (1

cement:4 sand):
13.28.1 Flush Band Meter 3.00
13.28.2 Sunk Band Meter 3.00
13.28.3 Raised Band Meter 4.00
13.28.4 Moulded Band Meter 7.00
13.29 18 mm thick moulded cement mortar band in two coats under layer
12mm thick with cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand) top cm per 7.00
layer 6mm thick with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 fine sand). meter
13.30 Pointing on brick work or brick flooring with cement mortar 1:3
(1 cement: 3 sand) :
13.30.1 Flush / Ruled/ Struck or weathered pointing. Sqm 84.00
13.30.2 Raised and cut pointing Sqm 136.00
13.31 Pointing on tile brick work with cement mortar 1:3 (1cement:3 sand)
13.31.1 Flush/ Ruled/ Struck or weathered pointing Sqm 116.00
13.32 Pointing on stone work with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) :
13.32.1 Flush/ Ruled pointing Sqm 104.00

13.32.2 Raised and cut pointing Sqm 202.00
13.33 Raised and cut pointing on stone work in white cement mortar 1:3
(1white cement: 3 marble dust) Sqm 215.00
13.34 Pointing on stone slab ceiling with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement: 2
sand): Flush/ Ruled pointing Sqm 60.00
13.35 Extra for pointing on walls on the outside at height more than 10m from
ground level for every additional height of 3m or part there of. Sqm 6.00
13.36 White washing with lime to give an even shade:

13.36.1 New work (three or more coats) Sqm 11.00
13.36.2 Satna lime wash on walls one coat Sqm 5.00
162
Rate
(in Rs)
13.37 Colour washing such as green, blue or buff to give an even shade -
New work (two or more coats) with a base coat of white washing Sqm 17.00
with lime
13.38 Distempering with 1st quality acrylic distemper (ready mixed) of

approved manufacturer, of required shade and colour complete, as per
manufacturer's specification.
Two or more coats on new work. Sqm 42.00
13.39 Wall painting with plastic emulsion paint of approved brand and
manufacture to give an even shade:
Two or more coats on new work Sqm 58.00
13.40 Wall painting with premium acrylic emulsion paint of interior grade,
having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound ) content less than 50
grams/ litre. of approved brand and manufacture, including applying
additional coats wherever required to achieve even shade and colour.
13.40.1 One coat. Sqm 41.00

13.40.2 Two coats. Sqm 78.00
13.41 Applying one coat of cement primer of approved brand and

Sqm 32.00
manufacture on wall surface : Cement primer.
13.42 Finishing walls with water proofing cement paint of required shade -
New work (Two or more coats applied @ 3.84 kg/10 sqm). Sqm 46.00
13.43 Finishing walls with textured exterior paint of required shade :

13.43.1 New work (Two or more coats applied @ 3.28 ltr/10 sqm) over and
including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20kg/10 sqm. Sqm 146.00
163
Rate
(in Rs)
13.44 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint of required shade:
13.44.1 New work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/10 sqm over and
including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20 kg/ 10 sqm). Sqm 93.00
13.45. Finishing walls with Premium Acrylic Smooth exterior paint with
Silicone additives of required shade
13.45.1 New work (Two or more coats applied @ 1.43 ltr/ 10 sqm. over and
including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20 kg/ 10 sqm). Sqm 89.00
13.46 Finishing with Deluxe Multi surface paint system for interiors and
exteriors using Primer as per manufacturers specifications :
13.46.1 Two or more coats on walls applied @ 1.25 ltr/10 sqm. over and
including one coat of Special primer applied @ 0.75 ltr/10 sqm. Sqm 80.00
13.46.2 Painting wood work with Deluxe Multi Surface Paint of required shade.
Two or more coat applied @0.90 ltr/10 sqm over an under coat of
primer applied @0.75 ltr/ 10 sqm of approved brand or manufacture Sqm 71.00
13.46.3 Painting Steel work with Deluxe Multi Surface Paint to give an even
shade. Two or more coat applied @0.90 ltr/10 sqm over an under coat
Sqm 68.00
of primer applied @ 0.80 ltr/ 10 sqm of approved brand or manufacture
13.47 Applying priming coat :

13.47.1 With ready mixed pink or Grey primer of approved brand and
manufacture on wood work (hard and soft wood) Sqm 30.00
13.47.2 With ready mixed aluminium primer of approved brand and

manufacture on resinous wood and plywood Sqm 31.00
13.47.3 With ready mixed red oxide zinc chromate primer of

approved brand and manufacture on steel galvanised iron/steel Sqm 26.00
works
13.47.4 With ready mixed red oxide zinc chromate primer of
approved brand and manufacture on steel work (second coat) Sqm 14.00
13.48 Painting with silicon and acrylic emulsion based water thinnable sealer
of approved brand and manufacture on wet or patchy portion of
plastered surfaces:
13.48.1 One coat Sqm 45.00
13.48.2 Two coats Sqm 71.00
13.49 Finishing with Epoxy paint (two or more coats) at all locations prepared
and applied as per manufacturer's specifications including
appropriate priming coat, preparation of surface, etc. complete.
13.49.1 On steel work Sqm 103.00

13.49.2 On concrete work Sqm 102.00
164
Rate
(in Rs)
13.50 Painting on G.S. sheet with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand
and manufacture of required colour to give an even shade : New work
Sqm 61.00
(two or more coats) including a coat of approvedsteel primer but
excluding a coat of mordant solution.
13.51 Applying a coat of mordant solution on G.S. sheet :

13.51.1 With a solution of 38 gms of copper acetate in a litre of soft water Sqm 21.00
13.51.2 With a solution made of 13 gms of hydrochloric acid in a solution of
13 gms each of copper chloride, copper nitrate and ammonium Sqm 20.00
chloride dissolved in a litre of soft water.
13.52 Painting (two or more coats) on rain water, soil, waste and vent pipes
and fittings with black anticorrosive bitumastic paint approved
brand and manufacture over and including a priming of ready mixed
zinc chromate yellow primer on new work :
13.52.1 75 mm diameter pipes meter 15.00
13.53 Painting (two or more coats) on rain water, soil, waste and vent pipes
and fittings with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand
and manufacture and required colour over a priming coat of approved
steel primer on new work.
13.54 Painting with oil type wood preservative of approved brand and
Sqm 24.00
manufacture: New work (two or more coats)
13.55 Providing and applying two coats of fire retardant paint unthinned on
cleaned wood/ply surface @ 3.5 sqm per litre per coat including
preparation of base surface as per recommendations of manufacturer Sqm 222.00
to make the surface fire retardant.
13.56 Coal tarring two coats on new work using 0.16 and 0.12 litre coal tar
per sqm in the first coat and second coat respectively. Sqm 29.00
13.57 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture to

give an even shade - Two or more coats on new work Sqm 56.00
13.58 Painting with acid proof paint of approved brand and manufacture of
required colour to give an even shade: Two or more coats on new Sqm 69.00
work.
13.59 Painting with black anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved
brand and manufacture to give an even shade: Two or more coats on Sqm 50.00
new work.
165
Rate
(in Rs)
13.60 Floor painting with floor enamel paint of approved brand
and manufacture of required colour to give an even shade: Two or Sqm 67.00
more coats on new work.
13.61 Varnishing with varnish of approved brand and manufacture:

13.61.1 Two or more coats of glue sizing with copal varnish over an under coat
of flatting varnish. Sqm 87.00
13.61.2 Two or more coats glue sizing with spar varnish or an under coat of
flatting varnish. Sqm 88.00
13.62 French spirit polishing : Two or more coats on new works including a
Sqm 123.00
coat of wood filler.
13.63 Polishing on wood work with ready mixed wax polish of approved
brand and manufacture : New work Sqm 72.00
13.64 Floor polishing on masonry or concrete floors with wax polish of

approved brand and manufacture. Sqm 34.00
13.65 Lettering with black Japan paint of approved brand and manufacture per
letter
per cm
2.00
height
13.66 Washed stone grit plaster on exterior walls of height upto 10 M. above
level in two layers, under layer 12mm cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement: 4
coarse sand ) furrowing the under layer with scratching tool, applying
cement slurry on the under layer @ 2 Kg of cement per square meter,
top layer 15mm cement plaster 1:1/2:2 (1 cement: 1/2 coarse sand : 2
stone chipping 10mm nominal size) in panels with groove all around as Sqm 454.00
per approved pattern including scrubbing and washing, the top
layer with brushes and water to expose the stone chippings ,complete
as per specification and direction of Engineer-in- charge
(Payment for providing grooves shall be made separately).
13.67 Forming groove of uniform size in the top layer of washed stone grit
plaster as per approved pattern using wooden battens, nailed to
the under layer including removal of wooden battens, repair to the
edges of panels and finishing the groove complete as per
specifications and direction of the Engineer-in-charge :
13.67.1 15 mm wide and 15 mm deep groove meter 26.80
13.67.2 20 mm wide and 15 mm deep groove meter 27.00
13.68 Extra for washed grit plaster on exterior walls of height more than 10m
from ground level for every additional height of 3 m or part thereof. Sqm 73.00
13.69 Extra for washed stone grit plaster on circular work not exceeding 6m
in radius (in two coats). Sqm 37.00
166
Rate
(in Rs)
13.70 Forming groove of uniform size from 12x12mm and upto 25x15mm in
plastered surface as per approved pattern using wooden battens,
nailed to the under layer including removal of wooden battens, repairs
to the edges of plaster panel and finishing the groove complete meter 27.00
as per specifications and direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
13.71 Extra for using white cement in place of ordinary cement in the top
layer of the item of washed stone grit plaster. Sqm 75.00
13.72 Providing and applying 12 mm thick (average) premixed formulated

one coat gypsum lightweight plaster having additives and light weight
aggregates as vermiculite/ perlite respectively conforming to IS:
2547 (Part - 1 & II) 1976, applied on hacked / uneven background Sqm 180.00
such as bare brick/ block/ RCC work on walls & ceiling at all
floors and locations, finished in smooth line and level etc. complete.
13.73 Providing and fixing chicken mesh as per ISI specification and in the
required width with 50mm long Bombay nails on vertical and horizontal
junctions of RCC and brick wall including scaffolding and all lead and Sqm 65.00
lift etc. complete before plastering upt 10 meter height.
167
CHAPTER - 14
REPAIRS TO BUILDINGS
Notes:
IS 419 Specifications for Putty for use in Window Frames

IS 14900 Specifications for Transparent Float Glass
1 Repairs to plaster work include cutting the patch and preparing the wall surface.
Patches of 2.50 square meters and less in area shall be covered under this chapter.
Plastering in patches over 2.50 square meters in area shall be paid for at the rate as
applicable to new work.
2 Doors, windows and ventilators in existing opening shall be conveniently erected in

position. The hold fasts of overall lenght of 40cm. shall be embedded all round in
cement concrete block of size 30x10x20cm. where necessary. Masonry shall be
chipped carefully and uniformly to admit easy insertion of frame in opening.
3 Before making opening in the masonry, it is necessary to examine that the wall
exclusive of opening is adequate to take the load coming on the structure. All
precautions as explained in chapter of demolishing & dismentaling should be
followed.
4 Renewing glass panes with putty and nails or with wooden fillets:
Materials shall conform to I.S. 1761-1960.
5 Fixing fan clamps in existing R.C.C. slabs shall be done without any damage to
adjoining portion of the ceiling. The fan clamps to be fixed in R.C.C. shall be not less
than 16mm. in diameter M.S. bar. The fixing shall be done by making chases of size
15x7.50cm. in ceiling to R.C.C. surfaces. The two arms at the ends of the clamps
shall be passed through the space over the reinforcement bar from the bottom of the
slab. The chase in the ceiling filled with cement concrete M 15 grade & curing shall
be done as per specifications.
6 R.C.C. columns and beams which have cracked or where reinforcements have
deteriorated, shall be repaired by guniting, where necessary, centering for the beams
and slabs and shoring for the columns in both the planes shall be provided before
guniting is started. Curing shall be done as per specifications.
7 Repairs to flooring shall be done with proper slope as per the existing floor slope, no
damage shall be done to the existing floor panel edges of adjoining panels.
8 The rates include, unless otherwise specified, cost of all materials, labour,
scaffolding, T & P and hire, running charges of machineries etc. for all leads and lifts
required for the work.
(For Detail Specification Refer Chapter of Repairs of Buildings specification)
168
CHAPTER - 14
REPAIRS & MAINTENANCE OF BUILDINGS
Rate
(in Rs)
14.1 Repairs to plaster of thickness 12mm to 20mm in patches of area
2.5 sq. meter and under including cutting the patch in proper shape,
raking out joints and preparing and plastering the surface of
the walls complete including disposal of rubbish to the dumping
ground with in 50 meters lead :
14.1.1 With cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine sand) Sqm 186.00
14.1.2 With cement mortar 1:4 (1cement: 4 coarse sand). Sqm 169.00
14.2 Fixing chowkhats in existing opening including embedding

chowkhats in floors or walls cutting masonry for holdfasts
embedding hold fasts in cement concrete blocks with cement
concrete grade M-10 (Nominal Mix with 20mm maximum size of
stone aggregate) painting two coats of approved wood preservative
to sides of chowkhats and making good the damages to walls and
floors as required complete including disposal of rubbish to the
dumping ground within 50 meter lead :
14.2.1 Door chowkhats Each 560.00

14.2.2 Window chowkhats Each 352.00
14.2.3 Clerestory window chowkhats Each 254.00
14.3 Fixing chowkhat in existing opening in brick / RCC wall with

dash fasteners of appropriate size/ chemical fastener (3nos on each
vertical member of door chowkhat and 2 nos. on each vertical
member of window 1.20 meter height as per UADD/CPWD Each 148.00
specification including Cost of dash fasteners/ chemical fastener.
14.4 Making the opening in brick masonry including dismantling in floor

or walls by cutting masonry and making good the damages to
walls, flooring and jambs complete to match existing surface i/c
disposal of mulba/ rubbish to the nearest municipal dumping
ground.
14.4.1 For door/ window/ clerestory window. Sqm 333.00
14.5 Renewing glass panes, with putty and nails wherever necessary:
14.5.1 Float glass panes of thickness 4 mm Sqm 577.00
14.5.2 Float glass panes of thickness 5.5 mm Sqm 732.00
14.6 Renewing glass panes, with wooden fillets wherever necessary:

14.7 Renewing glass panes and refixing existing wooden fillets:

169
Rate
(in Rs)
14.8 Supplying and fixing new wooden fillets wherever necessary:
14.8.1 2nd class teak wood fillets meter 32.00
14.8.2 Hard wood fillets. meter 27.00
14.9 Renewal of old putty of glass panes (length) meter 16.00
14.10 Refixing old glass panes with putty and nails Sqm 214.00
14.11 Fixing old glass panes with wooden fillets (excluding cost of fillets)
Sqm 175.00
14.12 Providing and fixing 16 mm M.S. Fan clamps of standard shape and
size in existing R.C.C. slab including cutting chase, anchoring clamp
to reinforcement bar, including cleaning, refilling, making good the Each 190.00
chase with matching concrete, plastering and painting the exposed
portion of the clamps complete.
14.13 Regrading terracing of mud phaska covered with tiles or brick, in

cement mortar by dismantling tiles or bricks, removing mud plaster
preparing the surface of mud phaska to proper slope relaying mud
plaster gobri leaping and tiles or bricks, grouted in cement mortar
1:3 (1cement : 3 fine sand) including replacing unserviceable tiles or Sqm 205.00
bricks with new ones and disposal of unserviceable material the
dumping ground (the cost of the new tiles or brick excluded) upto 50
meters lead.
14.14 Replacing sand stone slabs in roofing laid in cement mortar

1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including necessary repairs
and cement pointing with same mortar complete including disposal
of rubbish to dumping ground within 50 meters of lead :
14.14.1 Red/ white sand stone slabs 30 to 50 mm thick. Sqm 492.00
14.15 Supply and replacing wooden battens in old roofs, including making
good the holes in wall and painting with oil type wood preservative of
approved brand and manufacture complete including removal of
rubbish within 50 meters lead :
14.15.1 Other then teak wood battens. Cum 56756.00
14.16 Supply and replacing wooden beams in old roofs including making
good the holes in walls and painting with oil type wood preservative
of approved brand and manufacture complete including removal of
rubbish to the dumping ground within 50 meters lead :
14.16.1 Not exceeding 4.00 meters in length.

14.16.1.1 Other then teak wood beams (Sal Wood) Cum 63108.00
14.16.1.2 Hollock wood beams Cum 40763.00
14.16.2 Above 4.00 meters and upto 5.00 meters length.
14.16.2.1 Other then teak wood beams (Sal Wood) Cum 59108.00
14.16.2.2 Hollock wood beams Cum 41554.00
170
Rate
(in Rs)
14.17 Raking out joints in lime or cement mortar and preparing the surface
for re-pointing or replastering including disposal of rubbish to the Sqm 19.00
dumping ground within 50 meters lead.
14.18 Taking out wind ties from roof including cutting out rusted bolts,
nuts etc. and removing materials to any distance within Kg. 2.00
compound and stacking.
14.19 Fixing of old wind tie with new fittings including painting two or
more coats with anticorrosive bitumastic paint of approved
brand & manufacturer over and including priming coat of ready meter 56.00
mixed zinc chromate yellow primer of approved brand.
14.20 Supply and replacing bottom rail of collapsible gate including making
good all damages and applying priming coat of zinc chromate yellow Kg 127.00
primer of approved brand and manufacturer.
14.21 Supply and replacing wrought iron or M.S. Wheel or roller of old
steel door or gate and fitting and fixing the same with necessary
clamps, nuts and bolts/welding and erection etc. complete.
14.21.1 Wheel 50 mm dia. and below. per wheel 145.00

14.21.2 Wheel above 50 mm dia. per wheel 219.00
14.22 Brick work with open bhtta bricks of class designation 25 in mud
Cum 3525.00
mortar.
14.23 Providing and fixing 25 mm thick shutters for cup board etc. :
14.23.1 Panelled or panelled & glazed shutters of :
14.23.1.1 Superior class teak wood including nickel plated bright finished
Sqm 2907.00
M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws.
14.23.1.2 1st class teak wood including nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano
Sqm 2524.00
hinges with necessary screws.
14.23.2 Glazed shutters of :
14.23.2.1 Superior class teak wood including nickel plated bright finished
Sqm 2965.00
M.S. piano hinges with necessary screws.
14.23.2.2 1st class teak wood including nickel plated bright finished M.S. piano
Sqm 2553.00
hinges with necessary screws.
14.24 Providing and fixing plain jaffri door and window shutters including
bright or/and black enamelled M.S. butt hinges with necessary
screws 35x10mm laths placed 35mm apart (frames to be paid
separately) including fixing 50x12mm beading complete .
14.24.2 Hard wood finger Sqm 1288.00
14.25 Providing and fixing curtain rods of 1.25mm thick brass plates with
two brass brackets fixed with brass screws and wooden plugs etc.
wherever necessary complete.
171
Rate
(in Rs)
14.25.1 20 mm diameter.(18 gauge) meter 221.00
14.25.2 25 mm diameter. (18 gauge) meter 284.00
14.26 Providing and fixing M.S. round or square bars with M.S. flats
at required spacing in wooden frames of windows and clerestory Kg 62.00
windows.
14.27 Providing joists (karries) including hoisting fixing in position

and applying wood preservative on unexposed surface etc. complete
with:
14.27.1 Other then teak wood. Cum 55754.00
14.27.2 Hollock wood. cum 38398.00
14.28 Providing and fixing bright finished brass single acting spring
hinges with necessary screws etc. complete :
14.28.1 150mm Each 377.00
14.28.2 125mm Each 278.00
14.28.3 100mm Each 210.00
14.29 Providing and fixing bright finished brass double acting spring
hinges with necessary screws etc. complete :
14.29.1 150mm Each 475.00
14.29.2 125mm Each 388.00
14.29.3 100mm Each 385.00
14.30 Providing and fixing bright finished brass flush bolts with
14.30.1 250mm Each 155.00
14.30.2 150mm Each 125.00
14.30.3 100mm Each 89.00
14.31 Providing and fixing 150 mm bright finished floor brass door
stopper with rubber cushion, screws etc. to suit shutter thickness Each 156.00
complete.
14.32 Providing and fixing bright finished brass hard drawn hooks and
eyes :
14.32.1 300mm Each 57.00
14.32.2 250mm Each 59.00
14.32.3 200mm Each 55.00
14.32.4 150mm Each 42.00
14.32.5 100mm Each 35.00
14.33 Providing and fixing bright finished brass fan light pivot with
necessary screws etc. complete. Each 25.00
14.34 Providing and fixing 300 mm long bright finished brass chain with
hook for fan light including necessary screws etc. complete. Each 32.00
172
Rate
(in Rs)
14.35 Providing and fixing bright finished brass quadrant stay 300mm
long with necessary screws etc. complete. Each 115.00
14.36 Providing and fixing bright finished brass helical door spring
(superior quality). Each 317.00
14.37 Providing and fixing chromium plated brass butt hinges with
14.37.3 75x65x4 mm (heavy type) Each 107.00
14.38 Providing and fixing 85x42mm chromium plated brass pull bolt lock
with necessary screws, nuts, bolts and washers etc. complete. Each 164.00
14.39 Removing white or colour wash by scrapping and sand papering

and preparing the surface smooth including necessary repairs to Sqm 6.00
scratches etc. complete
14.40 White washing with lime to give an even shade :

14.40.1 Old work (two or more coats) Sqm 8.00
14.40.2 Old work (one or more coats) Sqm 5.00
14.41 Removing dry or oil bound distemper, water proofing cement paint
and the like by scrapping, sand papering and preparing the surface
Sqm 8.00
smooth including necessary repairs to scratches etc. complete.
14.42 Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved brand

and manufacture to give an even shade : Old work (one or more Sqm 25.00
coats)
14.43 Distempering with 1st quality acrylic washable distemper (ready

made) of approved manufacturer and of required shade and colour
Sqm 26.00
complete. as per manufacturer's specification. One or more coats on
old work.
14.44 Painting on G.S. sheet with synthetic enamel paint of approved

brand and manufacture of required colour to give an even shade : Sqm 30.00
Old work (one or more coats)
14.45 Painting (one or more coats) on rain water, soil, waste and vent
pipes and fittings with black anticorrosive bitumastic paint of
approved brand and manufacture on old work :
173
Rate
(in Rs)
14.46 Painting (two or more coats) on rain water, soil, waste and vent
pipes and fittings with aluminium paint of approved brand and
manufacture over a priming coat of ready mixed zinc chromate
yellow primer on new work :
14.47 Painting (one or more coats) on rain water, soil, waste and vent
pipes and fittings with synthetic enamel paint of approved
brand and manufacture and required colour on old work :

14.48 Painting with oil type wood preservative of approved brand

and manufacture : Old work (one or more coats) Sqm 19.00
14.49 Wall painting with plastic emulsion paint of approved brand

and manufacture to give an even shade : One or more coats on old Sqm 41.00
work.
14.50 Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and

manufacture of required colour to give an even shade : One or more Sqm 36.00
coats on old work.
14.51 Painting with aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture

to give an even shade : One or more coats on old work. Sqm 32.00
14.52 Painting with acid proof paint of approved brand and manufacture
of required colour to give an even shade : One or more coats on old Sqm 41.00
work.
14.53 Painting with black anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved

brand and manufacture to give an even shade : One or more coats Sqm 29.00
on old work.
14.54 French spirit polishing : One or more coats on old work. Sqm 56.00
14.55 Polishing on wood work with ready made wax polish of approved
brand and manufacture : Old work Sqm 30.00
14.56 Re-lettering with black Japan paint of approved brand and Per letter
manufacture. per cm 1.00
height
14.57 Painting (one or more coats) with black Japan paint of approved
brand and manufacture to give an even shade. Sqm 31.00
174
Rate
(in Rs)
14.58 Providing and fixing C.P. brass chain and rubber plug complete for
sink or wash basin :
14.58.1 32mm dia Each 56.00
14.58.2 40mm dia Each 56.00
14.59 Finishing walls with water proofing cement paint of required shade
14.59.1 Old work (one or more coats applied @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm) over
priming coat of primer applied @ 0.80 litrs/10 sqm complete Sqm 41.00
including cost of Priming coat.
14.59.2 Old work (one or more coats @ 2.20 kg/10 sqm) complete. Sqm 28.00
14.60 Finishing walls with textured exterior paint of required shade :

14.60.1 Old work (Two or more coats on existing cement paint surface
applied @ 3.28 ltr/10 sqm. Sqm 108.00
14.60.2 Old work (One or more coats) applied @ 1.82 ltr/10 sqm. Sqm 66.00
14.61 Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint of required shade
14.61.1 Old work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/ 10 sqm) on existing
Sqm 53.00
cement paint surface).
14.61.2 Old work (One or more coat applied @ 0.90 ltr/10 sqm). Sqm 36.00
14.62 Finishing walls with Premium Acrylic Smooth exterior paint with
Silicone additives of required shade
14.62.1 Old work (Two or more coats applied @ 1.43 ltr/ 10 sqm) over
existing cement paint surface. Sqm 45.00
14.62.2 Old work (one or more coats applied @ 0.83 ltr/10 sqm). Sqm 28.00
14.63 Varnishing with varnish of approved brand and manufacture:

14.63.1 One or more coats with copal varnish. Sqm 35.00
14.63.2 One or more coats with spar varnish. Sqm 36.00
14.64 Melamine polishing on wood work (one or more coat). Sqm 72.00
14.65 Varnishing with flatting varnish of approved brand and manufacture

Sqm 36.00
one or more coats on old work.
175
CHAPTER - 15
DISMANTLING AND DEMOLISHING
Notes
IS 1200 (Pt-XVIII) Method of Measurements of Building and Civil Engineering Works (Part -
XVIII) Demolition and Dismantling
IS 4130 Demolition of Buildings-Code of Safety
1 In dismantling, the articles shall be carefull removed and passed by hand, where necessary,
lowered to the ground and not thrown. Iron and A.C. sheets, wooden planks etc. shall be
removed with proper tools and not torn off by force.
2 All dismantled materials shall form the Government property.
3 During dismantling, every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to any part of
strucutre and also to any adjoining structure, which are to be left intact.
4 The rates are applicable to all types Buildings.
5 An inventory of all possbile serviceable materials shall be prepared. This record shall be kept
for proper control during execution of work.
Portions required to be retained shall be marked before starting dismantling.
A register shall be kept at the work site in which day to day account of the turn out and the
salvaged materials shall be maintained. This register shall also show weather -dismantled
material is properly stacked or wasted.
6 All the materials obtained from the removal of the structure shall be the property of
Government Serviceable materials shall be stacked neatly in such a manner as to avoid
deterioration and a places directed by Engineer-in-Charge with in specified lead. Different
categories of materials shall be stacked separately.
Unless otehrwise provided, excavated materials shall be used in back filling the execavation
made in removing the structure in levelling ground or otherwise disposed off as directed with
in specified lead.
Non serviceable materials shall be disposed off without causing any damage or
incovenience.
7 Measurements
(i) Measurement of all works shall be recorded before dismantling.
(ii) All measurements shall be measured along the existing slopes.
8 Rates :-
The rate include the cost of all labour involved and tools used in demolishing and dismantling
including scaffolding. The rate shall also include the charges for separating out and stacking
the serviceable material properly and disposing off unserviceable material within a distance
of 50 meters.
The rates also include for temporary shoring for the safety of portions not required to be
pulled down, or of adjoining property, and providing temporary enclosures or partitions,
where considered necessary.
(For Detail Refer Chapter of Dismantling and Demolishing specification)
176
CHAPTER - 15
DISMANTLING AND DEMOLISHING
Rate
(in Rs)
15.1 Demolishing lime concrete manually / by mechanical means and
disposal of material within 50 meters lead as per direction of Cum 218.00
Engineer in charge.
15.2 Demolishing cement concrete manually/by mechanical means

including disposal of material within 50 meters lead as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge.
15.2.1 1:3:6 or richer mix Cum 534.00
15.2.2 1:4:8 or leaner mix Cum 389.00
15.3 Demolishing R.C.C. work manually/ by mechanical means including

stacking of steel bars and disposal of unserviceable material within Cum 786.00
50 meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
15.4 Extra for cutting reinforcement bars manually/by mechanical means

in R.C.C. (Payment shall be made on the cross sectional area of Sqm 291.00
R.C.C. or as per direction of Engineer -in-charge.
15.5 Extra for scrapping, cleaning and straightening reinforcement

Kg 3.00
from R.C.C.
15.6 Demolishing brick work manually/by mechanical means including

stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable
material within 50 meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in-
15.6.1 charge.
In lime mortar Cum 218.00
15.6.2 In cement mortar Cum 437.00
15.7 Removing mortar from bricks and cleaning bricks including stacking
within a lead of 50m (stacks of cleaned bricks shall be measured):
15.7.1 From brick work in lime mortar 1000 Nos 1217.00
15.7.2 From brick work in cement mortar 1000 Nos 1653.00
15.8 Demolishing stone masonry manually/by mechanical means

including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of
unserviceable material within 50meters lead as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge:
15.8.1 In lime mortar Cum 282.00
15.9 Removing mortar from and cleaning stones and concrete articles
(net quantity of stacks of cleaned materials will be measured) :
15.9.1 In lime mortar Cum 126.00
15.10 Dismantling doors, windows and clerestory windows (steel or

wood) shutter including chowkhats, architrave, holdfasts etc.
complete and stacking within 50 meters lead.
15.10.1 Of area 3 sq. meters and below Each 99.00
15.10.2 Of area beyond 3 sq. meters Each 127.00
177
Rate
(in Rs)
15.11 Taking out doors, windows and clerestory window shutters (steel
or wood) including stacking within 50 meters lead:
15.11.1 Of area 3 sq. meters and below Each 36.00
15.11.2 Of area beyond 3 sq. meters Each 47.00
15.12 Dismantling wood work in frames, trusses, purlins and rafters upto
10 meters span and 5 meters height including stacking the material
within 50 meters lead:
15.12.1 Of sectional area 40 square centimeters and above. Cum 940.00
15.13 Extra for dismantling trusses, rafters, purlins etc. of wood work for
every additional span of one meter or part thereof beyond 10 meters
:
15.13.1 Of sectional area 40 square centimeters and above. Cum per
meter 159.00
span
15.13.2 Of sectional area below 40 square centimeters. Meter Per
mtr. Span 0.50
15.14 Extra for dismantling trusses, rafters, purlins etc. of wood work for
every additional height of one meter or part thereof beyond 5 meters
:
15.14.1 Of sectional area 40 square centimeters and above. Cum per
meter 223.00
height
15.14.2 Of sectional area below 40 square centimeters. meter per
meter 1.00
height
15.15 Dismantling steel work in single sections including dismembering

and stacking within 50 meters lead in:
15.15.1 R.S. Joists quintal 91.00
15.15.2 Channels, angles, tees and flats quintal 63.00
15.16 Dismantling steel work in built up sections in angles, tees, flats and
channels including all gusset plates,bolts,nuts,cutting rivets,welding Kg 1.00
etc. including dismembering and stacking within 50meters lead.
15.17 Dismantling steel work manually/ by mechanical means in built

up sections without dismembering and stacking within 50 meters Kg 1.00
lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
15.18 Extra for dismantling trusses, rafters, purlins etc. of steel work for
every additional span of one meter or part thereof beyond 10 meters quintal 19.00
15.19 Extra for dismantling trusses, rafters, purlins etc. of steel work for
every additional height of one meter or part thereof beyond 5 quintal 19.00
meters.
178
Rate
(in Rs)
15.20 Extra for marking of structural steel work required to be re-erected.
Kg. 1.00
15.21 Dismantling tile work in floors and roofs laid in cement mortar
including stacking material within 50 meters lead.
15.21.1 For thickness of tiles upto 25 mm Sqm 27.00
15.21.2 For thickness of tiles above 25 mm and up to 40 mm Sqm 33.00
15.22 Demolishing dry brick pitching in floors, drains etc. including

stacking serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable Cum 385.00
material within 50 meters lead :
15.23 Dismantling stone slab flooring laid in cement mortar including

stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable Sqm 79.00
material within 50 meters lead.
15.24 Demolishing brick tile covering in terracing including stacking of

serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within Sqm 30.00
50 meters lead.
15.25 Demolishing mud phaska in terracing and disposal of material within

Cum 264.00
50 meters lead.
15.26 Dismantling roofing including ridges, hips valleys and gutters etc.,
and stacking the material within 50 meters lead of:
15.26.1 G.S. Sheet Sqm 49.00
15.26.2 Asbestos sheet Sqm 23.00
15.27 Dismantling stone slab roofing over wooden karries or R.C.C.

battens (dismantling karries and battens to be paid for separately)
including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of Sqm 788.00
unserviceable material within 50 meters lead.
15.28 Dismantling tiled roofing with battens boarding etc. complete

including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of Sqm 62.00
unserviceable material within 50 meters lead.
15.29 Dismantling wooden ballies in posts and struts including stacking

meter 6.00
within 50 meters lead.
15.30 Dismantling and stacking within 50meters lead,fencing posts or

struts including all earth work and dismantling of concrete etc.in
base of:
15.30.1 T’ or ‘L’ iron or pipe Each 82.00
15.30.2 R.C.C. Each 99.00
15.31 Cutting ballies or wooden posts of fencing at the point of

projection above the concrete or ground and stacking the same Each 10.00
15.32 Dismantling barbed wire or flexible wire rope in fencing including

Kg 11.00
making rolls and stacking within 50 meters lead.
179
Rate
(in Rs)
15.33 Dismantling wooden trellis work excluding frames but including

Sqm 18.00
stacking the serviceable material within 50 meters lead.
15.34 Dismantling expanded metal or I.R.C. fabrics with necessary

battens and beading including stacking the serviceable material Sqm 22.00
15.35 Dismantling wooden boardings in lining of walls and

partitions, excluding supporting members but including stacking
within 50 meters lead :
15.35.1 Up to 10 mm thick Sqm 18.00
15.35.2 Thickness above 10 mm up to 25 mm Sqm 23.00
15.36 Dismantling precast concrete or stone slabs in walls, partition walls

etc. including stacking within 50 meters lead:
15.36.1 Thickness up to 40 mm Sqm 86.00
15.37 Dismantling cement asbestos or other hard board ceiling or

partition walls including stacking of serviceable materials and Sqm 16.00
disposal of unserviceable materials within 50 meters lead.
15.38 Dismantling C.I. or asbestos rain water pipe with fittings and
clamps including stacking the material within 50 meters lead :
15.38.1 75 to 80 mm dia pipe. meter 22.00
15.38.2 100 mm dia pipe meter 22.00
15.38.3 150 mm dia pipe meter 23.00
15.39 Dismantling G.I. pipes (external work) including excavation and

refilling trenches after taking out the pipes, manually/ by
mechanical means including stacking of pipes within 50 meters
lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge :
15.39.1 Upto 40 mm nominal bore meter 44.00
15.39.2 Above 40 mm nominal bore meter 48.00
15.40 Dismantling C.I. pipes including excavation and refilling trenches

after taking out the pipes, manually/ by mechanical means
breaking lead caulked joints, melting of lead and making into blocks
including stacking of pipes, lead at site within 50 meter lead as per
direction of Engineer- in-charge:
15.40.1 Up to 150 mm diameter meter 123.00
15.40.2 Above 150 mm dia up to 300 mm dia. meter 161.00
15.40.3 Above 300 mm diameter meter 218.00
15.41 Dismantling of road gully chamber of various sizes including C.I.

grating with frame including stacking of useful materials near
the site and disposal of unserviceable materials into municipal Each 275.00
dumps within 50 meters lead including refilling the excavated gap.
180
Rate
(in Rs)
15.42 Dismantling of flushing cistern of any size including stacking of
useful materials near the site and disposal of unserviceable Each 287.00
materials within 50 meters lead.
15.43 Dismantling of C.I. sluice valve including stacking of useful

materials within a lead of 50 meters
15.43.1 Up to 150 mm diameter Each 106.00
15.43.2 Above 150 mm diameter Each 364.00
15.44 Dismantling of spindle fire hydrant including stacking of useful

materials within 50 meters lead. Each 215.00
15.45 Dismantling old plaster or skirting upto 15 mm thickness, raking

out joints and cleaning the surface for plaster upto two floor level
including disposal of rubbish within 50 meters lead and including Sqm 19.00
scaffolding etc.
15.46 Dismantling aluminium/ Gypsum partitions, doors, windows,

fixed glazing and false ceiling including disposal of unserviceable
Sqm 17.00
surplus material and stacking of serviceable material with in 50
meters lead as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
181
CHAPTER - 16
PILE WORK
Notes for Specification :-

IS Codes
Bentonite shall be as per IS 2720 (Part V).
Pile boring equipments shall be IS 14362.
Design and Construction of pile foundation (Driven cast-in-situ piles) shall be as per
IS-2911 (Part 1/Sec. 1)
Design and Construction of pile foundation (Bored Cast-in-situ piles) shall be as per
IS-2911 (Part 1/Sec. 2)
Design and Construction of pile foundation (Driven pre-cast concrete piles) shall be as per IS-
2911 (Part 1/Sec. 3)
Design and Construction of pile foundation (Bored pre-cast concrete piles) shall be as per IS-
2911 (Part 1/Sec. 4)
Design and Construction of pile foundation (Under reamed piles) shall be as per
IS-2911 (Part 3)
Design and Construction of pile foundation Load test on piles shall be as per
IS 2911 (Part-4)
1 Load :- It is load which is applied to a pile after taking into account its ultimate load capacity
pile spacing, Overall bearing capacity of the ground, the allowable settlement, negative skin
friction including reversal of loads.
2 Bearing Pile :- A pile formed in the ground for transmitting load of a structure to the soil by
the resistance developed at its tips and or along its surface. It is either vertical of batter pile.
It may be 'End bearing pile' or friction pile if it suports the load primarily along the surfaces.
3 Cast-in-situ :- Cast-in-situ piles shall be installed by driving a metal casing with a shoe at the
tip and displacing the material laterally. Driven cast-in-situ pile is formed by driving a casing,
permanent or temporary and subsequently filling the hole with plain or reinforcement
concrete.
4 Installation of Piles : Installation of piles shall be as accurate as possible and as per design
and drawings. The vertically or the required batter should be correctly maintained. Particular
care shall be taken in respect of installing either single pile or piles in two pile groups.
5 Curing :- As per IS 456 - 2000, exposed surfaces of concrete shall be kept continuously in a
damp or wet condition by ponding or by covering with a layer of sacking, canvas, Hessian or
similar materials and kept constantly wet for a least 10 days from the date of placing
concrete. The period of curing shall not be less than 14 days for concrete exposed to dry and
hot weather conditions.
6 Measurement
6.1 Dimension shall be measured nearest to a cm. Measurement of length on completion shall
be along the axis of pile and shall be measured from to of shoe to the bottom of pile cap.
7 Rates:
The rate includes the cost of materials and labour involved in all the operations described
above including pile embedded in pile cap, except soil investigation, reinforcement, pile cap
and grade beam.
(For Detail Refer Chapter of Pile work specification)

182
CHAPTER - 16
PILE WORK
Rate
(in Rs)
16.1 Boring, Providing and installing cast in situ single under reamed piles
of specified diameter and length in M 20 cement concrete, excluding
the cost of steel reinforcement but including the cost of boring,
cement concrete, all complete. (Length of pile for payment shall be
measured upto to the bottom of pile cap) :
16.1.1 250 mm dia piles meter 523.00
16.2 Providing, driving and installing driven cast-in-situ reinforced cement

concrete piles of specified diameter and length below the pile cap M
35 in cement concrete, to carry safe working load not less
than specified, excluding the cost of steel reinforcement but
including the cost of shoe and the length of pile to be embedded in
the pile cap etc. all complete. (Length of pile for payment shall be
measured from top of shoe to the bottom of pile cap) :

16.2.5 750 mm dia piles. meter 4663.00
16.3 Boring, providing and installing bored cast-in-situ reinforced cement

concrete pile of specified diameter and length below the pile cap M
35 in cement concrete, to carry a safe working load not less than
specified, excluding the cost of steel reinforcement but including the
cost of boring with, bentonite solution and temporary casing of
appropriate length for setting out and removal of same and the
length of the pile to be embedded in the pile cap etc. all complete,
including removal of excavated earth with all lifts and leads (Length
of pile for payment shall be measured upto bottom of pile cap).

183
Rate
(in Rs)
16.4 Providing,driving and installing driven Pre-cast reinforced cement
concrete piles of specified diameter and length below the pile cap in
M 35 cement concrete to carry safe working load not less than
specified.With a central through preformed hole with M.S. black pipe
of dia, 40mm for grouting with cement sand grouting of mix 1:2 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand) under sufficient positive pressure to ensure
complete filling including centring,shuttering, driving and removing
the steel casing pipe and lifting casing etc. complete but excluding
the cost of steel reinforcement. (Length of pile for payment shall be
measured from top of the shoe to the bottom of pile cap).

16.5 Vertical load testing of piles in accordance with IS 2911 (Part

IV) including installation of loading platform and preparation of pile
head or construction of test cap and dismantling of test cap after
test etc. complete as per specification & the direction of Engineer in-
charge.
16.5.1 Single pile upto 50 tonne capacity
16.5.1.1 Initial test. per test 40366.00
16.5.1.2 Routine test per test 15180.00
16.5.2 Single pile above 50 tonne and upto 100 tonne capacity
16.5.3 Group of two or more piles upto 50 tonne capacity
16.6 Cyclic vertical load testing of pile in accordance with IS Code of

practice IS: 2911(part IV) including preparation of pile head etc for.
16.6.1 Single pile.
16.6.1.1 Upto 50 tonne capacity pile. per test 15180.00
16.6.1.2 Above 50 tonne and upto 100 tonne capacity pile. per test 23082.00
16.6.2 Group of two piles.

16.6.2.1 Upto 50 tonne capacity each. per test 30444.00
16.7 Lateral load testing of single pile in accordance with IS Code

of practice IS : 2911 (Part IV) for determining safe allowable lateral
load on pile :
16.7.1 Upto 50 tonne capacity pile. per test 14761.00
16.7.2 Above 50 tonne and upto 100 tonne capacity pile. per test 23428.00
184
Rate
(in Rs)
16.8 Deduct for casing pipe and bentonite solution in 16.3
185
CHAPTER - 17
ALUMINIUM WORK
Aluminium sections used for fixed/openable windows, ventilators, partitions, frame work and
doors etc. shall be suitable for use to meet architectural designs to relevant works and shall
be subject to approval of the Engineer-in-Charge for technical, structural, functional and
visual considerations. The aluminium extruded sections shall conform to IS 733 and IS 1285
for chemical composition and mechanical properties. The stainless steel screws shall be of
grade AISI 304. The permissible dimensional tolerances of the extruded sections shall be as
per IS 6477 and shall be such as not to impair the proper and smooth functioning/operation
and appearance of door and windows. Aluminium glazed doors, windows etc. shall be of
sizes, sections and details as shown in the drawings. The details shown in the drawings may
be varied slightly to suit the standards adopted by the manufacturers of the aluminium work,
with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge. Before proceeding with any fabrication work, the
contractor shall prepare and submit, complete fabrication and installation drawings for each
type of glazing doors, windows, ventilators and partition etc. for the approval of the Engineer-
in-Charge. If the sections are varied, the contractor shall obtain prior approval of Engineer-in-
Charge and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
17.2 Powder Coating

The powder used for powder coating shall be Epoxy/polyester powder of make approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall give detailed programme for powder coating in
advance, to facilitate the inspection by Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative.
17.3 Performance Requirements for the Finish

(i) Surface appearance: The finish on significant surfaces shall show no scratches when
illuminated and is examined at an oblique angle, no blisters, craters; pinholes or scratches
shall be visible from a distance of about 1 m. There shall not be any visible variation in the
colour of finished surfaces of different sections and between the colours of different surfaces
of same section.
(ii) Adhesion: When a coated test piece is tested using a spacing of 2 mm between each of
the six parallel cuts (the cut is made through the full depth of powder coating so that metal
surface is visible) and a piece of adhesive tape, approximately 25 mm x 150 mm approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge is applied firmly to the cut area and then removed rapidly by pulling
at right angles to the test area, no pieces of the finish other than debris from the cutting
operation shall be removed from the surface of the finish.
17.4 PANELING MATERIAL

Physical and Mechanical Properties of paneling material are given in the as under :
186
TABLE 17.1
Physical and Mechanical Properties
Flat Pressed Three Layer,

Sl.No. Properties Multilayer and Graded
Grade-I Grade-II
(i) Density variation (Max.) Percent 10 10
Water absorption (Max )
(ii) (a) 2 hours 7 15
(b) 24 hours 15 30
(iii) Thickness swelling (Max.), percent, 2 hours 5 8
Modulus of rupture (Min) N/mm2
(iv) (a) Up to 20 mm thickness 15 11
(b) Above 20 mm thickness 12.5 11
Tensile strength perpendicular to surface (Min.) N/m2

(v)
(a) Up to 20 mm thickness 0.45 0.3
(b) Above 20 mm thickness 0.4 0.3
Tensile strength perpendicular to surface (Min.) N/mm2

(vi)
(a) After cyclic test* 0.2 -
(b) After accelerated water resistance test** 0.15 -
Screw withdrawal strength (Min.), N:

(vii)
(a) Face 1250 1250
(b) Edge 850 750
Abrasion resistance (Min.) in number of revolutions
(viii) (a) Type I 450 450

(b) Type II 250 250
(c) Type III 80 80
Drying in air at 27 ± 2o C for 24 hours and then heating in dry air at 70o C for 72 hours.
Three such cycles are to be followed and then specimens are tested for tensile strength
perpendicular to the surface.
** Accelerated Water Resistance Test: Specimens are immersed in water at 27±2o C and
water is brought to boiling and kept at boiling temperature for two hours. Specimens are then
cooled in water to 27±2o C and tested for tensile strength perpendicular to the surface.
17.5 Float Glass

The glass shall be clear float glass and should be approved by the Engineer in Charge. It
shall be clear, float transparent and free from cracks subject to allowable defects. The float
glass shall conform to the IS 14900.
187
Allowable Defects: The allowable defects shall be as per Table below
Table 17.2
Sl.No. Defects Central Outer Remarks
1 Gaseous inclusion. Max size, 3 6 Separated by at least 30.0
2 Opaque gaseous inclusion. 3 6 Separated by at least 60.0
3 Knots, dirt and stones, Max 1 1 Separated by at least 30.0
4 Scratches, Rubs and Crush Faint Light Separated by at least 30.0
5 Bow, percent. Max 0.5 0.5 See 21.2.4.3
6 Reams, Strings and lines Light Light See 21.2.4.4
7 Waviness Nil Nil See 21.2.4.5
8 Sulphur stains Nil
Not more than
nominal
9 Corner breakage and chip
thickness of
float glass
17.6 Scratches, Rubs and Crush(Float Glass) :

Place the sample of float glass in a vertical position approximately 50 cm from the viewer’s
position and look through it using either day light without direct sunlight or a background light
suitable for observing each type of defect.
17.7 Bow
Depending on the side on which bow is present, stand the sample vertically on a wooden
plank. Stretch a thread edge to edge. Measure the longest perpendicular. Distance from the
thread to the surface of float glass facing the thread and express it as percentage of the
length of float glass from edge along the thread.
17.8 EPDM- GASKETS

The EPDM gasket shall meet the requirements as given in Table below
Table - 17.3
Sl. No. Description Standard Follow Specification
1 Tensile strength Kg.f/cm2 ASTM-D 412 70 Min.

2 Elongation at break % ASTM-D 412 250 Min.
3 Modulus 100% Kgf/cm2 ASTM-D 412 22 Min.
Compression set % at 0o CC
4 ASTM-D 395 50 Max.
22 Hrs.
5 Ozone resistance ASTM-D 1149 No visible cracks
17.9 SEALANT
The sealants of approved grade and colour shall only be used. The silicone for perimeter
joints (between Aluminium section and RCC/Stone masonry) shall be of make approved by
the Engineer in Charge.
17.10 Method of Application

Surface Preparation : Clean all joints and glazing pockets by removing all foreign matter and
contaminants such as grease, oil, dust, water, frost, surface dirt, old sealants or glazing
compounds and protective coatings.
188
17.11 Masking
Areas adjacent to joints shall be masked to ensure neat sealant lines. Masking tape shall not
be allowed to touch clean surfaces to which the silicone sealant is to adhere. Tooling shall be
completed in one continuous stroke immediately after sealant application and before a skin
forms and masking shall be removed immediately after tooling.
17.12 Application
Install backer rod of appropriate size and apply silicone sealant in a continuous operation
using a positive pressure adequate to properly fill and seal the joint. The silicone sealant shall
be tooled with light pressure to spread the sealant against backing material and the joint
surfaces before a skin forms. A tool with convex profile shall be used to keep the sealant
within the joint. Soap or water shall not be used as a tooling aid. Remove masking tape as
soon as silicone joint is tooled.
Tolerance: A tolerance of + 3 mm shall be allowed in the width of silicone joints. The depth of
the joints at throat shall not be less than 6 mm.
189
CHAPTER - 17
ALUMINIUM WORK
Rate
(in Rs)
17.1 Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows,
ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular
sections/ appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved
make conforming to IS: 733 and IS : 1285, fixed with rawl plugs and
screws or with fixing clips, or with expansion hold fasteners
including necessary filling up of gaps at junctions, at top, bottom
and sides with required PVC/neoprene felt etc. Aluminium sections
shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed mechanically
wherever required including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading
for glazing / paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all
complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of
Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing and paneling to be paid for
separately) :
17.1.1 For fixed portion
17.1.1.1 Anodised aluminium(anodised transparent or dyed to required
shade according to IS:1868,Minimum anodic coating of grade Kg 322.00
AC15)
17.1.1.2 Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of powder coating
50 micron) Kg 342.00
17.1.1.3 Polyester powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of

polyester powder coating 50 micron) Kg 352.00
17.1.2 For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators including providing

and fixing hinges/ pivots and making provision for fixing of fittings
wherever required including the cost of PVC / neoprene gasket
required (Fittings shall be paid for separately).
17.1.2.1 Anodised aluminium(anodised transparent or dyed to required
shade according to IS:1868,Minimum anodic coating of grade Kg 343.00
AC15)
17.1.2.2 Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of powder coating
50 micron) Kg 364.00
17.1.2.3 Polyester powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of

polyester powder coating 50 micron) Kg 373.00
17.2 Providing and fixing 12mm thick prelaminated particle board

flat pressed three layer or graded wood particle board conforming to
IS: 12823 Grade l Type ll, in panelling fixed in aluminum doors,
windows shutters and partition frames with C.P. brass / stainless
steel screws etc. complete as per architectural drawings and
directions of Engineer-in-charge
17.2.1 Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on one side
and balancing lamination on other side. Sqm 858.00
17.2.2 Pre-laminated particle board with decorative lamination on both

Sqm 931.00
sides.
190
Rate
(in Rs)
17.3 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window,
ventilator shutters and partitions etc. with EPDM Rubber neoprene
gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and the
directions of engineer-in- charge (Cost of aluminium snap beading
shall be paid in basic item):
17.3.1 With float glass panes of 4.0 mm thickness Sqm 648.00
17.3.2 With float glass panes of 5.50 mm thickness Sqm 806.00
17.3.3 With float glass panes of 8 mm thickness Sqm 1083.00
17.4 Add extra for providing and fixing froasted glass instead of float
glass
17.4.1 With glass panes of 4.0 mm thickness Sqm 128.00
17.4.2 With glass panes of 5.50 mm thickness Sqm 248.00
17.4.3 With glass panes of 8 mm thickness Sqm 513.00
17.5 Providing and fixing double action hydraulic floor spring of approved
brand and manufacture IS : 6315 marked, for doors including cost
of cutting floors as required, embedding in floors and cover plates
with brass pivot and single piece M.S. sheet outer box with slide
plate etc. complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.
17.5.1 With stainless steel cover plate Each 1695.00

17.5.2 With brass cover plate Each 1860.00
17.6 Providing and fixing powder coated aluminium work

(minimum thickness of powder coating 50 micron) consisting of
tee/ angle sections, of approved make conforming to IS : 733 in
frames of false ceiling including aluminium angle cleats with
necessary C.P. brass/ stainless steel sunk screws, aluminium
perimeter angles fixed to wall with rawl plugs @ 450 mm centre to Kg 500.00
centre and fixing the frame work to G.I. level adjusting hangers 6
mm dia. with necessary cadmium plated machine screws all
complete as per approved architectural drawings and direction of
the Engineer-in-charge (level adjusting hangers, ceiling cleats and
expansion hold fasteners to be paid for separately).
17.7 Providing and fixing 6 mm dia. G.I. level adjusting hangers (upto
1200mm length), fixed to roof slabs by means of ceiling cleats made
out of G.I. flat 40x3mm size 60 mm long and stainless steel Each 50.00
expandable dash fastener of 12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long,
complete as per direction of Engineer -in-charge.
191
Rate
(in Rs)
17.8 Providing and fixing machine moulded aluminium covering
of approved pattern & design, made out of machine cut aluminium
sheet and machine holed for receiving screws, over expansion
joints on vertical surfaces/ceilings with full threaded, cadmium
plated steel screws 4mm dia. stem, 30mm long and aluminium
washers 2mm thick, 15mm dia. at a staggered pitch of 200mm
centre to centre including drilling holes in the receiving
surface and providing expandable plastic sleeves in holes etc.
complete.
17.8.1 Anodised aluminium sheet 2.5mm thick (anodised transparent
or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868, Minimum Kg 384.00
anodic coating of grade AC 15)
17.8.2 Powder coated aluminium sheet 2.5mm thick (minimum
Kg 405.00
thickness of powder coating 50 micron)
17.9 Filling the gap in between aluminium frame & adjacent RCC/
Brick/ Stone work by providing weather silicon sealant over backer
rod of approved quality as per architectural drawings and meter 65.00
direction of Engineer-in-charge complete.
17.10 Extra for applying additional anodic coating AC 25 instead of AC 15

to aluminium extruded sections. For fixed portion, shutters of doors, Kg 15.00
windows & ventilators
17.11 Providing and fixing double glazed hermetically sealed glazing

in aluminium windows, ventilators and partition etc. with 6 mm
thick clear float glass both side having 12 mm air gap including
providing EPDM gasket, perforated aluminium spacers, Sqm 3125.00
desiccants, sealant (Both primary and secondary sealant) etc.
as per specification drawings and direction of Engineer-in-charge
complete.
17.12 Providing and fixing stainless steel (SS 304 grade) adjustable
friction windows stays of approved quality with necessary
stainless steel screws etc. to the side hung windows as per
direction of Engineer-in- charge complete.
17.12.1 205 X 19 mm Each 177.00
17.12.2 255 X 19 mm Each 226.00
17.12.3 355 X 19 mm Each 371.00
17.12.4 510 X 19 mm Each 518.00
17.12.5 710 X 19 mm Each 836.00
17.13 Providing and fixing aluminium tubular handle bar 32 mm outer

dia, 3.0 mm thick & 2100 mm long with SS screws etc .complete as
per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
17.13.1 Anodized (AC 15 ) aluminium tubular handle bar Each 465.00
17.13.2 Powder coated minimum thickness 50 micron aluminium tubular
Each 497.00
handle bar.
17.13.3 Polyester powder coated minimum thickness 50 micron
aluminium tubular handle bar Each 512.00
192
Rate
(in Rs)
17.14 Providing and fixing 100mm brass locks (best make of
approved quality) for aluminium doors including necessary cutting Each 306.00
and making good etc. complete.
17.15 Providing and fixing anodised aluminium (anodised transparent or

dyed to required shade according to IS:1868. Minimum anodic
coating of grade AC 15) sub frame work for windows and ventilators
a with extruded built up standard tubular sections of approved make Kg 345.00
conforming to IS: 733 and IS :1285 fixed with rawl plugs and
stainless steel screws etc.
17.16 Providing and fixing aluminium casement windows fastener of

required length for aluminium windows with necessary screws etc.
complete.
17.16.1 Anodized (AC 15) aluminium Each 47.00
17.16.1 Powder coated minimum thickness 50 micron aluminium. Each 50.00
aluminium. Each 49.00
17.17 Providing and fixing aluminium round shape handle of outer dia
100mm with SS screws etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-
in-charge
17.17.1 Anodized (AC 15) aluminium Each 55.00
17.17.2 Powder coated minimum thickness 50 micron aluminium. Each 58.00
Each 61.00
aluminium.
17.18 Providing and fixing anodised aluminium grill (anodised transparent

or dyed to required shade according to IS: 1868 with minimum
anodic coating of grade AC15) of approved design/pattern, with
approved standard section and fixed to the existing window frame
with C.P. brass/ stainless steel screws @ 200mm centre to centre,
including cutting the grill to proper opening size for fixing and Kg. 402.00
operation of handles and fixing approved anodised aluminium
standard section around the opening, all complete as per
requirement and direction of Engineer-in-charge. (Only weight of
grill to be measured for payment).
17.19 Providing and fixing 12 mm thick frameless toughened glass door

shutter of approved brand and manufacture, including providing and
fixing top bottom pivot spring type fixing arrangement and making
Sqm 3316.00
necessary holes etc. for fixing required door fittings, all complete as
per direction of Engineer-incharge (Door handle, lock and stopper
etc.to be paid separately).
17.20 Providing and fixing 50 micron thick reflective one way type heat
/light control film to window/door glazing as marketed under the Sqm 406.00
brand name garware/3M or equivalent as approved.
193
Rate
(in Rs)
17.21 Designing, fabricating, testing, protection, installing and fixing in SQM. 2610.00
position semi (grid) unitized system of structural glazing (with open
joints) for linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building for all
heights and all levels, including:
(a) Structural analysis & design and preparation of shop drawings
for the specified design loads conforming to IS 875 part III (the
system must passed the proof test at 1.5 times design wind
pressure without any failure), including functional design of the
aluminum sections for fixing glazing panels of various thicknesses,
aluminium cleats, sleeves and splice plates etc. gaskets, screws,
toggles, nuts, bolts, clamps etc., structural and weather silicone
sealants, flashings, fire stop (barrier)-cum-smoke seals, microwave
cured EPDM gaskets for water tightness, pressure equalisation &
drainage and protection against fire hazard including:
(b) Fabricating and supplying serrated M.S. hot dip galvanised /
Aluminium alloy of 6005 T5 brackets of required sizes,
sections and profiles etc. to accommodate 3 Dimentional
movement for achieving perfect verticality and fixing structural
glazing system rigidly to the RCC/ masonry/structural steel
framework of building structure using stainless steel anchor
fasteners/ bolts, nylon seperator to prevent bimetallic contacts with
nuts and washers etc. of stainless steel grade 316, of the required
capacity and in required numbers.
(c) Providing and filling, two part pump filled, structural silicone
sealant and one part weather silicone sealant compatible with the
structural silicone sealant of required bite size in a clean and
controlled factory / work shop environment, including double sided
spacer tape, setting blocks and backer rod, all of approved
grade, brand and manufacture, as per the approved sealant
design, within and all around the perimeter for holding glass.
(d) Providing and fixing in position flashings of solid aluminium
sheet 1 mm thick and of sizes, shapes and profiles, as required as
per the site conditions, to seal the gap between the building
structure and all its interfaces with curtain glazing to make it
watertight.
(e) Making provision for drainage of moisture/ water that enters the
curtain glazing system to make it watertight, by incorporating
principles of pressure equalization, providing suitable gutter profiles
at bottom (if required), making necessary holes of required sizes
and of required numbers etc. complete. This item includes cost of
all inputs of designing, labour for fabricating and installation of
aluminium grid, installation of glazed units, T&P, scaffolding and
other incidental charges including wastages etc., enabling
temporary structures and services, cranes or cradles etc. as
described above and as specified. The item includes the cost of
getting all the structural and functional design including shop
drawings checked by a structural designer, dully approved by
Engineer-in-charge. The item also includes the cost of all mock ups
at site, cost of all samples of the individual components for testing in
an approved laboratory, field tests on the assembled working
structural glazing as specified, cleaning and protection till the
194
Rate
(in Rs)
structural glazing as specified, cleaning and protection till the
handing over of the building for occupation. In the end, the
Contractor shall provide a water tight structural glazing having all
the performance characteristics etc. all complete as required, as
per the Architectural drawings, as per item description, as specified,
as per the approved shop drawings and as directed by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
Note:- 1. The cost of providing extruded aluminium frames, shadow
boxes, extruded aluminium section capping for fixing in the grooves
of the curtain glazing and vermin proof stainless steel wire mesh
shall be paid for separately under relevant items under this sub-
head. However, for the purpose of payment, only the actual area
of structural glazing (including width of grooves) on the external
face shall be measured in sqm. up to two decimal places.
Note:-2. The following performance test are to be conducted on
structural glazing system if area of structural glazing exceeds
2500 Sqm from the certified laboratories accreditated by
NABL(National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration
Laboratories),Department of Science & Technologies, India. Cost of
Testing is inclusive in Rates. Performance Testing of Structural
glazing system Tests to be conducted in the NABL accredited lab.
1. Performance Laboratory Test for Air Leakage Test (-50pa to -
300pa) & (+50pa to +300pa) as per ASTM E-283-04 testing method
for a range of testing limit 1 to 200 mVhr.
2. Static Water Penetration Test. (50pa to 1500pa) as per ASTME-
331-09 testing method for a range up to 2000 ml.
3. Dynamic Water Penetration (50pa to 1500pa) as per AAMA
501.01- 05 testing method for a range upto 2000 ml.
4. Structural Performance Deflection and deformation by static air
pressure test (1.5 times design wind pressure without any failure) as
per ASTME-330- 10 testing method for a range upto 50 mm.
5. Seismic Movement Test (upto 30 mm) as per AAMA 501.4-09
testing method for Qualitative test, Tests to be conducted on site.
6. Onsite Test for Water Leakage for a pressure range 50 kpa to
240 kpa (35psi) upto 2000 ML.
195
CHAPTER - 18
WATER PROOFING WORK

1 IS 73 Paving Bitumen Specifications
2 IS 702 Specifications for Industrial Bitumen
Specifications for Bitumen felts for Water Proofing and Damp
3 IS 1322
Proofing.
4 IS 2645 Specifications for Integral Cement Water Proofing Compounds
Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for the Storage of Liquid:

5 IS 3370 (Part -1)
Part -1 General Requirements.
Specifications for Bitumen Primer for Water Proofing and Damp
6 IS 3384
Proofing
7 IS 7193 Specification for Glass Fibre Bitumen Felts
Provision of Water Stops at Transfers Construction Joints in
8 IS 12200
Masonry and Concrete Dams - Code of Practice.
Application for Spray Applied Insulation - Code of Practice
9 IS 12432 (Part-3)
Part-3 Polyurethane/ Polyisocyarurate
Various water proofing treatment have been described in specification and shall be
10
followed.
Measurement - Length and breadth shall be measured along the finished surface
11
correct to a cm and the area shall be worked out to nearest 0.01 sq.m.
Rates - The rate include the cost of all labour & materials involved in all the
12
operations. (For detail refer chapter of water proofing treatment specification)
18.1 WATER PROOFING TREATMENT
Blending Cement/Water with Water Proofing Compound shall be as described hereunder The
required quantity of cement bags to be used for a particular portion of work should be emptied
on a dry platform. Water proofing compound bearing ISI mark and conforming to IS 2645 should
then be mixed properly with the cement. The quantity of water proofing compound to be mixed
should be as prescribed by the manufacturer but not exceeding 3% by weight of cement. The
quantity of cement and water proofing compound thus mixed should be thoroughly blended and
the blended cement should again be packed in bags. For the water proofing compound in liquid
form, the blending is to be done with water. This can be done by taking the just required quantity
of water to be mixed in the particular batch of dry cement mortar.
The required quantity of water thus collected per batch of dry cement mortar to be prepared
should be mixed with liquid water proofing compound from sealed tins with ISI mark. The water
thus mixed with water proofing compound shall be thoroughly stirred so that the water is blended
with water proofing compound properly.
196
Where ever cement slurry is to used it shall be prepared by using 2.2 kg of blended cement per
sqm. area. Each time only that much quantity shall be prepared which can be covered on the
surface and the surface in turn would be covered with 25 mm thick cement mortar base within
half an hour. Slurry prepared and remained unused for more than half an hour shall be totally
rejected. Where ever cement mortar 1:3 (1 blended cement: 3 coarse sand) shall be prepared
with cement/ water duly blended as specified. Only that much quantity of cement mortar which
can be consumed within half an hour, shall be prepared. Any cement mortar that is prepared and
remains unused for more than half an hour shall not be used in the work and shall be rejected.
The surface to be treated with felt shall have a minimum slope of 1 to 120. This grading shall be
carried out with cement concrete or cement plaster with sand, as desired, to the average
thickness required and finished smooth. Such grading shall be paid for separately In existing roof
where gola and drip course are provided at the junction of roof and vertical face of parapet wall,
these shall be dressed suitably and finished smooth so as to ensure an easy and gradual turning
of the flashing. Any dismantlement or forming and finishing smooth the junction for forming the
base of the flashing shall not be measured or paid for separately and shall be deemed to form
part of the preparation of the surface in the water proofing treatment While the grading of roof
surface is being done, it shall be ensured that the outlet drain pipe have been fixed and mouth at
the entrance have been eased and rounded off properly for easy flow of water.
When any pipe passes through the roof to be treated, angular fillet shall be built around it for the
water proofing treatment to be taken over it. These fillets shall not be measured or paid for
separately.
Tucking in the water proofing felt will be required where the parapet wall exceeds 45 cm in the
height from the graded surface. Where the height is 45 cm or less, no groove will be required as
the water proofing treatment will be carried over the top of the parapet wall to its full thickness. In
the case of low dividing walls of height 30 cm or less, outlets therein shall be cut open for full
height and the bottom and sides shall be rendered smooth and corners rounded and such
treatment shall not be measured and paid for separately.
For carrying over and tucking in the water proofing felts into the parapet walls, chimney stacks
etc. a horizontal groove 6.5 cm deep, 7.5 cm wide section with its lower edge at not less than 15
cm above the graded roof surface shall be left on the inner face of the same during construction
if possible.
When such groove has not been left, the same shall be cut out neatly and the base at rear of the
groove shall be finished smooth with cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand). Such cutting of the
groove and its finishing smooth shall be deemed to be part of the water proofing item and shall
not be measured or paid for separately. No deduction shall be made either for not making the
groove or when the later has already been left in the masonry by the construction agency. The
graded surface of the roof and concrete fillets and the faces of walls shall be thoroughly cleaned
with wire brushes and all loose scales etc. removed. The surface shall then be dusted off. Any
crack in the roof shall be cut to ‘V’ section, cleaned and filled up flush with cement mortar slurry
1:4 (1 cement: 4 sand) or blown type petroleum bitumen of IS grade 85/25, or approved quality
conforming to IS 702. Such cleaning of the surface or treating the cracks shall not be paid for
separately.
197
When the first strip of felt has been bonded to the roof, Subsequent strips shall overlap the
preceeding one by at least 7.5 cm at the longitudinal edges and 10 cm at the ends. All overlaps
shall be firmly bonded with hot bitumen. Streaks and trailings of bitumen near edges of laps shall
be levelled by heating the overlap with a blow lamp and levelling down unevenness.
198
CHAPTER - 18
WATER PROOFING
Rate
(in Rs)
18.1 Providing and laying integral cement based treatment for water
proofing on horizontal surface at all depth below ground level for under
ground structures as directed by Engineer-in-Charge and consisting
of :
(i) Ist layer of 22mm to 25mm thick Kota rough stone slab over a
25mm thick base of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand)
mixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS:2645 in the
recommended proportion over the leveling course (leveling course to
be paid separately). Joints sealed and grouted with cement slurry Sqm 910.00
mixed with water proofing compound.
(ii) 2nd layer of 25mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse
sand) mixed with water proofing compound in ecommended
proportions.
(iii) Finishing top with stone aggregate of 10mm to 12mm nominal size
spreading @ 8 cudm/sqm thoroughly embedded in the 2nd layer. (with
5 years guarantee)
18.2 Providing and laying integral cement based treatment for water
proofing on the vertical surface by fixing rought kota specified stone
slab 22 mm to 25mm thick with cement slurry mixed with
water proofing compound conforming to IS:2645 in recommended
proportions with a gap of 20mm (minimum) between stone slabs
and the receiving surfaces and filling the gaps with neat cement
slurry mixed with water proofing compound and finishing the Sqm 1039.00
exterior of stone slab with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand) 20mm thick with neat cement punning mixed with water
proofing compound in recommended proportion complete at all
levels and as directed by Engineer-in-charge : (with 5 year Service
guarantee).
18.3 Providing and laying water proofing treatment to vertical and horizontal
surfaces of depressed portions of W.C., kitchen and the like consisting
of :
a) Ist course of applying cement slurry @ 4.4 Kg/sqm mixed with water
proofing compound conforming to IS 2645 in recommended
proportions including rounding off junction of vertical and horizontal
surface.
b) IInd course of 20mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) mixed Sqm 431.00
with water proofing compound in recommended proportion including
rounding off junction of vertical and horizontal surface.
c) IIIrd course of applying blown or residual bitumen applied hot at 1.7
Kg. per sqm of area.
d) IVth course of 400 micron thick PVC sheet. (Overlaps at joints of
PVC sheet should be 100 mm wide and pasted to each other with
bitumen @ 1.7 Kg/sqm.) (with 5 years service guarantee)
199
Rate
(in Rs)
18.4 Providing and Placing in position suitable PVC water stops
conforming to IS:12200 for construction/ expansion joints between
two RCC members and fixed to the reinforcement with binding wire
before pouring concrete etc. complete : (with 5 years service
guarantee)
18.4.1 Serrated with central bulb (225mm wide, 8-11mm thick). meter 321.00
18.4.2 Dumb bell with central bulb (180mm wide, 8mm thick). meter 190.00
18.4.3 Kickers (320mm wide, 5mm thick). meter 217.00
18.5 Providing and laying water proofing treatment in sunken portion of

WCs, bathroom etc., by applying cement slurry mixed with water
proofing cement compound consisting of applying :
(a) First layer of slurry of cement @ 0.488 kg/sqm mixed with water
proofing cement compound @ 0.253 kg/sqm. This layer will be
allowed to air cure for 4 hours.
(b) Second layer of slurry of cement @ 0.242 kg/sqm mixed with Sqm 214.00
water proofing cement compound @ 0.126 kg/sqm. This layer will be
allowed to air cure for 4 hours followed with water curing for 48 hours.
The rate includes preparation of surface, treatment and sealing of all
joints, corners, junctions of pipes and masonry with polymer mixed
slurry.
18.6 Providing and laying water proofing treatment on roofs of slabs by

applying cement slurry mixed with water proofing cement compound
consisting of applying:
(a) after surface preparation, first layer of slurry of cement @ 0.488
kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement compound @ 0.253
kg/sqm.
(b) laying second layer of Fibre glass cloth when the first layer is still
green. Overlaps of joints of fibre cloth should not be less than 10 cm. Sqm 279.00
(c) third layer of 1.5 mm thickness consisting of slurry of cement @
1.289 kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement compound @ 0.670
kg/sqm and coarse sand @1.289 kg/sqm. This will be allowed to air
cure for 4 hours followed by water curing for 48 hours. The entire
treatment will be taken upto 30cm on parapet wall and tucked into
groove in parapet all around.
200
Rate
(in Rs)
18.7 Providing and laying integral cement based water proofing treatment
including preparation of surface as required for treatment of roofs,
balconies, terraces etc consisting of following operations:
(a) Applying a slurry coat of neat cement using 2.75 kg/sqm. of
cement admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS.
2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge over the RCC slab
including adjoining walls upto 300mm height including cleaning the
surface before treatment.
(b) Laying brick bats with mortar using broken bricks/brick bats 25 mm
to 115mm size with 50% of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse
sand) admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645
and approved by Engineer-in-charge over 20 mm thick layer of
cement mortar of mix 1:5 (1 cement :5 coarse sand ) admixed with
water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by
Engineer-in-charge to required slope and treating similarly the
adjoining walls upto 300 mm height including rounding of junctions of
walls and slabs.
(c) After two days of proper curing applying a second coat of cement
slurry using 2.75kg/sqm of cement admixed with water proofing
compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-
charge.
(d) Finishing the surface with 20 mm thick jointless cement mortar of
mix 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand) admixed with water proofing
compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-
charge including laying glass fibre cloth of approved quality in top
layer of plaster and finally finishing the surface with trowel with neat
cement slurry and making pattern of 300x300 mm square 3mm deep.
(e) The whole terrace so finished shall be flooded with water for a
minimum period of two weeks for curing and for final test. All above
operations to be done in order and as directed and specified by the
Engineer-in-Charge : (with 5 Year Service Guarantee)
18.7.1 With average thickness of 120mm and minimum thickness at khurra

as 65 mm. Sqm 916.00
18.8 Providing and laying four courses water proofing treatment with
bitumen felt over roofs consisting of first and third courses of blown
bitumen 85/25 or 90/15 conforming to IS : 702 applied hot @ 1.45 Kg
per square meter of area for each course, second course of roofing
felt type 3 grade-I (hessian based self finished bitumen felt) and
fourth and final course of stone grit 6mm and down size or pea-sized Sqm 277.00
gravel spread at 6 cubic diameter per square meter including
preparation of surface but excluding grading complete with : Bitumen
felt (hessian base) type 3 grade I conforming to IS : 1322. (with 5
years Services Guarantee)
201
Rate
(in Rs)
18.9 Providing and laying six courses water proofing treatment with
bitumen felt over roofs consisting of first, third and fifth course
of blown bitumen 85/25 or 90/15 conforming to IS : 702 applied hot @
1.45, 1.20 and 1.45 Kg per square meter of area respectively, second
and fourth courses of roofing felt type 3 grade I conforming to IS :
1322 (Hessian based self finished bitumen felt) conforming to IS : Sqm 439.00
1322 and sixth and final course of stone grit 6 mm and down size or
pea sized gravel spread at 6 cubic dm per sqm including preparation
of surface but excluding grading, complete. (with 5 years Services
Guarantee)
bitumen felt over roofs consisting of first, third and fifth courses of
blown or / and residual bitumen applied hot at 1.45, 1.20 and 1.70 kg
per square meter of area respectively, second and fourth courses of
roofing felt type 2 grade I (fibre base self finished bitumen felt) six and Sqm 488.00
final courses of stone grit 6mm and down size or pea sized gravel
spread at 6cu.dm per sqm including preparation of surface, excluding
grading, compete. (with 5 years Services Guarantee)
bitumen felt over roofs consisting of first, third and fifth courses of
blow or/ and residual bitumen applied hot at 1.45, 1.20 and 1.70 kg
per square meter of area respectively, second and fourth courses of
roofing felt type 2 grade II (glass fibre base self finished bitumen felt) Sqm 488.00
and sixth and final course of stone grit 6mm and down size or pea
sized gravel spread at 6 cubic dm per sqm including preparation of
surface but excluding grading, complete. (with 5 years Services
Guarantee)
18.12 Supplying and applying bituminous solution primer on roof and or wall
surface at 0.24 litre per sqm. Sqm 27.00
18.13 Deduct for omitting in water proofing treatment final course of

spreading stone grit 6mm down size or pea sized gravel : At 6 cudm Sqm 12.00
per sqm.
18.14 Grading roof for water proofing treatment with:

18.14.1 Cement concrete grade M-15 (Nominal Mix with 20mm maximum size
Cum 4803.00
of stone aggregate)
202
Rate
(in Rs)
18.15 Providing and laying in situ six course water proofing treatment with
APP (Atactic poly-propylene) modified Polymeric memberane over
roof consisting of first coat of bitumen primer @ 0.40Kg per sqm, 2nd,
4th & 6th courses of bonding material @ 1.20 Kg/sqm, which shall
consist of blown type bitumen of grade 85/25 conforming to IS : 702,
3rd and 5th layers of roofing membrane APP modified Polymeric Sqm 397.00
membrane 1.5mm thick of 2.25 Kg/sqm weight consisting of five
layers prefabricated with centre core as 20micron HMHDPE film
sandwiched on both sides with polymeric mix and the polymeric mix is
protected on both side with 20micron HMHDPE film. (with 5 years
service guarantee)
18.16 Providing and laying in situ four course water proofing treatment with
APP (Atactic Polypropylene) modified Polymeric memberane over
roof consisting of first coat of bitumen primer @ 0.40Kg per sqm, 2nd
& 4th courses of bonding material @ 1.20 Kg/sqm, which shall
consist of blown type bitumen of grade 85/25 conforming to IS : 702,
3rd layer of roofing membrane APP modified Polymeric membrane Sqm 269.00
2.0mm thick of 3.00 Kg/sqm weight consisting of five
layers prefabricated with centre core as 100micron HMHDPE
film sandwiched on both sides with polymeric mix and the polymeric
mix is protected on both side with 20micron HMHDPE film. (with 5
years Service Guarantee).
18.17 Providing and laying in situ six course water proofing treatment
with APP (Atactic Polypropylene) modified Polymeric memberane
over roof consisting of first coat of bitumen primer @ 0.40Kg per sqm,
2nd, 4th & 6th courses of bonding material @ 1.20 Kg/sqm, which
shall consist of blown type bitumen of grade 85/25 conforming to IS :
702, 3rd and 5th layers of roofing membrane APP modified Polymeric Sqm 431.00
membrane 2.0mm thick of 3.00 Kg/sqm weight consisting of five
layers prefabricated with centre core as 100micron HMHDPE film
sandwiched on both sides with polymeric mix and the polymeric mix is
protected on both side with 20micron HMHDPE film. (with 5 years
service guarantee).
203
Rate
(in Rs)
18.18 Providing and fixing APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer) modified
prefabricated five layer 2mm thick water proofing membrance, black
finished reinforced with glass fibre matt consisting of a coat of
bitumen primer for bitumen membrane @ 0.40 ltr/sq. mtr. by the
same membrance manufacture of density at 25°C, 0.87 - 0.89 kg/ ltr
and viscocity 70 - 160 cps. Over the primer coat the layer of
membrane shall be laid using Butane torch and sealing all joints etc.,
and preparing the surface complete. The vital physical and chemical
parameters of the membrane shall be as under : Joint strength in Sqm 286.00
longitudinal and transverse direction at 23°C as 350/300 N/ 5cm.
Tear strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 60/80N.
Softening point of membrane not less than 150°C. Cold flexibility shall
be upto -2°C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D - 5147. The
laying of membrane shall be got done through the authorised
applicator of the manufacture of membrane. (for corrugated roof
sheets) with 5 years service guarantee.
18.19 Providing and laying APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer) modified

prefabricated five layer, 3mm thick water proofing membrane, black
finished reinforced with glass fibre matt consisting of a coat of
bitumen primer for bitumen membrane @ 0.40 ltr/sqm. by the same
membrane manufactured of density at 25°C, 0.87 - 0.89 kg/ltr and
viscocity 70 - 160 cps. Over the primer coat the layer of membrane
shall be laid using butane torch and sealing all joints etc., and
preparing the surface complete. The vital physical and chemical
longitudinal and transverse direction at 23°C as 350/300 N/5cm. Tear
strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 60/80N. Softening
point of membrane not less than 150°C. Cold flexibility shall be upto -
2°C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D - 5147. The laying of
membrane shall be got done through the authorised applicator of the
manufacturer of membrane : (with 5 years service guarantee.)
18.20 Providing and laying APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer) modified

prefabricated five layer 3mm thick water proofing membrane, black
finished reinforced with non-woven polyester matt consisting of a coat
of bitumen primer for bitumen membrane @ 0.40 ltr/sqm. by the
same membrane manufacture of density at 25°C, 0.87-0.89 kg/ltr and
viscocity 70-160 cps. Over the primer coat the layer of membrane
shall be laid using Butane Torch and sealing all joints etc., and
preparing the surface complete. The vital physical and chemical
longitudinal and transverse direction at 23°C as 650/450N/5cm. Tear
strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 300/250N.
Softening point of membrane not less than 150°C. Cold flexibility shall
be upto -2°C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D - 5147. The
laying of membrane shall be got done through the authorised
applicator of the manufacturer of membrane : (with 5 years service
guarantee.)
204
Rate
(in Rs)
18.21 Extra for covering top of membrane with Geotextile, 120 gsm non
woven, 100 % polyester of thickness 1 to 1.25 mm bonded to the
membrane with intermittent touch by heating the membrane by Sqm 63.00
Butane Torch as per manufactures recommendation
[for Item No. 18.19 to 18.20].
18.22 Providing and laying second quality white ceramic tiles 300 x 300mm
(6 to 7 mm thick) on roof jointed with white cement mortar 1:4 mixed
with 2 percent integral water proofing compound laid over 20mm thick Sqm 1130.00
cement mortar 1:4.
18.23 Water proofing treatment over Roof, Wall, Chajjas, Balcony with
Diamond Shield and Sealer coat or equivelent at leakage/ seepage
area consisting of (i) Surface preparation roughening of surface,
opening of cracks in 'V' groove in size of 5mmx10mm (WxD), filling of
cracks with putty of Diamond shield with laying fiber glass mesh,
Cleaning of surface by scrubbing with steel wire/ Nylon brush.
Removing all dust particles and washing with adequate water to clean
completely. (ii) Providing and applying 1st coat of diamond shield or
equivelent (minimum thicknes 70-80 micron) (a two component flexible
waterproof and protective modified mortar, dry powder 80% Chemical
20% acrylic resin having 30% solid contents) with mix proportion of
Paart 1 and 2 with proper mixing with laying of fiber glass mesh (of
weaving size of 10x10 yarn/inch duly coated with alkaline resistant
polymer). Allow the coating to air cure for minimum 2 Hrs. (Diamond
Shield or equivelent. After two hours minimum of 1st coat applying 2nd
coat (minimum thickness 100 micron) of diamond shield or equivelent Sqm 409.00
with mix proportion of part 1 and part 2 with proper mixing. Allow the
coating to air cure for minimum 2 Hrs. Consumption of the diamond
shild or equivelent should be @17.90 kg for 10sqm area. (After two
coats of diamond shield, surface is to be cured properly minimum for 4
hrs.before application of third coat). (iii) Providing and applying 1st
coat of sealer coat 50-60 micron (single component High build
elastomeric, flexible, pure acrylic waterproofing membrans having
solid content of 65%) and allow it to air cure for 4 Hrs minimum. After
two hours minimum of 1st coat applying 2nd and final coat 120-140
micron of sealer coat and allow it to air cure for 4 Hrs minimum.
Consumption of Sealer coar should be @ 5.40 kg per 10 sqm. area.
(IV) The treated aarea should be cure with water for 48 hrs. by
flooding the surface. (V) The final appearance of the coating will be
milky white. All above operations to be done in order.
205
Rate
(in Rs)
18.24 Providing and mixing integral crystalline admixture for water proofing
treatment to RCC structures like basement raft, retaining walls,
reservior, sewage & water treatment plant, tunnels / subway and
bridge deck etc. at the time of transporting of concrete into the drum of
the ready-mix truck , using integral crystalline admixture @ 0.80%
(minimum) to the weight of cement content per cubic meter of
concrete) or higher as recommended by the manufacturer's
specification in reinforced cement concrete at site of work. The
material shall meet the requirements as specified in ACI-212-3R-2010 Kg. 336.00
i.e. by reducing permeability of concrete by more than 90%, compared
with control concrete as per DIN 1048 and resistant to 16 bar
hydrostatic pressure. The crystalline admixture shall be capable of self-
healing of cracks up to a width of 0.50mm. The work shall be carried
out all complete as per specification and the direction of the Engineer-
in-charge. The product performance shall carry guarantee for 10 years
against any leakage.
18.25 Providing and applying fibre reinforced elastomeric liquid water

proofing membrane with resilient acrylic polymers having Sun
Reflectivity Index (SRI) of 105 on top of concrete roof in three coats
@10.76 litre/ 10 sqm. One coat of self-priming of elastomeric
waterproofing liquid (dilution with water in the ratio of 3:1) and two
coats of undiluted elastomeric waterproofing liquid (dry film thickness Sqm 308.00
of complete application/system not less than 500 microns). The
operation shall be carried out after scrapping and properly cleaning
the surface to remove loose particles with wire brushes, complete in all
respect as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
206
CHAPTER - 19
FORM WORK
Notes for Specifications

1 Form Work shall include all temporary or permanent forms or moulds required for forming
the concrete which is cast-in-situ, together with all temporary construction required for their
support.
2 It shall be strong enough to withstand the dead and live loads and forces caused by ramming
and vibrations of concrete and other incidental loads, imposed upon it during and after
casting of concrete.
3 It shall be made sufficiently rigid by using adequate number of ties and braces, screw jactks
or hard board wedges where required shall be provided to make up any settlement in the
form work either before or during the placing of concrete.
4 Form shall be so constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence.
5 The staging to be either of Tubular steel structure with adequate bracings as approved or
made of built up structural sections made form rolled structural steel sections.
6 Shuttering used shall be of sufficient stiffness to avoid excessive deflection and joints shall
be tightly butted to avoid leakage of slurry.
7 The completed form work shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before
the reinforcement bars are placed in position.
8 Measurement
Measurement shall be taken of the area of shuttering in contact with the concrete surfaces.
Dimensions of the form work shall be measured correct to a cm. measurement shall be
taken separately for each part of the construction.
9 Centering and shuttering where exceeding 3.5 meter height in one floor shall be measured
and paid for separately.
10 Rates
Rates in this chapter are for the finished work including the cost of all materials labour, tools
and plant required for design, construction and removal of formwork including properly
supporting the members until the concrete is cured, set and hardened as required and also
inclusive of lining with material approved by the Engineer-in-Charge so as to provide a
smooth finish of uniform texture, apperance and to produce a finished concrete true to shape
line, levels and dimension shown on the drawings.
(For Detail Refer Chapter of Form Work specification)
207
CHAPTER - 19
FORM WORK
Rate
(in Rs)
19.1 Centering and shuttering including strutting, propping stretching etc.
complete for and removal of form work by sheet plate or ply wood
shuttering for :
19.1.1 Foundations, footings, bases of columns, etc. For mass concrete. Sqm 160.00
19.1.2 Walls (any thickness) including attached pilasters, butteresses, plinth
Sqm 289.00
and string courses etc
19.1.3 Suspended floors, roofs, landings, balconies and access platform. Sqm 305.00
19.1.4 Shelves (Cast in situ) Sqm 305.00
19.1.5 Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumers and cantilevers. Sqm 270.00
19.1.6 Columns, Pillars, Piers, Abutments, Posts and Struts. Sqm 362.00
19.1.7 Stairs, (excluding landings) except spiral-staircases. Sqm 330.00
19.1.8 Spiral staircases (including landing). Sqm 296.00
19.1.9 Arches, domes, vaults up to 6 m span Sqm 853.00
19.1.10 Extra for arches, domes, vaults exceeding 6 m span Sqm 388.00
19.1.11 Chimneys and shafts Sqm 293.00
19.1.12 Well steining Sqm 438.00
19.1.13 Vertical and horizontal fins individually or forming box Sqm 480.00
19.1.14 Extra for shuttering in circular work or any other geometrical shape
(20% of
(20% of respective centering and shuttering items).
respectiv
e
Sqm centering
and
shutterin
g items)
19.1.15 Small lintels not exceeding 1.5m clear span, moulding as in cornices,
window sills, string courses, bands, copings, bed plates, anchor blocks Sqm 160.00
and the like.
19.1.16 Cornices and mouldings Sqm 472.00
19.1.17 Small surfaces such as cantilever ends, brackets and ends of steps,
Sqm 403.00
caps and bases to pilasters and columns and the like.
19.1.18 Weather shade, Chajjas, corbels etc., including edges Sqm 413.00
19.2 Providing and fixing tie bolt, spring coil and plastic cone in wall
shuttering complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge
19.2.1 12 mm dia. & 100 mm length. Each 105.00
19.2.4 20 mm dia.& 225 mm length. Each 139.00
19.3 Extra for additional height of suspended floors, roofs, landing, beams
& balconis in centering, shuttering where ever required with adequate
bracing, propping etc. including cost of de-shuttering and decentering
at all levels, over a height of 4.2 m, for every additional height of 1 Sqm 159.00
meter or part thereof.
(Plan area to be measured)
208
Rate
(in Rs)
19.4 Providing and fixing double scaffolding system (cup lock type) on the
exterior side, up to seven story height made with 40mm dia. M.S. tube
1.5m centre to centre horizontal & vertical tubes joining with cup & lock
system with M.S. tubes, M.S. tube challies, M.S. clamps and M.S.
staircase system in the scaffolding for working platform etc.and
maintaining it in a serviceable condition for the required duration as
approved and removing it there after. The scaffolding system shall be
stiffened with bracings, runners, connection with the building etc Sqm 154.00
wherever required for inspection of work at required locations with
essential safety features for the workmen etc. complete as per
directions and approval of Engineer-in-charge. The lavational area of
the scaffolding shall be measured for payment purpose. The payment
will be made once irrespective of duration of scaffolding.
209
CHAPTER - 20
WATER HARVESTING, RECYCLE AND REUSE WASTEWATER
Notes for Specifications

1 There are two board approaches to harvesting water:-
(a) Storing rainwater for direct use
(b) Recharging groundwater aquifers
In Madhya Pradesh the total annual rainfall occurs only during 3 or 4 months of mansoon.
The water collected during the mansoon has to be stored throughout the year; which means
that huge volumes of storage containers would have to be provided. Hence it is more
feasible in urban area to use rainwater for recharging groundwater aquifers rather then for
storage.
1.2 Rainwater harvesting method for urban areas:-

(a) Recharge pit
(b) Recharge Trench
(c) Tube well
(d) Recharge Well
In urban areas, rain water available from roof tops of buildings, paved and unpaved areas
goes waste. This water can be recharged to aquifer and can be utilized gainfully at the time
of need. The rain water harvesting system needs to be designed in a way that it does not
occupy large space for collection and recharge system. A few techniques of roof top rain
water harvesting in urban areas are described below:-
1.3 Roof top rain water Harvesting Through Re-charge pit

(a) In alluvial areas where permeable rocks are exposed on the land surface or at very shallow
depth, rooftop rain water harvesting can be done through recharge pit
(b) The technique is suitable for building having a roof area of 100 sq.m. and are constructed for
recharging the shallow aquifers.
(c) Recharge pit may be of any shape and size and are generally constructed 1 to 2 m. wide
and 2 and 3m. Deep which are back filling with boulders (5-20 cm), gravels (5-10 mm) and
coarse sand (1.5-2mm) in graded from - Boulders at bottom, gravels in between and coarse
sand at the top so that the silt content that will come with runoff will be deposited on the top
of coarse sand layer and can easily be removed. For smaller roof area, pit may be filled with
broken bricks/cobbles.
(d) A mesh should be provided at the roof so that leaves or any other solid waste/debris is
prevented from entering the pit and a desilting/collection chamber may also be provided at
the ground to arrest the flow of finer particles to the recharge pit
(e) The top layer of sand should be cleaned periodically to maintain the recharge rate.
(f) By-Pass arrangement be provided before the collection chamber to reject the first showers.
1.4 Roof top rain water Harvesting Through Recharge Trench

(a) Recharge trenches are suitable for buildings having roof area of 200-300 sq.m. and where
permeable strata is available at shallow depths.
(b) Trench may be 0.5 to 1 m.wide, 1 to 1.5m. Deep and 10 to 20m. Long depending upon
availability of water to be recharged.
(c) These are back filling with boulders (5-20 cm), gravels (5-10 mm) and coarse sand (1.5-
2mm) in graded from - Boulders at bottom, gravels in between and coarse sand at the top so
that the silt content that will come with runoff will be deposited on the top of coarse sand
layer and can easily be removed.
210
(d) A mesh should be provided at the roof so that leaves or any other solid waste/debris is
prevented from entering the pit and a desilting/collection chamber may also be provided at
the ground to arrest the flow of finer particles to the recharge pit
(e) By-Pass arrangement be provided before the collection chamber to reject the first showers.
(f) The top layer of sand should be cleaned periodically to maintain the recharge rate.
1.5 Roof top Rain Water Harvesting through Existing Tube well.
(a) In area where the shallow aquifers have dried up and existing tube wells are tapping deeper
aquifers, roof top rain water harvesting through existing tube well can be adopted to
recharge the deeper aquifers.
(b) PVC pipes of 10cm dia are connected to roof drains to collect rain water. The first roof runoff
is let off through the bottom of drain pipe. After closing the bottom pipe, the rain water of
subsequent rain showers is taken through a T to an online PVC filter. The filter may be
provided before water enters the tube well. The filter is 1-1.2m. in length and is made up of
PVC pipe. It's diameter should very depending on the area of roof, 15cm if roof area is less
then 150sq.m. and 20cm if the roof area is more. The filter is provided with a reducer of
6.25cm on both the sides. Filter is divided into three chambers by PVC screens so that filter
material is not mixed up. The first chamber is filled up with gravel (6-10mm),middle chamber
with pebbles(12-20mm) and last chamber with bigger pebbles (20-40mm).
(c) If the roof area is more, a filter pit may be provided. Rain water form roof is taken to
collection/desilting chambers located on ground. These collection chamber are
interconnected as well as connected to the filter pit through pipes having a slope of 1:15.
The filter pit may very in shape and size depending upon available run off are back-filling
with graded material, boulder at the bottom, gravel in the middle and sand at the top with
varying thickness (0.30-0.50m.)and may be separated by screen. The pit is divided into two
chambers, filter material in one chamber and other chamber is kept empty to accommodate
excess filtered water and to monitor the quality of filtered water. A connecting pipe with
recharge well is provided at the pit for recharging of filtered water through well.
1.6 Roof top Rain Water Harvesting through Trench with Recharge Well
(a) In area where the surface soil is impervious and large quantities of roof water or surface
runoff is available within a very short period of heavy rainfall, the use of trench/pit is made to
store the water in a filter media and subsequently recharge to groundwater through specially
constructed recharge wells.
(b) The technique is ideally suited for area where permeable horizon is within 3m below ground
level.
(c) Recharge well of 100-300 diameter is constructed to a depth of at least 3 to 5 m below the
water level. Based on the litho logy of the area well assembly is designed with slotted pipe
against the shallow and deeper aquifer.
(d) A lateral trench of 1.5 to 3m width and 10 to 30m length , depending upon the availability of
water is constructed with the recharge well in the centre.
(e) The number of recharge wells in the trench can be decided on the basis of water availability
and local vertical permeability of the rocks
(f) The Trench is backfilled with boulders, gravels and coarse sand to act as a filter media for
the recharge wells
(g) If the aquifer is available at greater depth say more then 20m, a shallow shaft of 2 to 5 m
diameter and 3 to 5 meters deep may be constructed depending upon availability of runoff.
Inside the shaft a recharge well of 100-300mm dia is constructed of recharging the available
water to the deeper aquifers. At the bottom of the shaft media is provided to avoid choking of
recharge well.
211
1.7 PVC Pipe shall be as per IS 4985
1.8 Gravel : It shall consist of naturally occurring (uncrushed, crushed or broken) river bed
shingle or pit gravel. It shall be sound, hard and clean. It shall be free from flat particles of
shale or similar laminated material, powdered clay, silt, loam, adherent coating, alkali,
vegetable matter and other deleterious substances.
1.9 Brick bats: Brick bats shall be obtained by breaking well burnt or over burnt dense brick/brick
bats. They shall be homogeneous in texture, roughly cubical in shape and clean.
2 Domestic Waste Water

Types of waste water are given below:
1 Black Water Water from flush toilets(faeces and urine with flush water)
2 Grey Water Water from the kitchen, bathroom, washing machine
(dose not contain faeces and urine)
3 Yellow Water Urine from urinals (with or without water for flushing)
4 Brown Water Black water without urine or yellow water
2.1 Black Water

Black Water is water from toilets with flush water, faeces (brown water) and urine (yellow
Water). It consist a high concentration of organic carbon and concentration of nitrogen,
phosphorus and pathogens.
2.2 Grey water

Grey water comes from activities like washing of clouths, bathing and cooking and contains
synthetic detergents. Kitchen waste consist of food residues as well as type of grease (fat).
2.3 System of Treatment of waste water

Type of treatment
(i) DEWATS
(ii) Reed bed system
(iii) Septic tank with soak pit or
(iv) Soil biotechnology
(v) Improved septic tank
2.4 DEWATS Component of system
DEWATS applications are based on four basic treatment modules, which are combined
according to specific requirements. These include two post- treatment methods in the reed
bed system and in ponds.
(i) Primary treatment, which includes pre-treatment and sedimentation in settlement tank or
septic tank.
(ii) Secondary anaerobic treatment in baffled reactors.
(iii) Tertiary aerobic/anaerobic treatment in reed bed system.
(iv) Aerobic treatment in ponds.
2.5 Grey water recycling

Treating household grey water
212
At the household level, grey water is treated by constructing plated filler. The amount of grey
water output is estimated at 180 liter per day. A reed bed of 1 m width, 2 m length and 0.6 m
depth (1 per cent slope at the bottom) provides retention for a volume of 1.2 cu m of
wastewater. When filled with gravel with about 30 per cent pore space, the free volume
available was 0.36 cu m or 360 liter. This is sufficient to provide a retention time of up to two
days for the wastewater. However, actual retention time will depend on the frequency and
the number of users.
The pit is lined with polythene and a brick wall is built around it to prevent the inflow of
surface run-off into the unit. At the inlet, a plastic tub is placed to serve as the inlet chamber.
Bath water is filled into this tub. The suspended particles become sediment and wastewater
overflows from this tub to the inlet of the remediation chamber, where coarse gravel (3 cm)
has been filled. The rest of the unit is filled with small gravel (1 cm) up to the outlet end of
the bed. At the bottom, a perforated pipe is laid, to collect the treated water. At the outlet, the
water is led into a small tank and stored for irrigation.
2.6 Improved septic tank: -

Screened (through a screen with bars 25-50 mm apart) wastewater is diverted to be septic
tank which is collected in a serial of connection chamber is divert to the improved septic
tank, which is provided with four chambers, each 1m in length and 1.5 m in depth.
The incoming raw sewage settles in the first chamber and the overflow moves to the next
chambers through the 75 mm pvc pipe provide at the top of each chamber. The pipe helps
to mix the raw sewage with already existing activated sludge, which is enriched in
microorganisms for digesting it. In order to enhance the function of the microorganisms, a
biocatalyst is added to the septic tank. The biocatalyst, which are in crystal from, speed up
the reaction but are not affected themselves Apart from biocatalyst – in order to improved
the treatment process – an anaerobic up flow filter is also installed.
Anaerobic filter are provided in the third chamber of the septic tank. The filter act as an ideal
breeding ground for the microbes and result in effective treatment of incoming wastewater.
Most of the treatment in the septic tank takes place under anaerobic condition .Hence by
adding a polishing pond to the system, aerobic reaction is also incorporated. In the polishing
pond the treated water is exposed to sunlight, which helps in reducing the pathogen count.
Finally , this treated water is used for irrigation.
Above plant is sufficient for treatment of wastewater 600 liter per day
Improved Septic tank
213
3 Measurements :
The Gravel shall be measured in stacks and paid for after making a deduction of 7.5% of the
gross measurements of stacks.
4 Rates
Rates include cost of material & labour.
(For Detail Refer Chapter of Water Harvesting, Recycle and Reuse Wastewater
specification)
214
CHAPTER - 20
RAINWATER HARVESTING, RECYCLE AND REUSE OF WASTE WATER
Rate
(in Rs)
ROOF TOP RAIN WATER HARVESTING
20.1 Excavation of trench for laying of pipe for water harvesting at ground
floor and refilling watering and ramming the average depth of trench is
0.65 meter.
20.1.1 Excavation for 75mm Meter 114.00
20.2 Providing & laying of P.V.C. pipe for roof top harvesting from roof slab
to Ground floor including all fittings, jointing material with bypass
arrangement with suitable valves.
20.2.1 P.V.C. pipe 6kg/sqm (75 mm) Sqm 1388.00
20.24 P.V.C. pipe 6kg/sqm (160 mm) Sqm 3526.00
20.3 Boring holes with Auger upto depth of 3.6 m for water harvesting
system.
20.3.1 150 mm dia RM 121.00
20.3.2 200 mm dia RM 154.00
20.4 Add for ever 50 cm depth where depth is more than 3.6 m
20.4.1 150 mm dia RM 65.00
20.4.2 200 mm dia RM 79.00
20.5 Providing PVC pipe slotted as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge and

fixing in Rain water recharge pit/Percolation pit or Soakway with jute
coir wrapping pipe.
20.5.1 150 mm dia RM 316.00
20.5.2 200 mm dia RM 631.00
20.6 Providing and laying filter material as given below in recharge pit/
percolation pit or soak pit/ waste water treatment system.
20.6.1 Course Sand (1.5 mm to 2.00 mm) Cum 1585.00
20.6.2 Gravel/Pebbles (5 to 25 mm) Cum 1331.00
20.7 Brick bats Cum 948.00
20.8 Plantation of reed grass in waste water treatment system. Sqm 7.00
215
Rate
(in Rs)
20.9 Providing and fixing of unplasticised rigid PVC rain water harvesting
filter kit UV protected with filter, PVC valve, conforming to IS : 1392,
working pressure 4 kg/sqcm Type B, minimum capacity 20 kilolitre/
hour, of approved make including all accessories like uplasicied PVC
pipe clips of approved design with bombay nail of required length
including making good the wall etc. complete for designed catechment
area.
20.9.1 75mm diameter PVC Pipe, having wall thickness 3.2 mm for 100 sqm
Each 7103.00
catchment area.
20.10 Providing and fixing of unplasticised rigid PVC rain water harvesting
filter kit including filter of 160mm diameter wall thickness 3.2mm with
PVC valve, 110mm diameter UV protected conforming to ID : 13592
for working pressure 6 Kg/sqcm Type B capacity 40 kilo liter/hour of
"Jal Santosh: make or equivalent and including all accessories like Each 9602.00
unplasticied PVC pipe cliips of approved design with bombay nail for
required length including making good the wall etc. complete for
catchment area upto 200 sqm.
20.11 Borewell adaptor for connecting Rain Water Harvesting pipe line to
borewell.
20.11.1 Borewell adaptor 75mm Each 303.00
216
CHAPTER- 21
BUILDING WATER SUPPLY
1 GENERAL
1 Any damage caused to the building, or to electric, sanitary water supply or other
installations etc. therein either due to negligence on the part of the contractor, or due to
actual requirements of the work, shall be made good and the building or the installations
shall be restored to its original condition by the contractor. Nothing extra shall be paid for
it, except where otherwise specified.
2 All water supply installation work shall be carried out through licensed plumbers.
3 It is most important to ensure that wholesome water supply provided for drinking and
culinary purposes, is in no way liable to contamination from any less satisfactory water.
There shall, therefore, be no cross connection whatsoever between a pipe or fitting for
conveying or containing wholesome water and a pipe or fitting for conveying or containing
impure water or water liable to contamination or of uncertain quality of water which has
been used for any purpose. The provision of reflux or non-return valves or closed and
sealed valves shall not be construed a permissible substitute for complete absence of
cross-connection.
4 Where the laying of any pipe through fouled soil or previous material is unavoidable, the
piping shall be properly protected from contact with such soil or material by being carried
through an exterior cast iron tube or by some other suitable means. Any piping or fitting
laid or fixed which does not comply with the above requirements, shall be removed and re-
laid in conformity with the above requirements.
5
The design of the pipe work shall be such that there is no possibility of backflow towards
the source of supply from any cistern or appliance whether by siphonage or otherwise,
and reflux or nonreturn valves shall not be relied upon to prevent such back flow.
6 All pipe work shall be so designed, laid or fixed, and maintained so that it remains
completely watertight, thereby avoiding wastage of water, damage to property and the risk
of contamination of the water conveyed.
(i) All pipe work shall be planned so that the piping is accessible for inspection, replacement
and repair. To avoid its being unsightly, it is usually possible to arrange it in or adjacent to
cupboards, recesses, etc. provided there is sufficient space to work on the piping with the
usual tools. Piping shall not be buried in walls or solid floors. Where unavoidable, piping
may be buried for short distances provided that adequate protection is given against
damage and that no joints are buried. If piping is laid in ducts or chases, these shall be
roomy enough to facilitate repairs and shall be so constructed as to prevent the entry of
vermin. To facilitate removal of pipe casing, floor boards covering piping shall be fixed with
screws or bolts.
(ii) When it is necessary for a pipe to pas through a wall or floor, a sleeve shall be fixed
therein for insertion of the pipe and to allow freedom for expansion, contractor and other
movement. Piping laid in wood floors shall, where possible, be parallel with the joists.
(iii) Where storage tanks are provided to meet overall requirements of water connection of
service pipe with any distributing pipe shall not be permitted except on direct connection
for culinary or drinking requirements.
217
(iv) No service pipe shall be connected to any water closet or urinal. All such supplies shall be
from flushing cisterns which shall have supply from storage tank.
(v) No service or supply pipe shall be connected directly to any hot-water system or to any
apparatus used for heating other than through a feed cistern thereof.
2 Galvanized mild steel tubes/pipes with threaded and screw ends, medium grade shall
conform to I.S. 1239-2004 Part I, screwed both ends conforming to IS:544-1955, pipe
threads shall be used. The G.I. filleting shall be conforming to IS 1239-2004 Part II.
2.1 Mass of medium class pipes
(a)
Nominal bore : Mass of Screwed & Socketed
in mm G.I. Pipes (in Kg per mtr.)
Medium
6 0.407
8 0.645
10 0.845
15 1.22
20 1.57
25 2.43
32 3.13
40 3.6
50 5.1
65 6.54
80 8.53
100 12.5
125 16.4
150 19.5
(b) Tolrance Mass :

Single tube ± 10 percent
(medium and heavy series)
For quantities per load of 10 tonnes, Min ± 7.5 percent
(medium and heavy series)
(c) Tolrance Thickness :
Welded tubes
Medium + not limited
- 10 percent
Seamless tubes + not limited
- 10 percent
3 Laying Jointing of GI pipes: -

The pipes shall be cleaned and cleared of all foreign matter before being laid. In jointing
the pipes, the inside of the socket and the screwed end of the pipes shall be oiled and
rubbed over. Teflon Tape should be used on threads instead of ‘Dhaaga/Safeda’. The end
shall then be screwed in the socket, Tee etc. with the pipe wrench.
218
For internal work the galvanized iron pipes and fittings shall run on the surface of the walls
on ceiling (not in chase) unless otherwise specified. When it is found necessary to conceal
the pipes, chasing may be adopted or pipes fixed in the ducts or recess etc. provided
there in sufficient space to work on the pipes with the usual tools. The pipes shall not
ordinarily be buried in walls or solid floors. Where unavoidable, pipes may be buried for
short distances provided adequate protection is given against damage and where so
required joints are not buried. Where directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, as M.S. tube
sleeve shall be fixed at a place the pipe is passing through a wall or floor for reception of
the pipe and to allow freedom for expansion and contraction and other movements. In
case the pipe is embedded in walls or floors it should be painted with anticorrosive
bitumastic paints of approved quality. Under the floors the pipes shall be laid in layer of
sand filling as done under concrete floors.
For G.I. pipes 15 mm diameter, the holes in the walls and floors shall be made by drilling
with chisel or jumper and not by dismantling the brick work or concrete. However, for
bigger dimension pipes holes shall be carefully made of the smallest size as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge. After fixing the pipes the holes shall be made good with cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) and properly finished to match the adjacent surface.
3.A Measurements
The lengths shall be measured in running metre correct to a cm for the finished work. It
shall include G.I. pipe and G.I. fittings such as bends, tees elbows etc, but exclude brass
or gun metal taps (cocks), valves, unions, lead connection pipes and shower rose. All
pipes and fittings shall be classified according to their diameters, method of jointing and
fixing substance, quality and finish. In case of fittings of an equal bore the pipe shall be
described as including all cuttings and waste. In case of fittings of unequal bore, the
largest bore shall be measured. Pipes laid in trenches (or without supports) and pipes
fixed to walls, ceilings, etc. with supports shall be measured separately.
4 The pipes and fittings after they are laid and jointed shall be tested to hydraulic pressure
of 6 Kg/ sq. cm (60 meter). The pipes shall be slowly and carefully charged with water
allowing all air to escape and avoiding all shock or water hammer. The draw off taps and
stop cocks shall then be closed and specified hydraulic pressure shall be applied
gradually. Pressure gauge must be accurate and preferably should have been recalibrated
before the test. The test pump having been stopped, the test pressure should be
maintained without loss for at least half an hour. Pipes or fitting which are found leaking
shall be replaced and joints found leaking shall be redone, without extra payment.
5 Non-Return valve (Gun Metal) shall conform IS 778.
6 Sluice valves (Gun Metal) shall conform IS 780.
7 All brass fittings including valves, stop cocks, ferrules, bib cocks shall conform to relevant
I.S. specifications.
8 Ball valves shall comply the requirements of IS 1703.
9 HDPE water storage tanks should (conform IS : 1270) be of approved make as approved
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
10 All socket and spigot spun Iron pipes shall conform to I.S. 1534-1947.
219
11 Water supply lines shall be avoided at the openings and they shall also not run with the
lines carrying waste materials. Water supply line shall also not cross each other as far as
possible.
12 The rates include cost of all materials, labour, T & P, hire & running charges of
machineries etc. complete with all leads & lifts for all materials required for the work.
13 POLYPROPYLENE RANDOM CO-POLYMER(PP-R) PIPES: -

(i) The pipe shall be conforming to the requirement to IS 15801.
(ii) The pipe should have smooth inner surface with non-contracting diameter.
(iii) The pipe shall be cleanly finished, free from crack and other defects.
13.A Jointing Procedure: -

The jointing of PP-R pipes and fitting are done by fusion welding by means of a welding
machine.
(i) The pipe of the desired length is cut using the pipe scissors.
(ii) The proper heating piece is taken and mounted on the welding machine.
(iii) The welding device is switched on - control lamp and switch lamp will lit. when ready,
control lamp gets off, which means that welding temperature of 260 degrees ± 10 degrees
Celsius has been reached. The pipe end and the fitting to be welded are heated on the
welding machine. When heated up the pipe and the fitting is removed from the welding
machine and the two pieces connected together by applying a little pressure without
twisting.
(iv) The joint is allowed to cool done for a few seconds.
(v) The same method shall be adapted for exposed as well as concealed fittings.
13.B Measurement: -
(i) The net length of pipes as laid or fixed shall be measured in running meters correct to a
cm for the finished work, which shall include PP-R pipe and fittings including plain fittings
and Chrome Plated Brass Threaded fittings.
(ii) Deductions for the length of valves shall be made.
(iii) The cost includes cutting chases in the masonry wall and making good the same,
trenching, refilling and testing of joints.
(iv) The cost of gate valves/wheel valves/union shall be paid for separately.
14 CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (CPVC) PIPES: -

(i) CPVC pipes and fitting shall conform to IS 15778.
(ii) The internal and external surfaces of the pipes shall be smooth, clean and free from
grooving and other defects.
(iii) Hydrostatic Characteristics: -
When subject to internal hydrostatic pressure test in accordance with the procedure given
in IS 12235 (part 8 / sec 1), the pipe shall not fail during the prescribed test duration.
14.A FITTINGS: -
The fitting shall be as follows:-
(i) Plain CPVC solvent cement fitting from size 15mm to 160 mm.
(ii) Brass threaded fitting.
(iii) Valve from size 15mm to 160mm.
220
14.B Measurement: -
The net length of pipes as laid or fixed shall be measured in running meters correct to a
cm for the finished work, including CPVC pipe, fittings, plain & Brass threaded fittings and
jointing solvent cement.
15 PE-AL-PE ( Polyethylene-Aluminum-Polyethylene) PIPES : -

(i) PE-AL-PE shall be as per IS 15450-2004.
(ii) Pipes are bonded , multilayer pipes consisting os metal aluminium and polyethylene. It is
bonded with adhesive bothe internally and externally by polyethylene coating. The layes of
PE-AL-PE pipes are as below:-
(a) The interior layer of polyethylene
(b) The adhesive layer
(c) Aluminium tube
(d) The adhesive layer
(e) The external layer of polyethylene
15.A FITTINGS: -
Compraction joints fitting should be used for PE-AL-PE pipes which may be
brass,composite and composite external sealing.Either of these fittings should be used.
The external sealing fitting should be used for cold water application.
15.B JOINTING :-
For leak proof and strong joint of pipe following steps are taken.
(a) Cut the pipe square by cutter to the required and proper length.
(b) Select the fitting to be used and dismantle its nuts and split rings.
(c) Place the nut and split ring over the pipe. Ensure that “O” rings are in proper position of
insert.
(d) Prepare the end of pipe to be jointed for roundness and chamfer by using beveling tool.
Push the pipe over the insert and inside the support groove fully.
(e) Push the split ring and nut towards connector till split ring touches the support groove.
(f) Tighten the nut over connector with spanner.
15.C Measurement : -
The net length of pipes as laid or fixed shall be measured in running meters correct to a
cm for the finished work, which shall including fittings.
16 Rates
Rates include labour material and equipments required for complete items.
Note:- Please refer for other items of water supply refer chapter number 1 to 7 of SSR volume
"A" (Water supply Sewerage, Drainage & Tube well)
(For Detail Refer to Specification prepared by the Urban Administration and Development
Department, IS Code & CPHEEO / CPWD Specifications)
221
CHAPTER 21
BUILDING WATER SUPPLY
Rates
(in Rs.)
21.1 Providing and fixing Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having
thermal stability for hot & cold water supply including all CPVC plane and
brass threaded fitting i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This
includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and
testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge.
Internal work - Exposed on wall.
21.1.1 15 mm nominal outer dia .Pipes. Meter 109.00

thermal stability for hot & cold water supply including all CPVC plain &
brass threaded fittings i/c fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing.
This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent
cement and the cost of cutting chases and making good the same
including testing of joints complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge.
Concealed work including cutting chases and making good the walls etc.

thermal stability for hot & cold water supply including all CPVC plain &
brass threaded fittings This includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one
step CPVC solvent cement ,trenching ,refilling & testing of joints complete
as per direction of Engineer in Charge.
External work
21.3.7 62.50 mm nominal inner dia Pipes. Meter 1426.00
21.3.8 75 mm nominal inner dia .Pipes. Meter 1854.00
21.3.9 100mm nominal inner dia .Pipes. Meter 2335.00
21.3.10 150 mm nominal inner dia .Pipes. Meter 5392.00
222
Rates
(in Rs.)
21.4 Providing and fixing medium grade G.I. pipes medium class (ISI mark)
complete with G.I. fittings (ISI mark) and clamps, including cutting and
making good the walls etc.
Internal work – Exposed on wall.
21.4.1 15 mm dia. nominal bore Meter 144.00
21.5 Concealed pipe including painting with anti corrosive bitumastic paint,
cutting chases and making good the wall.
21.5.1 15 mm dia nominal bore Meter 217.00
21.5.2 20 mm dia nominal bore Meter 241.00
21.6 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes medium class complete with G.I. fittings as
per IS : 1239 (Part-2) including trenching and refilling etc.
External work
21.7 Making connection of G.I. distribution branch with G.I. main of following
sizes by providing and fixing tee, including cutting and threading the pipe
etc. complete :
21.7.1 25 to 40 mm nominal bore each 304.00
21.7.2 50 to 80 mm nominal bore each 675.00
21.8 Fixing water meter and stop cock in G.I. pipe line including cutting and Each 198.00
threading the pipe and making long screws etc. complete (cost of water
meter and stop cock to be paid separately).
PP- R PIPES
21.9 Providing and fixing 3 layer PP-R (Poly propylene Random copolymer)
pipes SDR 7.4 U V stabilized & anti -microbial fusion welded, having
thermal stability for hot & cold water supply including all PP - R plain &
brass threaded polypropylene random fittings i/c fixing the pipe with clamps
at 1.00 m spacing. This includes testing of joints complete as per direction
of Engineer in Charge.
Internal work – Exposed on wall.
21.9.1 PN - 16 Pipe, 16 mm OD Meter 102.00
223
Rates
(in Rs.)
pipes SDR 7.4 U V stabilized & anti - microbial fusion welded, having
thermal stability for hot & cold water supply including all PP - R plain &
brass threaded polypropylene random fittings i/c fixing the pipe with clamps
at 1.00 m spacing. This includes the cost of cutting chases and making
good the same including testing of joints complete as per direction of
Engineer in Charge.
Concealed work including cutting chases and making good the walls etc.

pipes UV stabilized &anti-microbial fusion welded, having thermal stability
for hot & cold water supply including all PP-R plain & brass threaded
polypropylene random fittings including trenching ,refilling & testing of joints
complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge.
External work
21.11.1 PN - 16 Pipe, 16 mm OD (SDR – 7.4) Meter 85.00
21.11.7 PN - 16 Pipe, 63mm OD (SDR – 7.4) Meter 417.00
21.11.10 PN - 10 Pipe, 110 mm OD (SDR - 11) Meter 1176.00
21.11.11 PN - 10 Pipe, 160 mm OD (SDR - 11) Meter 3336.00
BRASS FITTINGS
21.12 Providing and fixing brass bib cock of approved quality :
21.12.1 15 mm nominal bore 0.40kg each 223.00
21.13 Providing and fixing brass stop cock of approved quality :

21.14 Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with C.I. wheel of approved
quality (screwed end):
21.14.1 15 mm nominal bore each 157.00
21.14.4 32 mm nominal bore. each 426.00
224
Rates
(in Rs.)
21.15 Providing and fixing ball valve (brass) of approved quality, High or low
pressure, with plastic floats complete :
21.16 Providing and fixing gun metal nonreturn valve of approved quality
(screwed end) :
21.16.1 25 mm nominal bore
21.16.1.1 Horizontal each 396.00
21.16.1.2 Vertical each 474.00
21.16.4.2 Vertical each 1097.00
21.16.5.2 Vertical each 1822.00
21.16.6.2 Vertical each 2912.00
21.17 Providing and fixing brass ferrule with C.I. mouth cover including boring
and tapping the main :
21.17.1 15 mm nominal bore Each 229.00
21.18 Providing and fixing uplasticised PVC connection pipe with brass unions
21.18.1 30 cm length
21.18.1.1 15 mm nominal bore Each 77.00
21.18.2 45 cm length
21.19 Providing and fixing C.P. brass shower rose with 15 or 20 mm inlet :
21.20 Painting G.I. pipes and fittings with synthetic enamel white paint over a
ready mixed priming coat, both of approved quality for new work :
21.20.1 15 mm diameter pipe. Meter 7.00
225
Rates
(in Rs.)
21.21 Repainting G.I. pipes and fittings with synthetic enamel white paint of
approved quality :
21.21.3 25 mm diameter pipe Meter 6.00
21.22 Painting G.I. pipes and fittings with two coats of anticorrosive bitumastic
paint of approved quality :
21.22.1 15 mm diameter Meter 5.00
21.23 Providing and fixing G.I. Union (ISI mark) in G.I. pipe line including cutting
and threading the pipe and making long screws etc complete (new work) :

21.24 Providing and fixing G.I. Union (ISI mark) in existing G.I. pipe line, cutting
and threading the pipe and making long screws including excavation,
refilling the earth or cutting of wall and making good the same complete
wherever required :
21.25 Providing and placing on terrace at all floor polyethylene water storage tank Ltr. 8.00
ISI : 12701 marked with cover and suitable locking arrangement and
making necessary holes for inlet, outlet and overflow pipes but without
fittings and the base support for tank.
226
Rates
(in Rs.)
C.P.BRASS FITTINGS.
21.26 Providing and fixing C.P. brass bib cock of approved quality conforming to Each 462.00
IS:8931 - 15 mm nominal bore.
21.27 Providing and fixing C.P. brass long nose bib cock of approved quality Each 448.00
conforming to IS standards and weighing not less than 810 gms. - 15 mm
nominal bore.
21.28 Providing and fixing C.P. brass long body bib cock of approved quality Each 428.00
conforming to IS standards and weighing not less than 690 gms. - 15 mm
nominal bore
21.29 Providing and fixing C.P. brass stop cock (concealed) of standard design Each 458.00
and of approved make conforming to IS:8931. - 15 mm nominal bore.
21.30 Providing and fixing C.P. brass angle valve for basin mixer and geyser Each 407.00
points of approved quality conforming to IS:8931 - 15 mm nominal bore
21.31 Providing and fixing C.P. brass pillar cock approved quality and make Each 577.00
conforming to IS:specification.- 15 mm nominal bore 125 mm long foam
flow
21.32 Providing and fixing C.P. brass base and mixer of approved quality and Each 1715.00
make conforming to IS: specification. - 15 mm nominal bore.
21.33 Providing and fixing C.P. brass wall mixer of approved quality and make Each 1951.00
conforming to IS: specification. - 15 mm nominal bore.
21.34 Providing and fixing C.P. brass sink mixer of approved quality and make Each 2003.00
conforming to IS: specification. 15 mm nominal bore.
21.35 Providing and fixing C.P. brass grating of approved quality and make Each 53.00
conforming to IS: specification. - 100 mm dia.
Polytetra Methyline Tetraphthalate (PTMT) Fittings

21.36 Providing and fixing PTMT bib cock of approved quality and colour.
21.36.1 15mm nominal bore, 86mm long. Weighing not less than 88 gms. Each 152.00
21.36.2 15 mm nominal bore, 122mm long. Weighing not less than 99 gms Each 324.00
21.36.3 15 mm nominal bore, 165mm long. Weighing not less than 110 gms. Each 235.00
21.37 Providing and fixing PTMT stop cock of approved quality and colour.
21.37.1 15 mm nominal bore, 86mm long. Weighing not less than 88 gms Each 152.00
21.37.3 Concealed stop cock, 15mm nominal bore, 108mm long. Weighing not less Each 241.00
than 108 gms.
21.38 Providing and fixing PTMT pillar cock of approved quality and colour .
21.38.2 15mm nominal bore, 125mm long foam flow. Weighing not less than 120 Each 328.00
gms
227
Rates
(in Rs.)
21.39 Providing and fixing PTMT, push cock of approved quality and colour.
21.40.1 A. Providing & fixing PTMT grating of approved quality and colour. Circular
type.
21.40.1.1 100 mm nominal dia. Each 37.00
21.40.1.2 125 mm nominal dia with 25 mm waste hole Each 48.00
21.40.2 B. Providing & fixing PTMT grating of approved quality and colour
Rectangular type with openable circular lid.
21.40.2.1 150 mm nominal size square 100 mm diameter of the inner hinged round Each 100.00
grating.
21.41 Providing and fixing PTMT angle stop cock 15 mm nominal bore. Wieghing Each 178.00
not less than 85 gms.
21.42 Providing and fixing PTMT swivelling shower,15mm nominal bore,wieghing Each 111.00
not less than 40 gms.
21.43 Providing and fixing PTMT soap dish holder having length of 138 mm, Each 86.00
breadth 102 mm height of 75mm with concealed fitting arrangements,
Weighing not less than 106 gms.
21.44 Providing & fixing PTMT Ball cock of approved quality, colour and make
complete with epoxy coated aluminum rod with LP/HDPE plastic ball.
21.44.1 15 mm nominal bore,105 mm long weighing not less than 138 gms. Each 267.00
21.44.2 20 mm nominal bore,120 mm long wieghing not less than 198 gms. Each 373.00
21.44.3 25 mm nominal bore,152mm long weighing not less than 440 gms. Each 668.00
21.44.4 40 mm nominal bore, 206 mm long.weighing not less than 690 gms. Each 1183.00
21.44.5 50 mm nominal bore, 242 mm long ,weighing not less than 1240 gms. Each 1714.00
21.45 Providing and fixing PTMT extension nipple for Water tank pipe fittings of
approved quality and colour.
21.45.1 15mm nominal bore, Weighing not less than 32 gms. Each 43.00
AIR VALVE AND WATER METER (BULK TYPE)

21.46 Providing and fixing C.I. double acting air valve of approved quality with
bolts, nuts, rubber insertions etc. complete (The tail pieces, tapers etc if
required will be paid separately) :
21.46.1 50 mm dia Each 2462.00
21.46.2 80 mm dia Each 3502.00
21.46.3 100 mm dia Each 4285.00
21.47 Cutting holes up to 30x30 cm in walls of any thickness including making per hole 196.00
good the same.
228
Rates
(in Rs.)
21.48 Cutting holes up to 15x15 cm in R.C.C. floors and roofs for passing drain Each 145.00
pipe etc. and repairing the hole after insertion of drain pipe etc. with
cement concrete grade M-15 (Nominal Mix with 20mm maximum size of
stone aggregate) including finishing complete so as to make it leak proof.
21.49 Providing and fixing enclosed type water meter (bulk type) conforming to IS
2373 and tested by Engineer in charge complete with bolts & nuts rubber
insertions etc.(the tail pieces if required will be paid separately)
21.49.1 80 mm dia nominal bore Each 2904.00
21.50 Providing and fixing C.I. dirt box strainer for bulk type water meter with
bolts & nuts rubber insertions etc.complete conforming to IS 2373 :
21.51 Making chases up to 7.5 x 7.5 cm in wallls including making good and Meter 56.00
finishing with matching surface after housing G.I.pipe etc.
229
CHAPTER- 22
BUILDING DRAINAGE
1 Work shall be done as per specification and as per IS code given below :-

1 IS 458 Pre-cast concrete pipes (with and without reinforcement)
2 IS 651 Specification for Salt Glazed Stoneware Pipes and Fittings.
3 IS 783 Code of Practice for Laying Concrete Pipes.
4 IS 1726 Specification for Cast Iron Manhole covers and Frames
5 IS 1729 Cast Iron/Ductile Iron Drainage Pipes and Pipe Fittings Socket and
Spigot series for Over-ground Non-pressure pipe line.
6 IS 4127 Code of Practice for laying of Glazed Stone Ware Pipes
7 IS 4885 Specifications for Sewer Bricks
8 IS 12592 Pre-cast concrete Manhole Covers and Frames - Specifications.
2 General Requirements :-
2.1 In designing a drainage system for buildings, the aim shall to be provide a self
cleansing conduit for the conveyance of soil, waste, surface or sub-surface waters and
for the removal of such wastes speedily and efficiently to a sewer or other outlet, without
risk of nuisance and hazard to health.
2.2 The discharge of water through a domestic drain is intermittent and limited in quantity
and therefore, small accumulations of solid matter are liable to form in the drains between
the building and the public sewer. There is usually a gradual shifting of these deposits as
discharges take place. Gradients shall be sufficient to prevent these temporary
accumulations building up and blocking the drains.
2.3 Normally, the sewer shall be designed for discharging three times the dry weather
flow flowing half-full with a minimum self cleansing velocity of 0.75 meter per second. The
approximate gradients which give this velocity for the sizes of pipes likely to be used in
building drainage and the corresponding discharges when flowing half-full are given in
Chapter 12 Table 12.2 of the specifications. The sizes and slopes shall conform to Local
Municipal Bye-laws.
2.4 In cases, where it is practically not possible to conform to the minimum gradients, a
flatter gradient may be used but the minimum velocity in such cases shall in no account
be less than 0.61 meters per second.
2.5 On the other hand, it is undesirable to employ gradients giving velocity of flow greater
than 2.4 meters per second. Where it is unavoidable, cast iron pipes shall be used.
3 All soil waste pipes and accessories shall be of grade 'A'.
4 In brick masonry manholes/chambers, the benching of inlets and outlet lines shall not
cross each other for effective drainage.
5 Soak pits shall be constructed at least 3.00 m. apart from septic tank.
6 Cast Iron manhole covers and frames shall conform to I.S. 17276-1960.
230
7 Septic tanks shall be constructed conforming to I.S. 2470 (Part-I) 1963.
8 Centre to centre spacing of each manhole shall not exceed 6.00m.
9 Measurement :-
The lengths of pipes shall be measured in running meters nearest to a cm as laid or
fixed, from inside of one manhole to the inside of the other manhole. The length shall be
taken along the centre line of the pipes. All fittings such as bends, collars, junctions, etc.
which shall not be measured separately.
10 Rates :-
The rate shall include the cost of materials and labour involved in all the operation
described in the items.
Department, IS Code & CPHEEO Specifications)
231
CHAPTER 22
BUILDING DRAINAGE
Rate
(In Rs.)
22.1 Providing, laying and jointing glazed stoneware pipes class SP-1
with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:1 (1
cement : 1 sand) including testing of joints etc. complete :
Excavation to be paid seperataly
22.2 Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 sand :

10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) all-round S.W.
pipes including bed concrete as per standard design:
22.2.1 100 mm diameter S.W. pipe Meter 561.00
22.3 Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 sand :

10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) upto haunches of
S.W. pipes including bed concrete as per standard design :

22.4 Providing and fixing square-mouth S.W. gully trap grade 'A'’
complete with C.I. grating brick masonry chamber with water tight
C.I. cover with frame of 300 x300 mm size (inside) the weight of
cover to be not less than 4.50 kg and frame to be not less than
2.70 kg as per standard design : With Modular Bricks class
designation 40.
22.4.1 100 x 100 mm size P type Each 1794.00
22.4.2 150 x 100 mm size P type. Each 1840.00
22.4.3 180 x 150 mm size P type. Each 1863.00
22.5 Dismantling of old S.W. pipes including breaking of joints and bed
concrete stacking of useful materials near the site within 50 m lead
and disposal of unserviceable materials into municipal dumps:

232
Rate
(In Rs.)
22.6 Providing and laying non-pressure NP2 class (light duty) R.C.C.
pipes with collars jointed with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the
proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) including testing of joints
etc. complete :
22.6.1 100 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe Meter 279.00
22.7 Making connection of drain or sewer line with existing manhole

including breaking into and making good the walls, floors with
cement concrete grade M-15 (Nominal Mix with 20mm maximum
size of stone aggregate) cement plastered on both sides with
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 sand) finished with a floating coat
of neat cement and making necessary channels for the drain etc.
complete :
22.7.1 For pipes 100 to 230 mm diameter Each 254.00
22.8 Constructing soak pit 1.20x1.20x1.20m filled with brickbats Each 1752.00
including S.W. drain pipe 100 mm diameter and 1.20 m long
complete as per standard design. - 20 m long
22.9 Providing and fixing S.W. intercepting trap in manholes with stiff
mixture of cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement : 1 fine sand) including
testing of joints etc. complete :
22.9.1 100 mm dia Each 282.00
22.9.2 150 mm dia Each 308.00
22.10 Providing and laying below ground unplasticised PVC pipe to with
stand working pressure of 4 kg/cm2 soild waste pipes confirming to
IS:13592 and IS:4985 including jointing with seal ring confirming to
IS :5282 leaving 10mm gap for thermal expansion all necessary
fittings etc. complete. Excavation to be paid seperataly.
22.10.1 110 mm diameter OD Each 217.00

233
Rate
(In Rs.)
22.11 Making soak pit 2.5 m diameter 3.0 meter deep with 45 x 45 cm Each 15948.00
dry brick honey comb shaft with bricks of class designation 40 and
S.W. drain pip 100 mm diameter, 1.8 m long complete. Over the
filling shall be placed single matting which shall be covered with
minimum layer of 7.5 cm earth. The shaft be covered with 7.5 cm
thick stone or R.C.C. slab 10 cm wide and 10 cm deep brick
edging with bricks of class designation 40 shall be provided round
the pit. The connection of the open surface drain to the soak pit
shall be made by means of 100 mm diameter S.W. pipe with open
joints, as per standard design. (Fig 2.25)
234
CHAPTER- 23
SANITARY INSTALLATION
1 Sanitary Material work shall be as per Specification of IS Code Listed below
S.No. Subject I.S. Code No.

1 Specification for glazed fire clay sanitary appliances: Part 1 : IS 771 (Pt.1)
General requirements.
2 Specification for glazed fire day sanitary appliances : Part 2 : IS 771 (Pt.2)
Specific requirements of kitchen and laboratory sink.
3 Specific action for general requirements for enameled cast iron IS 772
sanitary appliances.
4 Flushing cisterns for water closets and urinals (Other than IS 774
plastic cistern)- Specifications.
5 Phenolic moulding materials - Specification IS 1300
6 Water fittings - copper allow float valves (horizontal plunger IS 1703
type) - Specifications
7 Cast Iron/Ductile Iron Drainage Pipes and pipe fittings for Over IS 1729
ground non-pressure pipe line socket and spigot series.
8 Specification for pillar taps for water supply purposes. IS 1795

9 Polystyrene moulding and extrusion materials - Specifications IS 2267
10 Specification for Automatic Flushing Cisterns for Urinals (Other IS 2326

than plastic cisterns)
11 Plastic seats and covers for water closets Part 1 : Thermo set IS 2548 (Part-1)
seats and covers - Specifications
12 Plastic seats and covers for water closets Part 2: IS 2548 (Part-2)
Thermoplastic seats and covers - Specifications
13 Vitreous Sanitary appliances (Vitreous china) - Specifications IS 2556
14 Part 1 : General requirements IS 2556 (Part-1)

15 Part 2 : Specific requirements of wash-down water closets. IS 2556 (Part-2)
16 Part 3: Specific squatting pans. IS 2556 (Part-3)
17 Part 4: Specific requirements of wash basins. IS 2556 (Part-4)
18 Part 5 : Specific requirements of laboratory sinks. IS 2556 (Part-5)
19 Part 6: Specific requirements of Urinals & Partition Plates IS 2556 (Part-6)
20 Part 7 : Specific requirements of accessories for sanitary IS 2556 (Part-7)
appliances.
21 Part 14: Specific requirements of integrated squatting pans. IS 2556 (Part-14)
22 Part 15 : Specific requirements of universal water closets. IS 2556 (Part-15)
23 Specifications for Copper alloy waste fittings for wash basins IS 2963
and sinks.
24 Specifications for low density polyethylene pipes for potable IS 3076
water supplies.
25 Urea formaldehyde moulding materials - Specifications IS 3389
26 Specifications for centrifugally cast (spun) iron spigot and IS 3989
socket soil, waste and ventilating pipes fittings and
accessories.
27 Specification for electroplated coating of nickel and chromium IS 4827
on copper and copper alloys.
235
28 Specifications for high density polyethylene pipes for potable IS 4984
water supplies.
29 Unplasticized P.V.C. pipes for potable water supply - IS 4985
Specifications.
30 Plastic flushing cisterns for water closets and urinals - IS 7231
Specifications
31 Stainless steel sinks for domestic purposes - Specifications. IS 13983
The work shall be carried cut, complying in all respects with the requirements of relevant bye
laws of the local body in whose jurisdiction the work is situated.
Any damage caused to the building, or to electric, sanitary, water supply or other, installations
etc. therein, either due to negligence on the part of the contractor, or due to actual requirements
of the work, shall be made good and the building or the installation shall be restored to its original
condition by the contractor. Nothing extra shall be paid for such restoration works except where
otherwise specified.
2 All joints shall be made with special care, particularly those between pipes of different
material. All joints shall be perfectly air and water tight. No joint shall be embedded in wall
at any cost.
3 Flushing Cisterns
The flushing cisterns shall be automatic or manually operated high level or low level as
specified, for water closets and urinals. A high level cistern is intended to operate with
minimum height of 125 cm and a low level cistern with a maximum height of 30 cm
between the top of the pan and the under side of the cistern.
Cisterns shall be of following type (i) Vitreous China (IS 774) for Flushing type (ii) Automatic
Flushing Cistern (IS 2326) and (iii) Plastic cisterns (IS 7231).
4 All exposed G.I., C.I. or lead pipes and fittings shall be painted with approved quality of
paint.
5 All sanitary and plumbing work shall be carried out through licensed plumbers.
6 Fixing of Urinal Lipped, Half Stall (Single or Range)

Urinals shall be fixed in position by using wooden plugs and screws. It shall be at a height
of 65 cm from the standing level to the top of the lip of the urinal, unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer-in-Charge. The size of wooden plugs shall be 50 mm x 50 mm at base
tapering to 38 mm x 38 mm at top and of length 5.0 cms. These shall be fixed in the wall
in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand). After the plug fixed in the wall, the mortar
shall be cured till it is set.
236
6.1 Fixing of Stall Urinal (Single or Range)
The floor slab shall be suitably sunk to receive the stall urinal. Where the floor slab is not
sunk, the stall urinal shall be provided over a platform. The lip of the stall urinal shall be
flush with the finished floor level adjacent to it. The stall urinal shall be laid over a fine sand
cushion of average 25 mm thickness. A space of not less than 3 mm shall be provided all-
round, in front, side and filled with water proofing plastic compound. Care shall be taken
that after the sub-grade for the floor is cast, one week should lapse before urinals are
installed. The trap and fittings shall be fixed as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Payment for the floor and its sub-grade shall be made separately.
6.2 Fixing of Wash Basin

6.2.1 The installation shall consist of an assembly of wash basin, pillar taps, C.I. brackets,
C.P. brass of P.V.C. union, as specified. The wash basin shall be provided with one or two
15mm C.P. brass pillar taps, as specified. The height of top of the rim of wash basin from
the floor level shall be within 750mm to 800 mm.
6.2.2 The basin shall be supported on a pair C.I. cantilever brackets conforming to IS 775
and shall be embedded in cement concrete (1:2:4) block 100 x 75 x 150 mm. Use of M.S.
angle or Tee section as bracket is not permitted. Brackets shall be fixed in position before
dado work is done. The wall plaster on the rear shall be cut to rest over the top edge of the
basin so as not to leave any gap for water to seep through between wall plaster & skirting
of basin. After fixing the basin, plaster shall be made good and surface finished matching
with the existing one. S.C.I. floor traps conforming to IS 1729 having 50 mm water seal
(minimum 35 mm in two pipe systems with gully trap) should be used. Waste pipes laid
horizontally should have gradient not flatter than 1 in 50 and not steeper than 1 in 10.
7 Inatallation of Squatting Pan & Water Closet shall be done as per Specifications.
8 Measurement
(i) The pipes shall be measured net when fixed in position excluding all fittings along its
length, correct to a cm. When collars are used for jointing SCI pipes these shall be
measured as fittings and shall be paid for separately. No allowance shall be made for the
portions of the pipe lengths entering the sockets of the adjacent pipes or fittings. The above
shall apply to both cases i.e. whether the pipes are fixed on wall face or embedded in
masonry. No deduction shall be made in the former case from the masonry measurement
for the volume of concrete blocks embedded therein. Similarly no deduction shall be made
for the volume occupied by the pipes from the masonry when the former are embedded in
the later.
(ii) Sinks, urinals, squatting pan, basins, water closets, foot rest (pair) etc. shall be
measured in nos.
9 Rates :-
Rate include the cost of all the materials and labour involved for the completion of items.
Department, IS Code & CPHEEO Specifications)
237
CHAPTER-23
SANITARY INSTALLATION
Rate
(in Rs)
23.1 Providing and fixing white vitreous china water closet squatting
pan (Indian type) P or S trap, complete including cutting and
making good the walls and floors wherever required :
23.1.1 Long pattern W.C. pan of size 580 mm Each 841.00

23.1.2 Orissa pattern W.C. pan of size 580x440 mm Each 1431.00
23.2 Extra for using coloured W.C. pan instead of white W.C. pan
23.2.1 Orissa pattern W.C. pan 580x440 mm Each 745.00
23.3 Extra for using coloured pedestal type W.C pan (European type) Each 451.00
instead of white vitreous china W.C pan and cistern.
23.4 Providing and fixing solid plastic seat with lid for pedestal type
W.C. pan complete :
23.4.1 White solid plastic seat with lid Each 424.00
23.4.2 Black solid plastic seat with lid Each 339.00
23.5 Providing and fixing P.V.C. low level flushing cistern with
manually controlled device (handle lever) conforming to IS : 7231,
with all fittings and fixtures complete.
23.5.1 10 litre capacity - White Each 664.00
23.5.2 10 litre capacity - coloured Each 1233.00
23.6 Providing and fixing controlled flush, low level cistern made of
vitreous china with all fittings complete.
23.6.1 10 litre (full flush) capacity-white Each 1517.00
23.6.2 10 litre (full flush) capacity-coloured Each 2092.00
23.7 Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back or wall corner
type lipped front urinal basin of 430x260x350mm and
340x410x265mm sizes respectively with automatic flushing
cistern with standard flush pipe and C.P. brass spreaders with
brass unions and G.I clamps complete, including painting of
fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls and floors
wherever required :
23.7.1 One urinal basin with 5 litre white P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. Each 2583.00
23.7.2 Range of two urinal basins with 5 litre white P.V.C. automatic Each 4377.00
flushing cistern.
23.7.3 Range of three urinal basins with 10 litre white P.V.C. automatic Each 5438.00
flushing cistern.
23.7.4 Range of four urinal basins with 10 litre white P.V.C. automatic Each 7330.00
flushing cistern.
238
Rate
(in Rs)
23.8 Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back half stall urinal of
size 580x380x350mm with white PVC automatic flushing
cistern, with fittings, standard size C.P. brass flush pipe, spreaders
with unions and clamps (all in C.P. brass) with waste fitting as per IS
: 2556, C.I. trap with outlet grating and other couplings in C.P. brass
including painting of fittings and cutting and making good the walls
and floors wherever required :
23.8.1 Single half stall urinal with 5 litre P.V.C. automatic flushingcistern. Each 4748.00
23.8.2 Range of two half stall urinals with 5 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing Each 7213.00
cistern.
23.8.3 Range of three half stall urinals with 10 litre P.V.C. automatic Each 8960.00
flushing cistern.
23.8.4 Range of four half stall urinals with 10 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing each 10695.00
cistern.
23.9 Providing and fixing one piece construction white vitreous

china squatting plate with an integral longitudinal flushing pipe,
white P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern, with fittings, standard size
G.I. flush pipe for back and front flush with standard spreader
pipes with fittings, G.I clamps and C.P. brass coupling complete
including painting of fittings and cutting and making good the
walls and floors etc. wherever required :
23.9.1 Single squatting plate with 5 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing cistern. Each 3709.00
23.9.2 Range of two squatting plates with 5 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing Each 5745.00
cistern.
23.9.3 Range of three squatting plates with 10 litre P.V.C. Each 7474.00
automatic flushing cistern.
23.9.4 Range of four squatting plates with 10 litre P.V.C. automatic flushing Each 9103.00
cistern.
23.10 Providing and fixing wash basin with C.I. brackets, 15 mm C.P.
brass pillar taps,32 mm C.P. brass waste of standard pattern,
including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good
the walls wherever require :
23.10.1 White Vitreous China Wash basin size 630x450 mm with a pair of Each 1746.00
15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps.
23.10.2 White Vitreous China Wash basin size 630x450 mm with a single 15 Each 1616.00
mm C.P. brass pillar tap.
23.10.3 White Vitreous China Wash basin size 550x400 mm with a pair of Each 1476.00
15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps.
23.10.4 White Vitreous China Flat back wash basin size 550x400 mm with Each 1346.00
single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar tap.
23.10.5 White Vitreous China Angle back wash basin size 600x480 mm with Each 1606.00
23.10.6 White Vitreous China Angle back wash basin size 400x400 mm with Each 1328.00
23.10.7 White Vitreous China Flat back wash basin size 450x300 mm with Each 1329.00
23.10.8 White Vitreous China Surgeon type wash basin of size Each 2688.00
660x460 mm with a pair of 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps with elbow
operated levers.
239
Rate
(in Rs)
23.10.9 White Vitreous China Surgeon type wash basin of size Each 2224.00
660x460 mm with single 15 mm C.P. brass pillar taps with elbow
operated levers ISI marked.
23.10.10 Stainless Steel AISI-304(18/8) Round basin 405x355mm with Each 2238.00
23.10.11 Stainless Steel AISI-304(18/8) Wash basin 530x345 mm with Each 2754.00
23.11 Providing and fixing white vitreous china pedestal for wash Each 1120.00
basin completely recessed at the back for the reception of pipes and
fittings.
23.12 Providing and fixing kitchen sink with C.I. brackets, C.P. brass
chain with rubber plug, 40 mm C.P. brass waste complete, including
painting the fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the walls
wherever required :
23.12.1 White glazed fire clay kitchen sink of size 600x450x250mm. Each 2013.00
23.13 Providing and fixing Stainless Steel A ISI 304 (18/8) kitchen sink as
per IS 13983 with C.I. brackets and stainless steel plug 40 mm
including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good
the walls wherever required :
23.13.1 Kitchen sink with drain board
23.13.1.1 510x1040 mm bowl depth 250mm. Each 7503.00
23.13.2 Kitchen sink without drain board

23.13.2.1 610x510 mm bowl depth 200 mm. Each 4228.00
23.14 Providing and fixing white vitreous china laboratory sink with
C.I. brackets, C.P. brass chain with rubber plug 40mm C.P brass
waste and 40mm C.P. brass trap with necessary C.P. brass
unions complete including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting
and making good the wall wherever required :
23.14.1 Size 450x300x150mm Each 2536.00
23.14.2 Size 600x450x200mm Each 3502.00
23.15 Providing and fixing draining board with C.I. brackets including
painting of rackets, cutting and making good the walls wherever
required :
23.15.1 White glazed fire clay draining board of size 600x450x25mm Each 803.00
23.16 Providing and fixing a pair of white vitreous china foot rests of
standard pattern for squatting pan water closet:
23.16.1 250x130x30 mm Pair 160.00
23.16.2 250x125x25 mm Pair 175.00
240
Rate
(in Rs)
23.17 Providing and fixing G.I. inlet connection for flush pipe connecting Each 88.00
with W.C. pan.
23.18 Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back or wall corner Each 856.00
type lipped front urinal basin of 430x260x350mm or 340x410
x265mm sizes respectively.
23.19 Providing and fixing white vitreous china squatting plate urinal Each 1766.00
with integral rim longitudinal flush pipe.
23.20 Providing and fixing white vitreous china wash basin including
making all connections but excluding the cost of fittings :
23.20.1 Flat back wash basin of size 630x450mm. Each 904.00
23.20.3 Angle back wash basin of size 600x480mm. Each 893.00
23.20.4 Angle back wash basin of size 400x400mm. Each 615.00
23.20.6 Surgeon type wash basin of size 660x460mm. Each 1177.00
23.21 Providing and fixing kitchen sink including making all

connections excluding cost of fittings.
23.21.1 White glazed fire clay sink of size 600x450x250mm. Each 1893.00
23.22 Providing and fixing white vitreous china laboratory sink

including making all connections excluding cost of fittings:
23.22.1 Size 450x300x150 mm. Each 1578.00
23.22.2 Size 600x450x200 mm. Each 2439.00
23.23 Providing and fixing P.V.C. waste pipe for sink or wash basin
including P.V.C. waste fittings complete.
23.23.1 Semi rigid pipe
23.23.1.1 32 mm dia Each 48.00
23.23.1.2 40mm dia Each 57.00
23.23.2 Flexible pipe

23.23.2.1 32mm dia Each 61.00
23.23.2.2 40mm dia Each 64.00
23.24 Providing and fixing 100 mm sand cast Iron grating for gully trap. Each 40.00
23.25 Providing and fixing 150 mm sand cast Iron grating. Each 51.00
23.26 Providing and fixing in position 25mm diameter mosquito proof Each 42.00
coupling of approved municipal design.
23.27 Providing and fixing 600x450 mm beveled edge mirror of superior Each 827.00
glass (of approved quality) complete with 6 mm thick hard board
ground fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brass screws and washers
complete.
241
Rate
(in Rs)
23.28 Providing and fixing mirror of superior glass (of approved quality)
and of required shape and size with plastic moulded frame of
approved make and shade with 6 mm thick hard board backing :
23.28.1 Circular shape 450mm dia. Each 677.00
23.28.2 Rectangular shape 453x357mm Each 557.00
23.28.3 Oval shape 450x350mm (outer dimensions) Each 606.00
23.28.4 Rectangular shape 1500x450 mm Each 1044.00
23.29 Providing and fixing 600x120x5mm glass shelf with edges Each 437.00
round of apported on anodised aluminium angle frame with C.P.
brass brackets and guard rail complete fixed with 40 mm long
screws, rawl plugs etc., complete.
23.30 Providing and fixing toilet paper holder :

23.30.1 C.P. brass Each 285.00
23.30.2 Vitreous China Each 230.00
23.31 Providing and fixing soil, waste and vent pipes :

23.31.1 100 mm dia
23.31.1.1 Sand cast iron S&S pipe as per IS : 1729 Meter 541.00
23.31.1.3 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron socketed pipe as per IS: 3989. Meter 871.00
23.31.2 75 mm diameter
23.31.2.1 Sand cast iron S&S pipe as per IS : 1729 Meter 466.00
23.31.2.2 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron socketed pipe as per IS: 3989. Meter 750.00
23.32 Providing and filling the joints with spun yarn cement slurry and
cement mortar 1:2 ( 1 cement : 2 fine sand) in S.C.I./ C.I. Pipes :
23.32.1 75 mm dia pipe Each 44.00
23.32.2 100mm dia pipe Each 54.00
23.33 Providing and fixing M.S. holder-bat clamps of approved

design to Sand Cast iron/cast iron (spun) pipe embedded in and
including cement concrete blocks 10x10x10cm of cement concrete
grade M-15 (Nominal Mix with 20mm maximum size of stone
aggregate) including cost of cutting holes and making good the
walls etc. :
23.33.1 For 100mm dia pipe Each 119.00
23.33.2 For 75mm dia pipe Each 116.00
23.34 Providing and fixing bend of required degree with access door,
insertion rubber washer 3 mm thick, bolts and nuts complete.
23.34.1 100 mm
23.34.1.1 Sand cast iron S&S as per IS - 1729 Each 309.00
23.34.1.2 Spun cast iron S&S as per IS - 3989 Each 353.00
23.34.2 75 mm dia
23.34.2.2 Spun cast iron S&S as per IS- 3989 Each 281.00
23.35 Providing and fixing plain bend of required degree.

23.35.1 100 mm
242
Rate
(in Rs)
23.35.2 75 mm dia
23.36 Providing and fixing heel rest sanitary bend

23.36.1 100 mm
23.36.2 75 mm dia
23.37 Providing and fixing double equal junction of required degree

with access door, insertion rubber washer 3 mm thick, bolts
and nuts complete :
23.37.1 100x100x100x100mm
23.37.2 75x75x75x75 mm
23.38 Providing and fixing double equal plain junction of required degree.
23.38.1 100x100x100x100mm
23.38.2 75x75x75x75 mm
23.39 Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of required degree
and nuts complete.
23.39.1 100x100x100x100mm
23.39.2 75x75x75x75 mm
23.40 Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of required degree :
23.40.1 100x100x100x100mm
23.40.2 75x75x75x75 mm
243
Rate
(in Rs)
23.41 Providing and fixing double unequal junction of required degree
and nuts complete :
23.41.1 100x100x75x75mm
23.42 Providing and fixing double unequal plain junction of required

degree:
23.42.1 100x100x75x75mm
23.42.2 Spun cast iron S&S as per IS - 3989 Each 904.00
23.43 Providing and fixing single unequal junction of required degree

and nuts complete :
23.43.1 100x100x75mm
23.44 Providing and fixing single unequal plain junction of required degree
:
23.44.1 100x100x75mm
23.45 Providing and fixing double equal plain invert branch of

required degree:
23.45.1 100x100x100x100mm
23.45.2 75x75x75x75 mm
23.46 Providing and fixing single equal plain invert branch of required
degree:
23.46.1 100x100x100x100mm
23.46.2 75x75x75x75 mm
23.47 Providing and fixing double unequal invert branch of required

degree
23.47.1 100x100x75x75mm
23.48 Providing and fixing single unequal plain invert branch of

required degree :
244
Rate
(in Rs)
23.48.1 100x100x75mm
23.49 Providing and fixing sand cast iron S&S off sets as per IS: 1729
23.49.1 75 mm off sets
23.49.1.1 With 75 mm dia. pipe Each 194.00
23.49.2 114 mm off sets

23.49.2.2 With 100 mm dia. Pipe Each 403.00
23.49.3 152 mm off sets

23.50 Providing and fixing Spun cast iron S&S off sets as per IS: 3989.
23.50.1 75 mm off sets
23.50.2 150 mm off sets

23.51 Providing and fixing door piece, insertion rubber washer 3mm
thick, bolts & nuts complete :
23.51.1 100mm
23.51.2 75mm
23.52 Providing and fixing terminal guard:

23.52.1 100mm
23.52.2 75mm
23.53 Providing and fixing collar:

23.53.1 100mm
23.53.2 75mm
245
Rate
(in Rs)
23.54 Providing lead caulked joints to sand cast iron/centrifugally cast

(spun) iron pipes and fittings of diameter:
23.54.1 100mm Each 216.00
23.54.2 75mm Each 184.00
23.55 Providing and fixing M.S. stays and clamps for sand cast
iron/centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes of diameter :
23.55.1 100mm Each 83.00
23.55.2 75mm Each 46.00
23.56 Providing and fixing trap of self cleansing design with screwed down
or hinged grating with or without vent arm complete, including
cost of cutting and making good the walls and floors :
23.56.1 100 mm inlet and 100 mm outlet

23.56.1.1 Spun cast iron S&S as per IS: 3989. Each 823.00
23.56.1.2 Sand Cast Iron S&S as per IS: 1729. Each 602.00
23.56.2 100 mm inlet and 75 mm outlet

23.56.2.2 Sand Cast Iron S&S as per IS- 1729. Each 540.00
23.57 Providing and fixing to the inlet mouth of rain water pipe PTMT (an Each 65.00
Engineering Thermoplastic) grating square (Slit) 150 mm square
with a height of 8 mm and weighing not less than 100 gms.
23.58 Cutting chases in brick masonry walls for following diameter sand
cast iron/ centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes and making good
the same with cement concrete grade M-10 (Nominal Mix with
20mm maximum size of stone aggregate) including necessary
plaster and pointing in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse
sand) :
23.58.1 100mm dia meter 253.00
23.58.2 75mm dia meter 181.00
23.59 Painting sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast (spun) iron soil, waste
vent pipes and fittings with paint of any colour such as chocolate
grey, or buff etc. over a coat of primer (of approved quality) for new
work :
23.60 Repainting sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast iron (spun) iron,
soil, waste, vent pipes and fittings with paint of any colour
such as chocolate, grey or buff etc :
246
Rate
(in Rs)
23.61 Providing and fixing unplasticised PVC soil and waste pipes
conforming to IS: 13592 Type B including jointing with seal ring
Single socketed pipes for working pressure of 4 kg/sqcm.
23.61.1 75 mm diameter (minimum wall thickness 3.2mm) Sqm 183.00

23.61.2 110 mm diameter (minimum wall thickness 3.2mm) Sqm 264.00
23.62 Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised PVC moulded

fittings/ accessories for unplasticised (PVC-u) soil and waste pipes
conforming to IS: 13592 Type B including jointing with seal ring
23.62.1 Coupler
23.62.1.1 75 mm Each 80.00
23.62.1.2 110 mm Each 112.00
23.62.2 Single pushfit Coupler
23.62.2.1 75 mm Each 62.00
23.62.2.2 110 mm Each 89.00
23.62.3 Single tee with door
23.62.3.1 75x75x75 mm Each 106.00
23.62.3.2 110x110x110 mm Each 165.00
23.62.4 Single tee without door
23.62.4.1 75x75x75 mm Each 98.00
23.62.4.2 110x110x110 mm Each 145.00
23.62.5 Bend 87.50
23.62.5.1 75 mm bend Each 72.00
23.62.5.2 110 mm bend Each 101.00
23.62.6 Shoe (Plain)
23.62.6.1 75 mm Shoe Each 64.00
23.62.6.2 100 mm shoe Each 85.00
23.62.7 Vent Cowl (Self Fit)
23.62.7.1 75 mm Each 44.00
23.62.7.2 110 mm Each 52.00
23.62.8 Single Y Bend
23.62.8.1 75 mm Each 112.00
23.62.8.2 110 mm Each 177.00
23.62.9 Single Y with Door
23.62.9.1 75 mm Each 123.00
23.62.9.2 110 mm Each 201.00
23.62.10 Multi Floor Trap
23.62.10.1 110x75x40 Each 134.00
23.62.11 N-Trap without Jali
23.62.11.1 110x75 mm Each 91.00
23.62.11.2 110x110 mm Each 102.00
23.63 Providing and fixing Unplasticised -PVC pipe clips of approved

design to Unplasticised - PVC soil and waste pipes by means of
bombay nail of required length including and making good the wall
etc. complete.
23.63.1 75mm dia Each 139.00
23.63.2 110mm dia Each 131.00
247
Rate
(in Rs)
23.64 Providing and fixing uPVC trap of self cleaning design complet.
Including cost of cutting and making good the wall and floors.
23.64.1 100 mm inlet and 75 mm outlet Each 431.00
23.65 Providing and fixing vitreous china dual purpose closet suitable for
use as squatting pan or European type water closet (Anglo Indian
W.C pan) with seat lid with C.P. brass hinges and rubber buffers, 10
litre low level flushing cistern with fitting and brackets, 40mm flush
bend 20mm over flow pipe with specials of standard make and
mosquito proof coupling of approved municipal design complete,
including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making
good the walls and floors wherever required :
23.65.1 White vitreous china dual purpose WC pan with white solid plastic Each 4102.00
seat and lid with white vitreous china flushing cistern and C.P. flush
bend.
23.66 Providing and fixing PTMT Waste Coupling for wash basin and sink,
of approved quality and colour.
23.66.1 Waste coupling 31mm of 79mm length and 62mm breadth weighing Each 76.00
not less than 45gms.
23.66.2 Waste coupling 38mm of 83mm length and 77mm breadth, Each 102.00
weighing not less than 60gms.
23.67 Providing and fixing PTMT Bottle Trap for Wash basin and sink.
23.67.1 Bottle trap 31mm single piece moulded with height of 270mm, Each 344.00
effective length of tail pipe 260mm from the centre of the waste
coupling 77mm breadth with 25mm minimum water seal, weighing
23.67.2 Bottle trap 38mm single piece moulded with height of 270mm, Each 356.00
effective length of tail pipe 260mm from the centre of the waste
coupling 77mm breadth with 25mm minimum water seal, weighing
23.68 Providing and fixing PTMT liquid soap container 109mm wide, Each 122.00
125mm high and 112mm distance from wall of standard shape with
bracket of the same materials with snap fittings of approved
quality and colour.
23.69 Providing and fixing PTMT towel ring trapezoidal shape 215mm Each 164.00
long, 200mm wide with a minimum distances of 37mm from wall
face with concealed fittings arrangement of approved quality
and colour. Weighing not less than 88 gms.
23.70 Providing and fixing PTMT towel rail complete with brackets
fixed to wooden cleats with CP brass screws with concealed fitting
arrangement of approved quality and colour.
23.70.1 450MM long towel rail with total length of 495mm, 78mm wide and Each 399.00
effective height of 88mm, weighing not less than 170gms.
248
Rate
(in Rs)
23.70.2 600mm long towel rail with total length of 645mm, width 78mm Each 433.00
and effective height of 88mm, weighing not less than 190gms.
23.71 Providing and fixing PTMT shelf 440 mm long, 124 mm width and Each 425.00
36 mm height of approved quality and colour. Weighing not less
than 300 gms.
23.72 Providing and fixing PTMT 15 mm Urinal spreader size 95x69x100 Each 130.00
mm with 1/2" BSP thread and shapes. Weighing not less than 60
gms.
23.73 Providing and fixing PTMT urinal cock of approved quality and
colour.
23.73.1 15 mm nominal bore, 80mm long. 42 mm high and 30mm wide with Each 92.00
BSP female threads weighing not less than 48 gms.
23.74 Providing and fixing PTMT soap Dish Holder having length of Each 99.00
138mm, breadth 102mm, height of 75mm with concealed fitting
arrangements. Weighing not less than 106 gms.
23.75 Providing and fixing M.S. holder bat clamp of approved design to
sand cast iron/ cast iron (spun) pipes comprising of M.S. flat
brackets made of 50x5mm flat of specified shape, projecting
75mm outside the wall surface and fixed on wall with 4nos, 6mm
dia expansion hold fasteners including drilling necessary holes in
brick wall/ CC/ RCC surface and the cost of bolts etc. The pipes
shall be fixed to the already fixed brackets with the help of
30mm x1.6mm galvanised M.S. flats of specified shape and of
total length 420mm and shall be fixed with M.S. nuts, bolts, &
washers of size 25x6mm, one bolts on each side of the pipe.
23.75.1 Total bracket length 580mm of approved shape and design (for Each 182.00
single 100mm dia pipe).
23.75.2 Total bracket length 810mm of approved shape and design (for two Each 221.00
100mm dia pipes).
23.75.3 Total bracket length 1040mm of approved shape and design Each 277.00
(for three 100mm dia pipes).
249

Vol - 2 Building - 02-08-2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vol - 2 Building - 02-08-2021

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Read this document in other languages

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vol - 2 Building - 02-08-2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GOVERNMENT OF MADHYA PRADESH

URBAN ADMINISTRATION & DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT

INTEGRATED STANDARD SCHEDULE OF RATES

INFORCE FROM – 02nd August 2021

Government of Madhya Pradesh, Urban Development and Housing Department under

5 Reinforced Cement Concrete 35 - 50

8 Marble work Other Than Flooring 71 - 77

9 Wood Work & P.V.C. Works 78 - 112

10 Steel work 113 - 120

11 Flooring 121 - 137

12 Roofing 138 - 153

13 Finishing 154 - 167

14 Repair to Building Work 168 - 175

15 Dismantling & Demolishing 176 - 181

16 Pile work 182 - 185

17 Aluminum work 186 - 195

18 Water proofing Work 196 - 206

19 Form Work 207 - 209

20 Rainwater Harvesting, Recycle and Reuse waste water 210 - 216

21 Building Water Supply 217 - 229

22 Building Drainage 230 - 234

23 Sanitary Installation 235 - 249

1 The SOR of UADD Department consists of 4 Volumes :-

2 The contents of each Volume are as given below

3 Rate for completed items include the cost of followings: -

14 Concrete Work : - (Other than Road works)

14.2 Test specimen

Extra Notes for Building Works

3 IS 1200 shall be referred for building measurement.

Rates (in Rs.)

Cost per Trip per unit

materials no further deduction shall be made for voids

The rates are inclusive of voids for different types of

Steel/G.I. sheet/Pipes/Fuel wood/

Notes for Specification :-

1 CLASSIFICATION OF EARTH WORK

3 EXCAVATION IN WATER. MUD OR FOUL POSITION

13 Recording Measurements for Earth Levelling Work

16 ANTIQUITIES AND USEFUL MATERIALS

2.1 Surface dressing of the ground including removing

2.4 Felling trees of the girth (measured at a height of 1 m above

2.5 Earth work in surface excavation not exceeding 30 cm in

2.6 Earth work in excavation for foundation, trenches for

2.7 Close timbering in trenches including strutting, shoring and

2.8 Close timbering in case of shafts, wells, cesspits, manholes

2.9 Close timbering over areas including strutting, shoring and

2.11 Open timbering in trenches including strutting and shoring

2.12 Open timbering in case of shafts, wells, cesspits, manholes

2.12.1 Depth not exceeding 1.5 m. Sqm 42.00

2.13 Open timbering over areas including strutting, shoring etc.

2.15 Extra rates for quantities of works, executed in difficult

2.16 Filling by available excavated earth (excluding rock) in Cum 89.00

2.18 Supplying and filling in plinth under floors including,

2.19 Ploughing the existing ground to a depth of 15 cm to 25

2.20 Diluting and injecting chemical emulsion for POST-

2.22 Treatment of existing masonry using chemical emulsion Meter 15.00

2.23 Treatment at points of contact of wood work by chemical Meter 150.00

(e) Portland Pozzolona Cement conforming to IS : 1489.